US20140031769A1 - Therapeutic agent formulations for implanted devices - Google Patents

Therapeutic agent formulations for implanted devices Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20140031769A1
US20140031769A1 US13/988,298 US201113988298A US2014031769A1 US 20140031769 A1 US20140031769 A1 US 20140031769A1 US 201113988298 A US201113988298 A US 201113988298A US 2014031769 A1 US2014031769 A1 US 2014031769A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
therapeutic agent
therapeutic
stabilizer
formulation
particles
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US13/988,298
Inventor
Eugene de Juan, Jr.
Yair Alster
Steven M. Chamow
Kathleen Cogan Farinas
K. Angela Macfarlane
Cary J. Reich
Randolph E. Campbell
Signe Erickson
Blaine Bueche
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
ForSight Vision4 Inc
Original Assignee
ForSight Vision4 Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ForSight Vision4 Inc filed Critical ForSight Vision4 Inc
Priority to US13/988,298 priority Critical patent/US20140031769A1/en
Assigned to FORSIGHT VISION4, INC. reassignment FORSIGHT VISION4, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: ALSTER, YAIR, DE JUAN, EUGENE, JR., CHAMOW, STEVEN M., CAMPBELL, RANDOLPH E., Bueche, Blaine, ERICKSON, SIGNE, FARINAS, KATHLEEN COGAN, MACFARLANE, K. ANGELA, REICH, CARY J.
Publication of US20140031769A1 publication Critical patent/US20140031769A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F9/00Methods or devices for treatment of the eyes; Devices for putting-in contact lenses; Devices to correct squinting; Apparatus to guide the blind; Protective devices for the eyes, carried on the body or in the hand
    • A61F9/0008Introducing ophthalmic products into the ocular cavity or retaining products therein
    • A61F9/0017Introducing ophthalmic products into the ocular cavity or retaining products therein implantable in, or in contact with, the eye, e.g. ocular inserts
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/56Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids
    • A61K31/57Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of two carbon atoms, e.g. pregnane or progesterone
    • A61K31/573Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of two carbon atoms, e.g. pregnane or progesterone substituted in position 21, e.g. cortisone, dexamethasone, prednisone or aldosterone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0048Eye, e.g. artificial tears
    • A61K9/0051Ocular inserts, ocular implants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/14Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
    • A61K9/16Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction
    • A61K9/1605Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/1629Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/1641Organic macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. polyethylene glycol, poloxamers
    • A61K9/1647Polyesters, e.g. poly(lactide-co-glycolide)
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/14Particulate form, e.g. powders, Processes for size reducing of pure drugs or the resulting products, Pure drug nanoparticles
    • A61K9/16Agglomerates; Granulates; Microbeadlets ; Microspheres; Pellets; Solid products obtained by spray drying, spray freeze drying, spray congealing,(multiple) emulsion solvent evaporation or extraction
    • A61K9/1605Excipients; Inactive ingredients
    • A61K9/1629Organic macromolecular compounds
    • A61K9/1652Polysaccharides, e.g. alginate, cellulose derivatives; Cyclodextrin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents

Definitions

  • Described herein are devices and methods of delivery of therapeutic agents to the posterior segment of the eye. Although specific reference is made to the delivery of macromolecules comprising antibodies or antibody fragments to the posterior segment of the eye, various related variations can be used to deliver many therapeutic agents to many tissues of the body. For example, some variations can be used to deliver therapeutic agent to one or more of the following tissues: intravascular, intra-articular, intrathecal, pericardial, intraluminal, and gut.
  • the eye is critical for vision.
  • the eye has a cornea and a lens that form an image on the retina.
  • the image formed on the retina is detected by rods and cones on the retina.
  • the light detected by the rods and cones of the retina is transmitted to the occipital cortex brain via the optic nerve, such that the individual can see the image formed on the retina.
  • Visual acuity is related to the density of rods and cones on the retina.
  • the retina comprises a macula that has a high density of cones, such that the user can perceive color images with high visual acuity.
  • AMD age-related macular degeneration
  • therapeutic drugs are known that can be provided to minimize degradation of the retina, in at least some instances the delivery of these drugs can be less than ideal.
  • a drug is injected into the eye through the sclera.
  • One promising class of drugs for the treatment of AMD is known as vascular endothelial growth factor (hereinafter “VEGF”) inhibitors.
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • injection of drugs can be painful for the patient, involve at least some risk of infection and hemorrhage and retinal detachment, and can be time consuming for the physician and patient. Consequently, in at least some instances the drug may be delivered less often than would be ideal, such that at least some patients may receive less drug than would be ideal in at least some instances.
  • the performance of commercially available formulations of therapeutic agents can be less than ideal in at least some instances when injected into an implantable device.
  • the commercially available formulation may have one or more stabilizers having a molecular weight substantially less than the therapeutic agent, such that stabilizer may be released from the device at a rate faster than the therapeutic agent. Consequently, the therapeutic agent injected into the device may not receive the benefit of the stabilizer as long as would be ideal and may degrade more quickly than would be ideal in at least some instances.
  • the initial rate of release of the therapeutic agent can be somewhat greater than would be ideal and the rate at an extended time can be somewhat lower than would be ideal, such that profile of the rate of release can be less than ideal in at least some instances.
  • the stability of the therapeutic agent can be related to a pH of the formulation within the device in at least some instances.
  • deamidation of a protein based therapeutic agent may be related to stability of the therapeutic agent, and the deamidation can be related to pH in at least some instances.
  • prior formulations may provide less than ideal stability in one or more ways when injected into a therapeutic device in at least some instances.
  • a buffer of the injected formulation may be released from the device into the vitreous in at least some instances.
  • diffusion of hydrogen ions and hydroxide ions between the reservoir and the vitreous may affect the pH of the formulation within the device.
  • one or more molecular components such as a buffer may enter the device when placed in the body, and at least some of the prior formulations may be less stable than would be ideal in at least some instances when exposed to physiological buffer.
  • a buffer of a fluid of the eye such as the vitreous humor having a physiological pH may enter the device and affect the pH of the formulation within the device, such that the stability of the therapeutic agent may be less than ideal in at least some instances.
  • a flowable, for example injectable, formulation of therapeutic agent may comprise the therapeutic agent and a stabilizer such that a substantial portion of the stabilizer remains in the therapeutic device so as to stabilize the therapeutic agent when the therapeutic agent is released from the therapeutic device.
  • the formulation comprising the therapeutic agent can be placed in the therapeutic device in many ways, and can be injected into the therapeutic device, drawn into the therapeutic device with aspiration, or combinations thereof.
  • the injectable formulation may comprise one or more of binding agent particles or erodible material particles, such that the formulation can be injected into the therapeutic device.
  • the binding agent particles can bind reversibly to the therapeutic agent so as to modulate release of the therapeutic agent, and the erodible material particles can generate protons of an acid so as to increase stability of the therapeutic agent and may modulate release of the therapeutic agent.
  • the therapeutic agent can be combined with one or more of the stabilizer, the binding agent particles or the erodible particles, so as to increase stability of the therapeutic agent and may modulate release of the therapeutic agent from the device.
  • the stabilizer can interact in many ways with the therapeutic agent so as to increase a stability of the therapeutic agent.
  • the stabilizer may comprise one or more functional groups so as to form a complex with the therapeutic agent.
  • the stabilizer may comprise a co-solute with excluded volume that favors the native state of the protein over the denatured state, so as to increase the stability of the protein.
  • the co-solute with the excluded volume may comprise a stabilizer having a plurality of hydrophilic functional groups so as to provide the excluded volume to favor the native state of the protein.
  • the stabilizer may comprise one or more of a substantially water soluble high molecular weight stabilizer having a molecular weight of at least about 2 k Daltons or micelles sized so as to correspond to a molecular weight of at least about 2 k Daltons.
  • the molecular weight of the stabilizer comprises at least about 25% of the molecular weight of the therapeutic agent, such that a substantial portion of the stabilizer injected into the chamber of the therapeutic device with the therapeutic agent remains in the chamber of the therapeutic device for an extended time when the therapeutic agent is released in therapeutic amounts through a porous structure.
  • the particles of the binding agent may comprise functional groups to bind reversibly to the therapeutic agent such that a substantial portion of the therapeutic agent injected into the chamber of the device may be reversibly bound to the binding agent.
  • the binding agent may comprise porous particles having porous internal channels extending outer surfaces of the particles so as to bind reversibly to the therapeutic agent.
  • the particles may comprise porous resin particles having derivatized functional groups on surfaces of the inner channels. The functional groups can be located on the outer surface and the surfaces of the inner channels so as to bind reversibly to the therapeutic agent, and the surfaces of the inner channels can be fluidically coupled to the outer surface of the particles such that the therapeutic agent can be released from the surfaces of the inner channels.
  • the therapeutic agent released from the binding agent can form a complex with the stabilizer, or dissociate from the binding agent into solution, or combinations thereof.
  • the therapeutic agent bound reversibly to the binding agent, the therapeutic agent complexed with the stabilizer and therapeutic agent in solution can be in substantial equilibrium within the chamber of the device so as to modulate release of the therapeutic agent when the therapeutic agent is stabilized.
  • the particles of erodible material to generate protons of an acid can maintain a pH of the formulation less than about 7, for example less than about 6.5, when injected into the therapeutic device.
  • the pH less than about 7 can result in decreased amounts of degradation of the therapeutic agent that may occur with one or more degradation pathways.
  • the degradation pathway affected with the pH less than 7 can be one or more of deamidation of the therapeutic agent, such as oxidation of the therapeutic agent, isomerization of the therapeutic agent, clipping of the therapeutic agent, hydrolysis of the therapeutic agent, fragmentation of the therapeutic agent, or aggregation of the therapeutic agent, or combinations thereof.
  • the particles of erodible material may comprise a polymer, such as polylactic acid (hereinafter “PLA”, polyglutamic acid (hereinafter “PGA”), or combinations thereof, and the particles may generate protons of an acid in response to degradation such as hydrolysis.
  • PLA polylactic acid
  • PGA polyglutamic acid
  • the particles of binding agent are pH sensitive so as to bind less with increased pH, such that therapeutic agent can be released from the particles in response to an increase in pH.
  • variations provide a flowable formulation.
  • the flowable formulation comprises a therapeutic agent, and a stabilizer having a molecular weight of at least about 2 k Daltons.
  • the stabilizer increases an amount of time the therapeutic agent has a therapeutic effect when placed in a therapeutic device placed in a patient.
  • the stabilizer may comprise one or more of, a buffer to maintain a pH of the formulation, hydrophilic functional groups, hydrophilic functional group to provide a co-solvent stabilization, a charged functional group to provide charge interaction, or a functional group to form a complex with the therapeutic agent, so as to increase one or more of physical stability or chemical stability of the therapeutic agent and maintain biological activity of the therapeutic agent.
  • the stabilizer can be soluble and may comprise one or more of a sugar, an alcohol, a polyol, or a carbohydrate and wherein the functional group comprises a hydroxyl group.
  • the therapeutic agent provides a therapeutic effect when placed in the body.
  • the stabilizer comprises a molecular weight of at least about 3 k Daltons.
  • the stabilizer may comprise a molecular weight of at least about 5 k Daltons, and may comprise a molecular weight of at least about 10 k Daltons, for example at least about 25 k Daltons.
  • the stabilizer comprises a molecular weight of at least about 25% of a molecular weight of the therapeutic agent.
  • the stabilizer and the therapeutic agent may each comprise a half-life when placed, for example injected, into a therapeutic device, and the half-life of the stabilizer may comprise at least about 25% of the half-life of the therapeutic agent.
  • the half-life of the stabilizer may comprise of at least about 50% of the half-life of the therapeutic agent.
  • the stabilizer is water-soluble and comprises a molecular weight of no more than about 500% of the molecular weight of the therapeutic agent.
  • the stabilizer is substantially insoluble in water and comprises a molecular weight of no more than about 5000% of the molecular weight of the therapeutic agent.
  • the stabilizer comprises a plurality of substantially water insoluble particles.
  • the stabilizer may comprise a plurality of substantially water insoluble particles having hydrophilic functional groups and a molecular weight of no more than about 5000% of the molecular weight of the therapeutic agent.
  • the therapeutic agent comprises a molecular weight of at least about 40 k.
  • the therapeutic agent may comprise a Fab antibody fragment or a derivative thereof.
  • the therapeutic agent comprises the Fab antibody fragment and deamidized derivatives of the Fab antibody fragment.
  • the therapeutic agent may comprise ranibizumab.
  • the therapeutic agent may comprise ranibizumab and degradation products of ranibizumab, and the degradation products may comprise one or more of deamidized ranibizumab or oxidized ranibizumab.
  • the stabilizer comprising the molecular weight comprises one or more of: HA (hyaluronic acid) having the molecular weight of at least 2 k, histidine polymer buffer having the molecular weight of at least 2 k, sugar having the molecular weight of at least 2 k, polysaccharides having the molecular weight of at least 2 k, carbohydrate having the molecular weight of at least 2 k, starch having the molecular weight of at least 2 k, alcohol having the molecular weight of at least 2 k, polyol having the molecular weight of at least 2 k, or polyethylene oxide having the molecular weight of at least 2 k, so as to stabilize the therapeutic agent and decrease release of the therapeutic agent when placed in a therapeutic device.
  • HA hyaluronic acid
  • the stabilizer comprising the molecular weight comprises one or more of: a phenol, a protein, or a charged stabilizers such as a metal comprising one or more of zinc ion, calcium ion, or iron ion, so as to form a reversible complex with the therapeutic agent.
  • the stabilizer comprises a plurality of micelles and wherein the molecular weight of the stabilizer corresponds to a weight of each micelle of the plurality such that diffusion of the plurality of micelles corresponds to the weight of said each micelle.
  • the plurality of micelles may comprise a reservoir of the stabilizer.
  • the stabilizer may comprise a surfactant, and a concentration of surfactant comprises at least about two times a critical micelle concentration of the surfactant.
  • the concentration of surfactant may comprise at least about two times the critical micelle concentration, and may comprise at least about four times the critical micelle concentration.
  • stabilizer comprises a polysorbate.
  • an amount of the stabilizer corresponds to at least about 0.05% by weight of the formulation when injected into the eye.
  • said each of the plurality of micelles forms a complex with the therapeutic agent so as to stabilize the therapeutic agent and decrease diffusion of the therapeutic agent.
  • the container comprises a plurality of particles having a dimension across within a range from about 0.1 um across to about 200 um across, such that the plurality of particles is sized to pass through a lumen of a needle.
  • the dimension across can be within a range from about 0.1 um across to about 50 um across, such that the plurality of particles is sized to pass through a lumen of a 33 Gauge needle.
  • the container comprises a plurality of pellets having a dimension across within a range from about 0.1 um to about 500 um, such that the plurality of particles is sized to pass through a lumen of a 19 Gauge needle.
  • the plurality of particles comprises one or more of a plurality of stabilizer particles, a plurality of erodible particles to generate protons of an acid, or a plurality of binding agent particles.
  • the container comprises a plurality of binding agent particles having a dimension across within a range from about 0.1 um across to about 200 um across, the binding agent particles providing a plurality of reversible binding sites having the therapeutic agent reversibly bound thereon.
  • the therapeutic agent comprises a first portion in solution comprising a first concentration and a second portion reversibly bound to the plurality of binding agent particles comprising a second concentration.
  • An amount of the second portion of the therapeutic agent reversibly bound to the plurality of binding agent particles and a dimension across the plurality of binding agent particles corresponds to the second concentration of the therapeutic agent.
  • the second concentration can be greater than the first concentration.
  • each of the plurality of binding agent particles comprises internal channels extending therein and wherein the internal channels comprise the plurality of reversible binding sites.
  • the plurality of binding agent particles may comprise resin particles having the internal channels and an external surface and wherein the internal surface and the external surface have been treated so as to bind reversibly with the therapeutic agent.
  • the binding agent may comprise a surface derivatized with at least one functional group so as to bind reversibly with the therapeutic agent.
  • the derivatized surface may comprise an anion exchange surface and wherein the at least one functional group comprises one or more of quaternary amines, diethylaminoehtly (hereinafter “DEAE”), quaternary aminoethly (hereinafter “QAE”), or quaternatry ammonidum (hereinafter “Q”).
  • the derivatized surface comprises a cation exchange surface and wherein the at least one functional group comprises one or more of carboxy methyl (hereinafter “CM”), Sulphoproply (hereinafter “SP”), or methyl sulphonate (hereinafter “SP”).
  • the binding agent comprises a negatively charged surface within a range of about pH 5.5 to about pH 7.5 so as to bind reversibly to positive charges of the therapeutic agent.
  • the binding agent comprises a net negative surface charge within a range about pH 6 to about pH 7 and wherein the therapeutic agent comprises a net positive charge so as to bind reversibly to the therapeutic agent.
  • the therapeutic agent comprises an isoelectric pH (pI) of at least about 8 and wherein binding of the therapeutic agent to the binding agent decreases substantially when the pH increases from about 6 to about 7.
  • the therapeutic agent comprises at least about ten positive charges and at least about ten negative charges and wherein derivatized surface comprises positive and negative charges to bind reversibly to the therapeutic agent.
  • the at least one functional group increases a stability of the therapeutic agent when reversibly bound to the therapeutic agent.
  • the plurality of binding agent particles have the dimension within the range from about 0.1 um to about 200 um such that the plurality of binding agent particles comprises a suspension suitable for injection into a chamber of a therapeutic device.
  • the plurality of binding agent particles may have the dimension within the range from about 0.5 um to about 100 um such that diffusion of the suspension of binding agent particles through a porous structure is substantially inhibited.
  • the plurality of binding agent particles have the dimension across each particle sized greater than a dimension across channels of a porous structure such that passage of the particles through the porous structure is inhibited substantially.
  • the formulation further comprises a plurality of particles of an erodible material to release protons of an acid.
  • the plurality of erodible particles may comprise one or more of a suspension or a slurry of the erodible particles for injection into or exchange from a therapeutic device.
  • the formulation comprises a pH of at least about 5.5.
  • the plurality of particles of formulation may be capable of releasing about 1E-10 (1 ⁇ 10-10) moles of protons per uL of device reservoir volume so as to maintain a pH of the formulation below about 7 for an extended time of at least about 1 month.
  • the plurality of particles of the erodible material comprises an amount corresponding to about 0.01% to about 5% by weight of the formulation.
  • the erodible material a polymer, the polymer comprising one or more of polylactic acid (PLA), polyglutamic acid (PGA) or PLA/PGA copolymer.
  • the formulation further comprises an amount of the erodible material to maintain the pH of the chamber at no more than about 6.5 for an extended time of at least about 1 month when injected into a chamber of a therapeutic device coupled to the eye with a porous structure.
  • the amount of an erodible material may be sufficient to maintain the pH of the chamber at no more than about 6.0 for an extended time of at least about 3 months when exposed to physiological phosphate buffer diffused through the porous structure.
  • the plurality of erodible particles comprises a ratio of PLA to PGA to erode and release protons at a rate to maintain the pH.
  • the plurality of erodible particles comprises a portion of the particles covered with a coating to delay erosion of the portion.
  • the plurality of erodible particles comprises distribution of sizes so as to erode and release protons at a rate to maintain the pH.
  • the plurality of particles comprises the stabilizer mixed with the erodible material to provide the stabilizer when the particle erodes.
  • variations provide an injectable formulation.
  • the injectable formulation comprises therapeutic agent, and a stabilizer comprising a plurality of micelles.
  • each of the plurality of micelles comprises a weight corresponding to molecular weight of at least about 2 k Daltons
  • the plurality of micelles comprises a reservoir of the stabilizer.
  • a first portion of the stabilizer comprises a solution of the stabilizer and a second portion of the stabilizer comprises the micelles and wherein the stabilizer is released from the micelles to the solution maintain a concentration of the first portion of the stabilizer in solution.
  • the stabilizer may comprise a polymeric surfactant and wherein a concentration of polymeric surfactant is higher than a threshold concentration to form one or more of the plurality of micelles and wherein the concentration of the polymeric surfactant comprises the first portion and the second portion.
  • variations provide injectable formulation, the formulation comprises a therapeutic agent, and an erodible material to generate protons of an acid.
  • the erodible material comprises an amount to erode and maintain a pH of no more than about 6.5 when the formulation is combined with physiological amounts of phosphate buffer.
  • the injectable formulation further comprises a plurality of particles, wherein each of the plurality of particles comprises the erodible material and a hydrophilic stabilizer such that the hydrophilic stabilizer is released when said each particle of the plurality erodes.
  • variations provide method of preparing an injectable formulation, the method comprising: combining a therapeutic agent and a stabilizer.
  • the stabilizer has a molecular weight of at least about 2 k Daltons.
  • variations provide device to treat an eye.
  • the device comprises a reservoir chamber having a volume sized to receive an injection of an amount of a formulation of a therapeutic agent, and a porous structure to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent for an extended time.
  • a stabilizer is configured to maintain stability of the therapeutic agent in the reservoir chamber, and the stabilizer comprises a molecular weight of at least about 5 k Daltons such that a portion of the stabilizer remains in the reservoir chamber for the extended time.
  • the stabilizer comprises a molecular weight of at least about 10 k.
  • the stabilizer may comprise a molecular weight of at least about 25% of a molecular weight of the therapeutic agent, and the molecular weight can be at least about 40 k.
  • the therapeutic agent comprises a Fab antibody fragment or a derivative thereof.
  • the therapeutic agent may comprise ranibizumab.
  • the stabilizer further comprising an amount of an erodible material to maintain the pH of the chamber at no more than about 6.5 for an extended time of at least about 1 month.
  • the stabilizer further comprising an amount of an erodible material to maintain the pH of the chamber at no more than about 6.0 for an extended time of at least about 1 month.
  • the stabilizer comprises a plurality of particles to bind reversibly to the therapeutic agent, a majority of the plurality of particles having a size greater than channels of the porous structure such that the particles remain in the reservoir chamber for the extended time.
  • variations provide method of treating an eye.
  • a therapeutic device comprising a reservoir chamber and a porous structure is provided, in which the reservoir chamber has a volume sized to receive an injection of an amount of a formulation of a therapeutic agent, and the porous structure is configured to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent for an extended time.
  • a stabilizer and the therapeutic agent are injected into the reservoir chamber, and the stabilizer maintains stability of the therapeutic agent in the reservoir chamber, the stabilizer comprising a molecular weight of at least about 5 k Daltons, and a substantial portion of the stabilizer remains in the reservoir chamber for the extended time.
  • variations provide an apparatus to treat an eye.
  • a first container comprises a formulation of a therapeutic agent, the formulation comprising a stabilizer and the therapeutic agent, and a second container comprises an erodible material to release protons of an acid.
  • the second container comprises particles of the erodible material such that the particles form a suspension of the erodible material when mixed with the formulation.
  • the erodible material releases an acid when wet so as to maintain substantially a pH of the formulation when mixed with the formulation and injected into a therapeutic device.
  • the second container comprises a syringe having the erodible material stored therein, and the syringe comprises an exchange syringe.
  • the second container comprises a cartridge having the erodible material stored therein, the cartridge configured to couple to a syringe having the formulation of the therapeutic agent contained therein, so as to mix the erodible material with the formulation upon injection into or exchange with a therapeutic device.
  • the container stores the erodible material substantially without water.
  • the stabilizer comprises a molecular weight of at least about 5 k Daltons and the therapeutic agent comprises a molecular weight of at least about 25 k Daltons.
  • the container comprises a plurality of binding agent particles having a dimension across within a range from about 0.1 um across to about 200 um across, the binding agent particles providing a plurality of reversible binding sites to receive the therapeutic agent.
  • the dimension across is within a range from about 0.5 um across to about 100 um across.
  • each of the plurality of binding agent particles comprises internal channels extending therein and wherein the internal channels comprise the plurality of reversible binding sites.
  • the plurality of binding agent particles may comprise resin particles having the internal channels and an external surface treated so as to bind reversibly with the therapeutic agent.
  • the plurality of particles comprises a second stabilizer so as to release the second stabilizer when the erodible material erodes and generates the protons of the acid.
  • the second stabilizer comprises one or more of a sugar, an alcohol, a polyol, a polysaccharide, or a carbohydrate.
  • the second stabilizer comprises one or more of a buffer or pH modifier.
  • the second stabilizer comprises hydroxyl groups.
  • variations provide a method of preparing a formulation.
  • a formulation of a therapeutic agent can be provided, in which the formulation comprises a stabilizer and the therapeutic agent.
  • An erodible material is provided to release protons of an acid, and the formulation is mixed with the erodible material.
  • variations provide an injectable and exchangeable formulation to treat an eye.
  • the formulation comprises a therapeutic agent having a molecular weight of at least about 40 k Daltons, and a stabilizer having a molecular weight of at least about 10 k Daltons.
  • the stabilizer is capable of forming a complex with the therapeutic agent to stabilize the therapeutic agent.
  • a first plurality of binding agent particles has a plurality of sites to bind reversibly the therapeutic agent.
  • a second plurality of erodible particles to generate an acid, wherein the first plurality of binding agent particles and the second plurality of erodible particles comprise a suspension such that the formulation is capable of injection into a therapeutic device and exchange from the therapeutic device.
  • variations provide method of treating an eye.
  • a formulation is provided, and the formulation comprises a therapeutic agent, a stabilizer, a first plurality of binding agent particles and a second plurality of erodible particles, the therapeutic agent having a molecular weight of at least about 40 k Daltons.
  • the formulation is placed in a chamber of a therapeutic device.
  • the stabilizer has a molecular weight of at least about 10 k Daltons, and the stabilizer is capable of forming a complex with the therapeutic agent to stabilize the therapeutic agent.
  • the first plurality of binding agent particles has a plurality of sites to bind reversibly the therapeutic agent.
  • the second plurality of erodible particles generates an acid, and the first plurality of binding agent particles and the second plurality of erodible particles comprise a suspension such that the formulation is capable of injection into a therapeutic device and exchange from the therapeutic device.
  • placing comprises exchanging the formulation with a portion of a previously placed formulation, in which the portion of the previously placed formulation comprises, water, deamidated therapeutic agent, and binding agent particles.
  • FIG. 1 shows an eye suitable for incorporation of variations of the therapeutic device
  • FIG. 1A-1 shows a therapeutic device implanted at least partially within the sclera of the eye as in FIG. 1 ;
  • FIG. 1 A- 1 - 1 and 1 A- 1 - 2 show a therapeutic device implanted under the conjunctiva and extending through the sclera to release a therapeutic agent into vitreous humor of the eye so as to treat the retina, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 1A-2 shows structures of a therapeutic device configured for placement in an eye as in FIGS. 1A-1 and 1 A- 1 - 1 , in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 1 A- 2 - 1 shows a therapeutic device loaded into an insertion cannula, in which the device comprises an elongate narrow shape for insertion into the sclera, and in which the device is configured to expand to a second elongate wide shape for retention at least partially in the sclera, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 1 A- 2 - 2 shows a therapeutic device comprising a reservoir suitable for loading in a cannula, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 1B shows a therapeutic device configured for placement in an eye as in FIG. 1A-1 and 1 A- 1 - 1 , in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 1C shows a therapeutic device configured for placement in an eye as in FIG. 1A-1 and 1 A- 1 - 1 , in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 1C-A shows at least one exit port, according to variations described herein;
  • FIG. 1C-B shows a syringe being filled with a formulation 190 comprising therapeutic agent 110 and one or more of stabilizer 192 , binding agent 194 or particles 196 , for injection into the therapeutic device, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 2 shows an access port suitable for incorporation with the therapeutic device, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 3A shows components of a formulation comprising therapeutic agent, stabilizer corresponding to the therapeutic agent, binding agent and erodible particles, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 3 B 1 shows a stabilizer as in FIG. 3A , in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 3 B 2 shows a micelle of a stabilizer as in FIG. 3A , in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 3C shows a binding agent having porous channels as in FIG. 3A , in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 3D shows an erodible material comprising an erodible polymer to generate a proton of an acid as in FIG. 3A , in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 3E shows reactions and equilibrium corresponding to components to determine release rates of the formulation as in FIG. 3A when injected into a therapeutic device, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 4A shows released fragments of antibodies
  • FIG. 4B shows antibody fragments reversibly bound to a substrate, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 4C shows net charge of ranibizumab from pH 3 to about pH 13, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 5A shows a therapeutic device coupled to an injector to insert therapeutic agent into the device, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 5A-1 shows a therapeutic device coupled to an injector to simultaneously inject and remove material from the device, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 5B shows a therapeutic device comprising a micro loop channel, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 5C-1 shows a therapeutic device comprising a tortuous channel, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 5C-2 shows a therapeutic device comprising a coiled channel, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 5D shows an expandable and contractible structure to retain the therapeutic agent and an outer rigid casing to couple to the sclera, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 5E shows a membrane disposed over an exit port of a therapeutic device, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 5F shows a therapeutic device comprising a tubular membrane clamped onto the therapeutic device, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 6A-1 shows a therapeutic device comprising a container having a penetrable barrier disposed on a first end, a porous structure disposed on a second end to release therapeutic agent for an extended period, and a retention structure comprising an extension protruding outward from the container to couple to the sclera and the conjunctiva, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 6A-2 shows a therapeutic device as in FIG. 6A-1 comprising a rounded distal end, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 6B shows a rigid porous structure configured for sustained release with a device as in FIG. 6A-1 , in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 6B-1 shows interconnecting channels extending from a first side to a second side of the porous structure as in FIG. 6B , in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 7 shows a therapeutic device coupled to an injector that removes material from the device and injects therapeutic agent into the device, according to variations described herein;
  • FIG. 8A shows an apparatus comprising a first container having the formulation of therapeutic agent and the second container comprising a syringe having particles of an erodible material loaded thereon to generate a proton of an acid when mixed with the formulation, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 8B shows the first and second containers as in FIG. 8A used to prepare the formulation of therapeutic agent prior to injection, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 8C shows an apparatus comprising a first container having a commercially available formulation of therapeutic agent and the second container comprising a syringe having one or more of, a stabilizer, a binding agent comprising porous particles, an erodible material to generate a proton of an acid, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 8D shows the first and second containers as in FIG. 8C used to prepare the formulation of therapeutic agent prior to injection, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 9 shows calibration curves of fluorescein serially diluted in PBS or PBS containing 100 or 1000 ug/mL BSA, in accordance with variations described herein.
  • a variety of implementations described herein can be used to deliver many therapeutic agents to many tissues of the body.
  • variations described herein can be used to deliver therapeutic agent for an extended period to one or more of the following tissues: intravascular, intra articular, intrathecal, pericardial, intraluminal, and gut.
  • Variations described herein provide sustained release of a therapeutic agent to the posterior segment of the eye or the anterior segment of the eye, or combinations thereof.
  • Therapeutic amounts of a therapeutic agent can be released into the vitreous humor of the eye, such that the therapeutic agent can be transported by at least one of diffusion or convection to the retina or other ocular tissue, such as the choroid or ciliary body, for therapeutic effect.
  • the formulations as described herein can be combined with many therapeutic agents, and may comprise one or more components of commercially available formulations.
  • the stabilizers and erodible particles as described herein can be combined with commercially available formulations, for example, so as to decrease degradation of the therapeutic agent injected into the device.
  • the formulations as described herein can be combined in many ways and can be used with one or more of many therapeutic devices so as to provide therapeutic amounts for an extended time.
  • the formulation can be provided within a therapeutic device prior to implantation, and can be placed in the therapeutic device when the device has been implanted, for example.
  • the formulation can be placed in a therapeutic device placed in the eye in many ways. Many variations as described herein are particularly well suited for injection into a therapeutic device implanted in the body. Alternatively or in combination, the formulation can be placed in a container and the container placed in the therapeutic device implanted in the eye, for example.
  • the release rate index encompasses (PA/FL) where P comprises the porosity, A comprises an effective area, F comprises a curve fit parameter corresponding to an effective length and L comprises a length or thickness of the porous structure.
  • the units of the release rate index (RRI) comprise units of mm unless indicated otherwise and can be determined in accordance with the teachings described hereon.
  • sustained release encompasses release of therapeutic amounts of an active ingredient of a therapeutic agent for an extended period of time.
  • the sustained release may encompass first order release of the active ingredient, zero order release of the active ingredient, or other kinetics of release such as intermediate to zero order and first order, or combinations thereof.
  • a therapeutic agent referred to with a trademark encompasses the active ingredient available under the trademark and derivatives thereof.
  • Trehalose encompasses an alpha-linked disaccharide formed by an ⁇ , ⁇ -1,1-glucoside bond between two ⁇ -glucose units. Trehalose can be referred to as mycose or tremalose.
  • CMC critical micelle concentration
  • a surfactant encompasses a wetting agent capable of lowering the surface tension of water.
  • the therapeutic agent may be contained within a chamber of a container, for example within a reservoir comprising the container and chamber.
  • the therapeutic agent may comprise a formulation such as solution of therapeutic agent, a suspension of a therapeutic agent or a dispersion of a therapeutic agent, for example. Examples of therapeutic agents suitable for use in accordance with variations of the therapeutic device are described herein, for example with reference to Table 1A below and elsewhere.
  • surfactants suitable for combination with therapeutic agents in accordance with variations as described herein can be found in Table 1B and at one or more locations on the world wide web, such as at the known website Wikipedia (en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Surfactant).
  • the surfactant may comprise an amount sufficient so as to form micelles comprising a reservoir of stabilizer.
  • the surfactant may comprise a head and a tail.
  • the surfactant may be categorized according to a head of the surfactant and a tail of the surfactant.
  • the tail may comprise one or more of a hydrocarbon chain, an alkyl ether chain, a fluorocarbon chain or a siloxane chain.
  • the hydrocarbon chain may comprise one or more of aromatic hydrocarbons (arenes), alkanes (alkyl), alkenes, cycloalkanes, or alkyne-based chains.
  • the alkyl ether chain may comprise one or more of: ethoxylated surfactants, such as polyethylene oxides inserted so to increase the hydrophilic character of a surfactant; or propoxylated surfactants: polypropylene oxides inserted to increase the lipophilic character of a surfactant.
  • the fluorocarbon chain may comprise fluorosurfactants.
  • the siloxane chain may comprise siloxane surfactants. Surfactant can have one or two tails (double chained surfactants).
  • a surfactant may be categorized by the presence of formally charged groups in its head.
  • a non-ionic surfactant may have no charge groups in the head.
  • the head of an ionic surfactant can carry a net charge. When the charge is negative, the surfactant can be more specifically called anionic. When the charge is positive, the surfactant can be called cationic.
  • the surfactant When a surfactant contains a head with two oppositely charged groups, the surfactant can be referred to as zwitterionic.
  • the therapeutic agent may comprise a macromolecule, for example an antibody or antibody fragment.
  • the therapeutic macromolecule may comprise a VEGF inhibitor, for example the active ingredient ranibizumab of LucentisTM and derivatives thereof.
  • the VEGF (Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor) inhibitor can cause regression of the abnormal blood vessels and improvement of vision when released into the vitreous humor of the eye.
  • VEGF inhibitors include LucentisTM, AvastinTM, MacugenTM, and VEGF Trap that can be provided with formulations in accordance with variations described herein.
  • the therapeutic agent may comprise small molecules such as of a corticosteroid and analogues thereof.
  • the therapeutic corticosteroid may comprise one or more of trimacinalone, trimacinalone acetonide, dexamethasone, dexamethasone acetate, fluocinolone, fluocinolone acetate, or analogues thereof.
  • the small molecules of therapeutic agent may comprise a tyrosine kinase inhibitor comprising one or more of axitinib, bosutinib, cediranib, dasatinib, erlotinib, gefitinib, imatinib, lapatinib, lestaurtinib, nilotinib, semaxanib, sunitinib, toceranib, vandetanib, or vatalanib, for example.
  • a tyrosine kinase inhibitor comprising one or more of axitinib, bosutinib, cediranib, dasatinib, erlotinib, gefitinib, imatinib, lapatinib, lestaurtinib, nilotinib, semaxanib, sunitinib, toceranib, vandetanib, or vatalanib, for example.
  • the therapeutic agent may comprise an anti-VEGF therapeutic agent.
  • Anti-VEGF therapies and agents can be used in the treatment of certain cancers and in age-related macular degeneration.
  • anti-VEGF therapeutic agents suitable for use in accordance with the variations described herein include one or more of monoclonal antibodies such as bevacizumab (AvastinTM) or antibody derivatives such as ranibizumab (LucentisTM), or small molecules that inhibit the tyrosine kinases stimulated by VEGF such as lapatinib (TykerbTM), sunitinib (SutentTM), sorafenib (NexavarTM), axitinib, or pazopanib.
  • the therapeutic agent may comprise a therapeutic agent suitable for treatment of dry AMD such as one or more of SirolimusTM (Rapamycin), CopaxoneTM (Glatiramer Acetate), OtheraTM, Complement C5aR blocker, Ciliary Neurotrophic Factor, Fenretinide or Rheopheresis.
  • a therapeutic agent suitable for treatment of dry AMD such as one or more of SirolimusTM (Rapamycin), CopaxoneTM (Glatiramer Acetate), OtheraTM, Complement C5aR blocker, Ciliary Neurotrophic Factor, Fenretinide or Rheopheresis.
  • the therapeutic agent may comprise a therapeutic agent suitable for treatment of wet AMD such as one or more of REDD14NP (Quark), SirolimusTM (Rapamycin), ATG003; RegeneronTM (VEGF Trap) or complement inhibitor (POT-4).
  • the therapeutic agent may comprise a kinase inhibitor such as one or more of bevacizumab (monoclonal antibody), BIBW 2992 (small molecule targeting EGFR/Erb2), cetuximab (monoclonal antibody), imatinib (small molecule), trastuzumab (monoclonal antibody), gefitinib (small molecule), ranibizumab (monoclonal antibody), pegaptanib (small molecule), sorafenib (small molecule), dasatinib (small molecule), sunitinib (small molecule), erlotinib (small molecule), nilotinib (small molecule), lapatinib (small molecule), panitumumab (monoclonal antibody), vandetanib (small molecule) or E7080 (targeting VEGFR2/VEGFR2, small molecule commercially available from Esai, Co.)
  • a kinase inhibitor such as one or
  • the amount of therapeutic agent within the therapeutic device may comprise from about 0.01 mg to about 100 mg, for example LucentisTM, so as to provide therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent for the extended time, for example at least 30 days.
  • the extended time may comprise at least 90 days or more, for example at least 180 days or for example at least 1 year, at least 2 years or at least 3 years or more.
  • the target threshold therapeutic concentration of a therapeutic agent such as LucentisTM in the vitreous may comprise at least a therapeutic concentration of 0.1 ug/mL.
  • the target threshold concentration may comprise from about 0.1 ug/mL to about 5 ug/mL for the extended time, where the upper value is based upon calculations shown in Example 9 of U.S. patent application Ser. No.
  • the target threshold concentration is drug dependent and thus may vary for other therapeutic agents.
  • the delivery profile may be configured in many ways to obtain a therapeutic benefit from the sustained release device.
  • an amount of the therapeutic agent may be inserted into the container at monthly intervals so as to ensure that the concentration of therapeutic device is above a safety protocol or an efficacy protocol for the therapeutic agent, for example with monthly or less frequent injections into the container.
  • the sustained release can result in an improved delivery profile and may result in improved results.
  • the concentration of therapeutic agent may remain consistently above a threshold amount, for example 0.1 ug/mL, for the extended time.
  • the insertion method may comprise inserting a dose into the container of the therapeutic device.
  • a dose for example, a single injection of LucentisTM may be injected into the therapeutic device.
  • the duration of sustained delivery of the therapeutic agent may extend for twelve weeks or more, for example four to six months from a single insertion of therapeutic agent into the device when the device is inserted into the eye of the patient.
  • the therapeutic agent may be delivered in many ways so as to provide a sustained release for the extended time.
  • the therapeutic device may comprise a therapeutic agent and a binding agent.
  • the binding agent may comprise small particles configured to couple releasably or reversibly to the therapeutic agent, such that the therapeutic agent is released for the extended time after injection into the vitreous humor.
  • the particles can be sized such that the particles remain in the vitreous humor of the eye for the extended time.
  • the therapeutic agent may be delivered with a device implanted in the eye.
  • the drug delivery device can be implanted at least partially within the sclera of the eye, so as to couple the drug delivery device to the sclera of the eye for the extended period of time.
  • the therapeutic device may comprise a drug and a binding agent.
  • the drug and binding agent can be configured to provide the sustained release for the extended time.
  • a membrane or other diffusion barrier or mechanism may be a component of the therapeutic device to release the drug for the extended time.
  • the lifetime of the therapeutic device and number of injections can be optimized for patient treatment.
  • the device may remain in place for a lifetime of 30 years, for example with AMD patients from about 10 to 15 years.
  • the device may be configured for an implantation duration of at least two years, with 8 injections (once every three months) for sustained release of the therapeutic agent over the two year duration.
  • the device may be configured for implantation of at least 10 years with 40 injections (once every three months) for sustained release of the therapeutic agent.
  • the therapeutic device can be refilled in many ways.
  • the therapeutic agent can be refilled into the device in the physician's office.
  • the therapeutic device may comprise many configurations and physical attributes, for example the physical characteristics of the therapeutic device may comprise at least one of a drug delivery device with a suture, positioning and sizing such that vision is not impaired, and biocompatible material.
  • the device may comprise a reservoir capacity from about 0.005 cc to about 0.2 cc, for example from about 0.01 cc to about 0.1 cc, and a device volume of no more than about 2 cc.
  • a vitrectomy may be performed for device volumes larger than 0.1 cc.
  • the length of the device may not interfere with the patient's vision and can be dependent on the shape of the device, as well as the location of the implanted device with respect to the eye. The length of the device may also depend on the angle in which the device is inserted.
  • a length of the device may comprise from about 4 to 6 mm. Since the diameter of the eye is about 24 mm, a device extending no more than about 6 mm from the sclera into the vitreous may have a minimal effect on patient vision.
  • Variations may comprise many combinations of implanted drug delivery devices.
  • the therapeutic device may comprise a drug and binding agent.
  • the device may also comprise at least one of a membrane, an opening, a diffusion barrier, a diffusion mechanism so as to release therapeutic amounts of therapeutic agent for the extended time.
  • FIG. 1 shows an eye 10 suitable for incorporation of the therapeutic device.
  • the eye has a cornea 12 and a lens 22 configured to form an image on the retina 26 .
  • the cornea can extend to a limbus 14 of the eye, and the limbus can connect to a sclera 24 of the eye.
  • a conjunctiva 16 of the eye can be disposed over the sclera.
  • the lens can accommodate to focus on an object seen by the patient.
  • the eye has an iris 18 that may expand and contract in response to light.
  • the eye also comprises a choroid 28 disposed between the sclera 24 and the retina 26 .
  • the retina comprises the macula 32 .
  • the eye comprises a pars plana 25 , which comprises an example of a region of the eye suitable for placement and retention, for example anchoring, of the therapeutic device 100 as described herein.
  • the pars plana region may comprise sclera and conjunctiva disposed between the retina and cornea.
  • the therapeutic device can be positioned so as to extend from the pars plana region into the vitreous humor 30 to release the therapeutic agent.
  • the therapeutic agent can be released into the vitreous humor 30 , such that the therapeutic agent arrives at the retina and choroids for therapeutic effect on the macula.
  • the vitreous humor of the eye comprises a liquid disposed between the lens and the retina.
  • the vitreous humor may comprise convection currents to deliver the therapeutic agent to the macula.
  • FIG. 1A-1 shows a therapeutic device 100 implanted at least partially within the sclera 24 of the eye 10 as in FIG. 1 .
  • the therapeutic device may comprise a retention structure, for example a protrusion, to couple the device to the sclera.
  • the therapeutic device may extend through the sclera into vitreous humor 30 , such that the therapeutic device can release the therapeutic agent into the vitreous humor.
  • FIGS. 1 A- 1 - 1 and 1 A- 1 - 2 shows a therapeutic device 100 implanted under the conjunctiva 16 and extending through the sclera 24 to release a therapeutic agent 110 into vitreous humor 30 of the eye 10 so as to treat the retina of the eye.
  • the therapeutic device 100 may comprise a retention structure 120 such as a smooth protrusion configured for placement along the sclera and under the conjunctiva, such that the conjunctiva can cover the therapeutic device and protect the therapeutic device 100 .
  • the conjunctiva may be lifted away, incised, or punctured with a needle to access the therapeutic device.
  • the eye may comprise an insertion of the tendon 27 of the superior rectus muscle to couple the sclera of the eye to the superior rectus muscle.
  • the device 100 may be positioned in many locations of the pars plana region, for example away from tendon 27 and one or more of posterior to the tendon, under the tendon, or with nasal or temporal placement of the therapeutic device.
  • the implant can be positioned in the eye in many ways, work in relation to variations suggests that placement in the pars plana region can release therapeutic agent into the vitreous to treat the retina, for example therapeutic agent comprising an active ingredient composed of large molecules.
  • Therapeutic agents 110 suitable for use with device 100 includes many therapeutic agents, for example as listed in Table 1A, herein below.
  • the therapeutic agent 110 of device 100 may comprise one or more of an active ingredient of the therapeutic agent, a formulation of the therapeutic agent, components of a formulation of the therapeutic agent, a physician prepared formulation of therapeutic agent, or a pharmacist prepared formulation of the therapeutic agent.
  • the therapeutic agent may be referred to with generic name or a trademark, for example as shown in Table 1A.
  • the therapeutic device 100 can be implanted in the eye to treat the eye for as long as is helpful and beneficial to the patient.
  • the device can be implanted for at least about 5 years, such as permanently for the life of the patient.
  • the device can be removed when no longer helpful or beneficial for treatment of the patient.
  • FIG. 1A-2 shows structures of therapeutic device 100 configured for placement in an eye as in FIGS. 1A-1 , 1 A- 1 - 1 and 1 A- 1 - 2 .
  • the device may comprise retention structure 120 to couple the device 100 to the sclera, for example a protrusion disposed on a proximal end of the device.
  • the device 100 may comprise a container 130 affixed to the retention structure 120 .
  • An active ingredient, for example therapeutic agent 110 can be contained within a reservoir 140 , for example a chamber 132 defined by a container 130 of the device.
  • the container 130 may comprise a porous structure 150 comprising a porous material 152 , for example a porous glass frit 154 , and a barrier 160 to inhibit release of the therapeutic agent, for example non-permeable membrane 162 .
  • the non-permeable membrane 162 may comprise a substantially non-permeable material 164 .
  • the non-permeable membrane 162 may comprise an opening 166 sized to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent 110 for the extended time.
  • the porous structure 150 may comprise a thickness 150 T and pore sizes configured in conjunction with the opening 166 so as to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent for the extended time.
  • the container 130 may comprise reservoir 140 having a chamber with a volume 142 sized to contain a therapeutic quantity of the therapeutic agent 110 for release over the extended time.
  • the device may comprise a needle stop 170 .
  • Proteins in the vitreous humor may enter the device and compete for adsorption sites on the porous structure and thereby may contribute to the release of therapeutic agent.
  • the therapeutic agent 110 contained in the reservoir 140 can equilibrate with proteins in the vitreous humor, such that the system is driven towards equilibrium and the therapeutic agent 110 is released in therapeutic amounts.
  • the non-permeable material such as the non-permeable membrane 162 , the porous material 152 , the reservoir 140 , and the retention structure 120 , may comprise many configurations to deliver the therapeutic agent 110 .
  • the non-permeable membrane 162 may comprise an annular tube joined by a disc having at least one opening formed thereon to release the therapeutic agent.
  • the porous material 152 may comprise an annular porous glass frit 154 and a circular end disposed thereon.
  • the reservoir 140 may be shape-changing for ease of insertion; i.e., it may assume a thin elongated shape during insertion through the sclera and then assume an extended, ballooned shape, once it is filled with therapeutic agent.
  • the porous structure 150 can be configured in many ways to release the therapeutic agent in accordance with an intended release profile.
  • the porous structure may comprise a single hole or a plurality of holes extending through a barrier material such as a rigid plastic or a metal.
  • the porous structure may comprise a porous structure having a plurality of openings on a first side facing the reservoir and a plurality of openings on a second side facing the vitreous humor, with a plurality of interconnecting channels disposed therebetween so as to couple the openings of the first side with the openings of the second side, for example a sintered rigid material.
  • the porous structure 150 may comprise one or more of a permeable membrane, a semi-permeable membrane, a material having at least one hole disposed therein, nano-channels, nano-channels etched in a rigid material, laser etched nano-channels, a capillary channel, a plurality of capillary channels, one or more tortuous channels, tortuous microchannels, sintered nano-particles, an open cell foam or a hydrogel such as an open cell hydrogel.
  • FIG. 1 A- 2 - 1 shows therapeutic device 100 loaded into an insertion cannula 210 of an insertion apparatus 200 , in which the device 100 comprises an elongate narrow shape for insertion into the sclera, and in which the device is configured to expand to a second elongate wide shape for retention at least partially in the sclera.
  • FIG. 1 A- 2 - 2 shows a therapeutic device 100 comprising reservoir 140 suitable for loading in a cannula, in which the reservoir 140 comprises an expanded configuration when placed in the eye.
  • FIG. 1B shows therapeutic device 100 placed in an eye as in FIG. 1A-1 and 1 A- 1 - 1 .
  • the device comprises retention structure 120 to couple to the sclera, for example flush with the sclera, and the barrier 160 comprises a tube 168 .
  • An active ingredient 112 comprising the therapeutic agent 110 is contained within tube 168 comprising non-permeable material 164 .
  • a porous structure 150 comprising a porous material 152 is disposed at the distal end of the tube 168 to provide a sustained release of the therapeutic agent at therapeutic concentrations for the extended period.
  • the non-permeable material 164 may extend distally around the porous material 152 so as to define an opening to couple the porous material 152 to the vitreous humor when the device is inserted into the eye.
  • FIG. 1C shows a therapeutic device configured for placement in an eye as in FIG. 1A-1 and 1 A- 1 - 1 .
  • An injectable formulation 190 of therapeutic agent 110 can be placed in therapeutic device 100 prior to placement in the eye.
  • the formulation 190 can be injectable and may comprise therapeutic agent 110 , a stabilizer 192 , a binding agent 194 and erodible particles 196 .
  • the formulation 190 comprising stabilizer 192 and therapeutic agent 110 may be loaded into device 100 by injection into the device through an access port 180 .
  • the device 100 may comprise binding, leak, and barrier functions to deliver the therapeutic agent for the extended time.
  • the stabilizer 192 and therapeutic agent 110 can be aspirated to replace the stabilizer and therapeutic agent.
  • the stabilizer can be at least one of flushed or replaced when at least majority of the therapeutic agent has been released, such that additional therapeutic agent can be delivered from a second, injected formulation comprising the stabilizer and the therapeutic agent.
  • a membrane 195 can be disposed over the periphery of the therapeutic device 100 .
  • the membrane 195 may comprise methylcellulose, regenerated cellulose, cellulose acetate, nylon, polycarbonate, poly(tetrafluoroethylene) (PTFE), polyethersulfone, and polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF).
  • the therapeutic device may comprise barrier 160 shaped such that opening 166 comprises an exit port.
  • the therapeutic agent may be released through at least one of a diffusion mechanism or convection mechanism.
  • the number, size, and configuration of exit ports may determine the release rate of the therapeutic agent.
  • the exit port may comprise a convection port, for example at least one of an osmotically driven convection port or a spring driven convection port.
  • the exit port may also comprise a tubular path to which the therapeutic agent may temporarily attach, and then be released under certain physical or chemical conditions.
  • FIG. 1C-A shows at least one exit port 167
  • the exit port can be disposed on the device 100 to allow liquid to flow from inside the device outward, for example when fluid is injected into an injection port 182 of the device or when an insert such as a glass frit is inserted into the device.
  • the therapeutic device may comprise an access port 180 for injection and/or removal, for example a septum. Additionally or in the alternative, when the therapeutic device is refilled, the contents of the device may be flushed into the vitreous of the eye.
  • the access port 180 may be sized to receive an insert comprising a container having the therapeutic agent therein.
  • the porous structure 150 may comprise a container to contain a formulation 190 of the therapeutic agent as described herein, in which the container comprising porous structure 150 can be removed from the device 100 and replaced.
  • FIG. 1C-B shows a syringe being filled with a formulation 190 comprising therapeutic agent 110 and one or more of stabilizer 192 , binding agent 194 or particles 196 , for injection into the therapeutic device.
  • the needle 189 coupled to syringe 188 of injector 187 can be used to draw formulation 190 comprising therapeutic agent 110 , stabilizer 192 , binding agent 194 and particles 196 from a container HOC.
  • the container 110 C may comprise a commercially available container, such as a bottle with a septum, a single dose container, or a container suitable for mixing formulations.
  • a quantity 110 V of therapeutic agent 110 can be drawn into injector 187 for injection into the therapeutic device 100 positioned within the eye.
  • the quantity 110 V may comprise a predetermined quantity, for example based on the volume of the container of the therapeutic device 110 and an intended injection into the vitreous humor.
  • the quantity 110 V may exceed the volume of the reservoir container so as to inject a first portion of quantity 110 V into the vitreous humor through the therapeutic device and to contain a second portion of quantity 110 V within the reservoir container of the therapeutic device 110 .
  • Container 110 C may comprise a formulation 190 of the therapeutic agent 110 .
  • the formulation 190 may comprise formulations of therapeutic agent as described herein comprising therapeutic agent 110 and one or more of stabilizer 192 , binding agent 194 or particles 196 , for example therapeutic agents as described herein and with reference to Table 1A.
  • the formulation 190 may comprise components of a concentrated or diluted formulation of a commercially available therapeutic agent, for example AvastinTM.
  • the osmolarity and tonicity of the vitreous humor can be within a range from about 290 to about 320 mOsm, for example, and the formulation can be substantially isotonic with one or more fluids of the body and within a range from about 250 to about 250 mOsm.
  • a formulation of AvastinTM may be diluted so as to comprise a formulation having an osmolarity and tonicity substantially similar to the osmolarity and tonicity of the vitreous humor, for example within a range from about 280 to about 340, for example about 300 mOsm.
  • the injectable formulation 190 comprising therapeutic agent 110 , stabilizer 192 , binding agent 194 and particles 196 may comprise an osmolarity and tonicity substantially similar to the vitreous humor
  • the formulation 190 may comprise a hyper osmotic solution relative to the vitreous humor or a hypo osmotic solution relative to the vitreous humor.
  • the formulation and osmolarity of the therapeutic agent can be determined empirically to provide release of therapeutic agent for an extended time.
  • the formulation 190 may comprise components of a commercially available formulation such as AvastinTM or LucentisTM combined with one or more of the stabilizer, the erodible particles, the surfactant, or the micelles as described herein, for example.
  • AvastinTM (bevacizumab) is approved as an anticancer drug and in clinical trials are ongoing for AMD.
  • the commercial solution is a pH 6.2 solution for intravenous infusion.
  • AvastinTM is supplied in 100 mg and 400 mg preservative-free, single-use vials to deliver 4 mL or 16 mL of AvastinTM (25 mg/mL).
  • the 100 mg product is formulated in 240 mg ⁇ , ⁇ -trehalose dihydrate, 23.2 mg sodium phosphate (monobasic, monohydrate), 4.8 mg sodium phosphate (dibasic, anhydrous), 1.6 mg polysorbate 20, and Water for Injection, USP.
  • the 400 mg product is formulated in 960 mg ⁇ , ⁇ -trehalose dihydrate, 92.8 mg sodium phosphate (monobasic, monohydrate), 19.2 mg sodium phosphate (dibasic, anhydrous), 6.4 mg polysorbate 20, and Water for Injection, USP.
  • the commercial formulations are diluted in 100 mL of 0.9% sodium chloride before administration and the amount of the commercial formulation used varies by patient and indication. Based on the teachings described herein, formulations of AvastinTM can be determined to inject into therapeutic device 100 . In Europe, the AvastinTM formulation can be substantially similar to the formulation of the United States.
  • Triamcinolone used in injectable solutions, the acetonide and the hexacetonide.
  • the acetamide is approved for intravitreal injections in the U.S.
  • the acetamide is the active ingredient in TRIVARIS (Allergan), 8 mg triamcinolone acetonide in 0.1 mL (8% suspension) in a vehicle containing w/w percents of 2.3% sodium hyaluronate; 0.63% sodium chloride; 0.3% sodium phosphate, dibasic; 0.04% sodium phosphate, monobasic; and water, pH 7.0 to 7.4 for injection.
  • the acetamide is also the active ingredient in TriesenceTM (Alcon), a 40 mg/ml suspension.
  • Osmolarity for these formulations can be determined.
  • the degree of dissociation of the active ingredient in solution can be determined and used to determine differences of osmolarity from the molarity in these formulations. For example, considering at least some of the formulations may be concentrated (or suspensions), the molarity can differ from the osmolarity.
  • the formulation of therapeutic agent injected into therapeutic device 100 may comprise many known formulations of therapeutic agents modified in accordance with variations described herein, and the formulation therapeutic agent may comprise an osmolarity suitable for release for an extended time from device 100 .
  • Table 2 shows examples of osmolarity (Osm) of saline and some of the commercially formulations of Table 1A can be modified in accordance with the variations described herein.
  • the vitreous humor of the eye comprises an osmolarity of about 290 mOsm to about 320 mOsm.
  • Formulations of therapeutic agent having an osmolarity from about 280 mOsm to about 340 mOsm are substantially isotonic and substantially iso-osmotic with respect to the vitreous humor of the eye.
  • the formulations listed in Table 2 are substantially iso-osmotic and isotonic with respect to the vitreous of the eye and suitable for injection into the therapeutic device
  • the formulation of the therapeutic agent injected into the therapeutic device can be hypertonic (hyper-osmotic) or hypotonic (hypo-osmotic) with respect to the tonicity and osmolarity of the vitreous.
  • a hyper-osmotic formulation may release the active ingredient of the therapeutic agent into the vitreous somewhat faster initially when the solutes of the injected formulation equilibrate with the osmolatiry of the vitreous
  • a hypo-osmotic formulation such as AvastinTM may release the active ingredient of the therapeutic agent into the vitreous somewhat slower initially when the solutes of the injected formulation equilibrate with the eye.
  • the appropriate reservoir chamber volume and porous structure for a formulation of therapeutic agent disposed in the reservoir chamber can be determined so as to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent for an extended time and to provide therapeutic concentrations of therapeutic agent in the vitreous within a range of therapeutic concentrations that is above the minimum inhibitory concentration for the extended time.
  • FIG. 2 shows an access port 180 suitable for incorporation with the therapeutic device 100 .
  • the access port 180 may be combined with the therapeutic devices described herein.
  • the access port may be disposed on a proximal end of the device.
  • the access port 180 may comprise an opening formed in the retention structure 120 with a penetrable barrier 184 comprising a septum 186 disposed thereon.
  • the penetrable barrier can receive the needle 189 sized to pass the formulation 190 as described herein.
  • the access port may 180 be configured for placement under the conjunctiva 16 of the patient and above the sclera 24 .
  • FIG. 3A shows components of formulation 190 comprising therapeutic agent, stabilizer 192 corresponding to the therapeutic agent, reversible binding agent 194 and erodible material 196 .
  • the stabilizer 192 may comprise at least about 20% of the weight of the therapeutic agent, such that diffusion of the stabilizer corresponds at least partially to diffusion of the therapeutic agent.
  • the reversible binding agent 194 may comprise a plurality of particles of binding agent.
  • the erodible material 196 may comprise a plurality of particles.
  • the stabilizer 192 can interact with the therapeutic agent 110 in one or more of many ways so as to decrease degradation of the therapeutic agent.
  • the therapeutic agent 110 may comprise protein such as a Fab antibody fragment or a derivative thereof, and the stabilizer 192 may comprise one or more hydrophilic functional groups 192 F that promote protein stabilization by a co-solvent effect.
  • the stabilizer 192 may form a complex 192 C with the therapeutic agent 110 .
  • the stabilizers having the molecular weights as described herein can be particularly well suited to provide stabilization of the therapeutic agent comprising protein with the co-solvent effect, for example co-solvent stabilization of ranibizumab protein.
  • a protein solvent effect as described by Arakawa et al., Adv Drug Delivery Reviews, 10 (1993) 1-28, can be modified and/or combined in accordance with variations as described herein.
  • the co-solutes can be preferentially excluded from contact with the surface of the therapeutic agent comprising protein so as to preferentially hydrate the therapeutic agent comprising protein.
  • the exclusion can be entropically unfavorable, the thermodynamic penalty for exclusion can be even higher for protein in the denatured state due to the larger exposed surface area of the denatured protein.
  • the lower penalty for the native versus denatured therapeutic agent comprising protein can result in stabilization of the therapeutic agent comprising protein, for example with the high molecular weight stabilizers of at least 2 k Daltons as described herein. Similar stabilization may be provided with micelles comprising stabilizer having hydrophilic functional groups as described herein, for example.
  • the stabilizer 192 may comprise one or more functional groups 192 F, for example one or more hydroxyl groups, so as to form a complex 192 C with the therapeutic agent 110 .
  • the dynamics of complex formation and dissociation may be slowed down when the stabilizer has more than one functional group interacting with the therapeutic agent at the same time.
  • larger molecular weight stabilizers may have multiple interactions, which may slow the diffusion and depletion of stabilizer present in the device reservoir, so as to provide a formulation having improved stability.
  • the binding agent 194 may comprise a plurality of binding sites to bind reversibly the therapeutic agent 110 .
  • the reversible binding 194 B can be pH sensitive.
  • the binding agent 194 may comprise a plurality of channels 194 C and an outer surface 194 S.
  • the plurality of channels 194 C can extend from an opening 1940 of the surface 194 S substantially through the particle of the binding agent 194 .
  • the therapeutic agent 110 can be bound reversibly to an inner surface of channel 194 C or outer surface 194 S.
  • the particle of binding agent 194 may comprise a resin having derivatized inner and outer surfaces so as to bind reversibly to therapeutic agent 110 .
  • the formulation 190 may comprise a plurality of the particles of binding agent and may comprise one or more of a suspension or a slurry.
  • the erodible material 196 may comprise a plurality of particles of the erodible material.
  • the erodible material 196 may comprise an erodible polymer such as one or more of PLA, PGA or PLA/PGA copolymer (hereinafter “PLGA”).
  • the polymer can erode with hydrolysis so as to provide a proton 196 H of an acid 196 A.
  • the hydrolysis may comprise hydrolysis of ester linkages so as to provide one proton per linkage hydrolyzed.
  • FIG. 3 B 1 shows a stabilizer as in FIG. 3A .
  • the stabilizer may comprise one or more of an alcohol, a polyol, a phenol, a carbohydrate, a sugar (sucrose, lactose, and glucose), amino acids (glycine, alanine, and proline), or amines (betaine and trimethylamine N-oxide), for example.
  • the stabilizer may comprise a molecular weight corresponding to the therapeutic agent, for example at least about 20% of the molecular weight of the therapeutic agent. The molecular weight can be sufficient such that a portion of the stabilizer remains in the device 100 when a portion of the therapeutic agent is released so as to stabilize a remaining portion of the therapeutic agent.
  • the stabilizer 192 may comprise a high molecular weight polymer 192P, for example at least about 2 k Daltons.
  • the stabilizer may comprise one or more forms of cellulose (e.g., carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, methylcellulose), chitin (e.g., chitosan), other oligosaccharides and polysaccharides, or polymeric forms of amino acids.
  • the diffusion constant of the stabilizer can be determined, for example based on an estimate of hydrodynamic radius corresponding to the cube root of the molecular weight as described herein.
  • Table ZZZ shows diffusion co-efficients and estimates of device half-life relative to Ranibizumab.
  • Table ZZZ shows that the molecular weight, diffusion co-efficient, equivalent diameter of ranibizumab is about 48 k Daltons, 1.0E-6, and 5.3 nm, respectively.
  • the molecular weight of the stabilizer can be provided in 1 k Dalton increments from about 1 k Dalton to about 200 k Daltons and provide in a Table having about 200 rows similar to Table ZZZ.
  • the parameters of Table ZZZ determined such as the half-life in the device, the equivalent volume, the equivalent diameter, and % in the device at the half-life of the therapeutic agent 110 .
  • the table may comprise a row for each molecular weight in 1 k Dalton increments, and the % of stabilizer in the device compared with the therapeutic agent 110 .
  • the table may include columns for two half-lives of the therapeutic agent, three half-lives of the therapeutic agent, four half-lives of the therapeutic agent, and the corresponding percentage of stabilizer remaining in the device.
  • the percentage at 1, 2, 3, 4 5, and 6 half-lives can be determined.
  • the molecular weight, diffusion coefficient and equivalent diameter of trehalose is about 0.4 k Daltons, 5.0E-6, and 1.1 nm, respectively.
  • the relative molecular weight of trehalose to ranibizumab is about 0.8%, and the relative half-life of trehalose in device 100 is about 20% of ranibizumab.
  • the relative amount of trehalose remaining in therapeutic device 100 at the half-life of ranibizumab is about 3.1%. This decreased half-life of trehalose and amount in the device 100 relative to ranibizumab is related to the decreased molecular weight of trehalose relative to ranibizumab.
  • a disaccharide such as trehalose can be combined with one or more of micelles or polymeric proteins as described herein, so as to associate with the one or more of the micelles or the polymeric proteins so as to decrease a rate of release of the disaccharide from the reservoir chamber.
  • the molecular weight, diffusion coefficient and equivalent diameter of polysorbate 20 is about 1.2 k Daltons, 3.4E-6, and 1.6 nm, respectively.
  • the relative molecular weight of polysorbate to ranibizumab is about 2.6%, and the relative half-life of polysorbate 20 in device 100 is about 29% of ranibizumab.
  • the relative amount of polysorbate 20 remaining in therapeutic device 100 at the half-life of ranibizumab is about 9.5%. This decreased half-life of polysorbate and amount in the device 100 relative to ranibizumab is related to the decreased molecular weight of polysorbate relative to ranibizumab.
  • the diffusion coefficients of Table ZZZ can be determined based on weight for molecular weights up to about 2.5 M Daltons, and based on size above about 2.5 M Daltons.
  • the stabilizer may comprise a molecular weight that is at least about 10% of the molecular weight of the therapeutic agent; such that the half-life of the stabilizer corresponds to at least about 50% of the half-life of the therapeutic agent.
  • a stabilizer 192 with a molecular weight of about 5 k Daltons corresponding to about 10% of the molecular weight of ranibizumab the relative half life of the stabilizer is about half (0.47) of the half life of ranibizumab.
  • the half-life of the stabilizer is about half that of the therapeutic agent, about 1 ⁇ 4 of the stabilizer may remain in the therapeutic device for an extended time corresponding to the half-life of the therapeutic agent.
  • the half-life of the therapeutic agent ranibizumab in the device is about 100 days, about 1 ⁇ 4 of a 5 k Dalton molecular weight stabilizer will remain in the therapeutic device.
  • the stabilizer may comprise a molecular weight that is at least about 20% of the molecular weight of the therapeutic agent, such that the half life of the stabilizer corresponds to at least about 50% of the half life of the therapeutic agent.
  • the relative proportion of stabilizer to therapeutic agent is about 1 to 4. This amount of stabilizer is sufficient to stabilize the therapeutic agent in many variations.
  • FIG. 3 B 2 shows a micelle 192 M of a stabilizer as in FIG. 3A .
  • the stabilizer 192 may comprise a micelle 192 M of the stabilizer 192 .
  • the micelle 192 M may comprise a weight corresponding to a molecular weight of the therapeutic agent, such that a substantial portion of the micelles of the injected formulation remain in the reservoir chamber of the therapeutic device when the therapeutic agent is released.
  • the weight of each micelle may correspond to a molecular weight of at least about 10% of the therapeutic agent, for example at least about 20%, such that the micelle comprises a size so as to inhibit diffusion of the micelle from the reservoir chamber through the porous structure 150 .
  • the micelle 192 M may comprise a reservoir of the stabilizer.
  • the stabilizer may comprise a first micelle portion and a second solution portion.
  • the second solution portion may comprise a portion of the surfactant molecule dissolved as a solute in solution.
  • the second solution portion may correspond to a critical micelle concentration (hereinafter “CMC”). Above this critical threshold concentration, additional surfactant added to the solution may be present in the form of micelles.
  • CMC critical micelle concentration
  • the micelle portion can remain substantially within the reservoir chamber based on the size and weight of the micelle as described herein.
  • each of the micelles may comprise 50 or more surfactant molecules, in which each surfactant molecule comprises a molecular chain.
  • the diffusion coefficient of a micelle of this size may have a weight and corresponding diffusion coefficient equal or larger than the therapeutic agent, for example.
  • the micelle can release stabilizer into solution such that the concentration of stabilizer in solution remains substantially constant.
  • the micelles may comprise polymeric surfactants that may comprise a first micelle portion and a second solution portion in equilibrium, such that as the second portion comprising molecules dissolved in solution diffuses through the porous structure the polymeric surfactant on the micelles is released into solution so as to maintain the concentration of polymeric surfactant in solution.
  • the surfactant may comprise one or more of polysorbates (for example, polysorbate 20 and polysorbate 80, also known as Tween 20 and Tween 80), block copolymers of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide of various sizes marketed by BASF as Pluronic®, or ethoxylated emulsifiers marketed by BASF as Cremophor®, and combinations thereof.
  • polysorbates for example, polysorbate 20 and polysorbate 80, also known as Tween 20 and Tween 80
  • Pluronic® block copolymers of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide of various sizes marketed by BASF as Pluronic®
  • Cremophor® ethoxylated emulsifiers
  • the surfactant may increase the stability of the therapeutic agent by occupying interfaces so as to displace therapeutic agent comprising protein from the interfaces.
  • the interface may comprise an inner surface of the reservoir chamber exposed to the formulation such that the inner surface may interact with the protein, for example an inner surface housing or a surface of the porous structure 150 . Proteins may undergo conformational changes at interfaces that may then lead to degradation via any of a number of pathways such as aggregation, deamidation, oxidation, etc.
  • the surfactant may compete with and displace protein at air-liquid interfaces such as at the surface of a bubble or liquid-solid interfaces such as with displacement of the protein at the exposed surface inside a porous structure within the device.
  • High concentrations of surfactant, near or beyond the CMC may be helpful so as to substantially displace protein from interfaces and inhibit interaction of the protein with the inner surfaces of device 100 .
  • the surfactant concentration within the reservoir chamber of the device can be maintained near or above the CMC for an extended time as described herein.
  • the CMC can be determined from a variety of techniques such as measurements of surface tension using a Wilhelmy plate.
  • the CMC for a particular surfactant may be dependent on a variety of parameters such as the concentrations of other components in the formulation and the temperature. Values ranging from 1E-5 to 8E-5 are reported in the literature for polysorbate 20.
  • Table K1 shows amounts of polysorbate 20 sufficient to maintain the presence of micelles in representative devices for an extended time of at least about 6 months, such that the concentration of surfactant stabilizer in device 100 is at least about the CMC of the surfactant stabilizer comprising Polysorbate 20.
  • the diffusion coefficients of 3.4E-6 and 8.8E-7 cm2/s for the single molecule (corresponding to the second portion) and the micelle (corresponding to the micelle portion), respectively, are obtained based upon molecular weight of 1227 for polysorbate 20 and assuming a plurality of approximately 50 molecules of polysorbate 20 per micelle, in which each of the 50 molecules comprises a molecular chain such as a polymeric chain.
  • the corresponding particle weight of the micelle comprising the plurality of 50 polysorbate 20 molecules can be about 61,350, so as to correspond to a diffusion coefficient about 3.86 lower than Polysorbate 20, based on the cube root of the weight of the micelle particle relative to the weight of the individual Polysorbate 20 molecule (cube root of 50 is about 3.86).
  • the examples show polysorbate 20 concentrations 6 or more times larger than the CMC can be sufficient so as to maintain micelles in the device at least about 6 months after placement of the therapeutic agent and micelles in device 100 . In many variations, concentrations of at least about 0.04% may be sufficient so as to maintain concentration of micelles above the CMC.
  • CMC 1e ⁇ 5 8e ⁇ 5 1e ⁇ 5 8e ⁇ 5 CMC (wt %) 0.001% 0.01% 0.001% 0.01% Device RRI (mm) 0.02 0.02 0.06 0.02 Device Volume (uL) 25 25 25 100 Minimal Conc. to replenish single 0.005% 0.042% 0.016% 0.042% chain diffusion (wt %) Half-life of Therapeutic Agent 100 100 30 400 Ranibizumab (days) Minimal Conc. corresponding to 0.004% 0.029% 0.033% 0.013% micelle diffusion (wt %) Total Minimal Conc. (wt %) 0.009% 0.071% 0.048% 0.054% Ratio of Total Minimal Conc. to 7 7 40 6 CMC
  • Table K1 shows that substantial amounts of surfactant can be provided for an extended time of at least about 6 months so as to stabilize the therapeutic agent within device 100 .
  • ranibizumab can be delivered in therapeutic amounts for an extended time of at least about 6 months when therapeutic device 100 comprises a half-life of at least about 90 days or more, for example.
  • the amount of surfactant in device 100 can be combined with an amount of one or more of many therapeutic agents 110 as described herein.
  • the half life of the therapeutic agent may correspond to the amount of surfactant sufficient to maintain the concentration of surfactant above the CMC.
  • the amount of surfactant to provide for an intended extended time can be determined empirically. For example, the above table shows amounts of surfactant sufficient to provide surfactant above the CMC for 6 months. Similar tables for a target intended time of 12 months, for example, can be determined.
  • amounts of surfactant can be determined to provide concentrations above the CMC for an intended extended time.
  • concentrations above the CMC for an intended extended time For example, to achieve a surfactant concentration above the CMC for an extended time of about one year, the minimal concentration corresponding to micelle diffusion can be increased by about 4 ⁇ when the intended time is increased by about 2 ⁇ , so as to provide micelles within device 100 for at least about 1 year, for example.
  • the concentration of Polysorbate 20 corresponding to micelle diffusion can be increased from about 0.013% to about 0.017%, and the concentration of Polysorbate 20 corresponding to individual surfactant molecule diffusion can be increased from about 0.04% to about 0.08%, such that the total concentration of Polysorbate 20 comprises about 0.1%.
  • the micelle 192 M may form a complex 192 C with the therapeutic agent 110 .
  • the chains of individual molecules may associate with the therapeutic agent, for example form a complex with the therapeutic agent.
  • FIG. 3C shows a particle of a binding agent having porous channels as in FIG. 3A .
  • the particle may comprise a plurality of channels and a plurality of openings sized to allow the therapeutic agent 110 to diffuse along the channel 194 C and out opening 1940 .
  • the porous channels may comprise the derivatized surface as described herein.
  • FIG. 3D shows an erodible material comprising an erodible polymer to generate a proton of an acid as in FIG. 3A .
  • the polymer may comprise one or more of polylactic acid 196 LA or polyglyoclic acid 196 GA, or combinations thereof, for example.
  • the polymer may comprise many biodegradable erodible materials, such as polycaprolactone, for example.
  • the particle may comprise a substantial polymer chain 196 P, such that the particle is sized so as to inhibit diffusion of the particle through the porous structure to release the proton of the acid within the reservoir chamber of the therapeutic device 100 .
  • the proton generation based on erodible material such as biodegradable polymers comprising PLGA can be provided in many ways.
  • therapeutic agent is located in the fluid surrounding the erodible particles, and may not be encapsulated inside of the particles such that the protons released from the particle can be diluted with the fluid surrounding the erodible particle.
  • the rate of proton generation can be determined by the composition of the particles.
  • Variables capable of modulating the degradation of PLGA can include one or more of a ratio of PLA to PGA, molecular weight, crystallinity, particle size, porosity, and pore size distributions, shape, and processing conditions. For example, increasing the ratio of PLA to PGA can decrease the rate of degradation, and decreasing the ratio of PLA to PGA can increase the rate of degradation. Providing particles with lower porosity may reduce the fraction of water filled pores and can result in a lower erosion rate. Increasing molecular weight, crystallinity, and particle size may decrease degradation rates and the rate of proton production.
  • PLGA particles prepared for encapsulation and delivery of drugs may achieve drug release for extended periods on the order of weeks or months.
  • water-soluble drug can be substantially depleted from PLGA particles before the polymer is completely degraded.
  • protons may be supplied from erosion of PLGA for several months beyond the time sustained drug delivery is achieved.
  • PLGA intended as proton generators can have lower porosity during the erosion process if they do not have additional pores forming from depletion of encapsulated drug.
  • biodegradable particles for proton generation may be prepared where protons are generated for periods of a year or longer.
  • the erodible particles may be coated with an excipient that dissolves slowly in water, so as to delay the time when the biodegradable material is hydrated and so as to delay the corresponding erosion process.
  • the erodible particles may comprise enteric coatings.
  • the enteric coatings can remain intact at slightly acidic conditions and dissolve when pH is increased toward physiological pH, such that proton generation can be started at a time post injection when pH has risen above a targeted threshold.
  • the time profile of the release of the protons of the acid can be determined based on a mixture of the particles. For example, the time profile of proton generation may be modulated by using a mixture of particles with varying properties, for example, varying particle size or thickness of the enteric coating.
  • Coatings with slow dissolution may comprise polymers with limited solubility in water, such as ethylcellulose, and may be mixed with polymers (e.g., hydroxyethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methyl hydroxyethylcellulose) that are soluble in water to achieve the desired dissolution profile.
  • the coatings may also comprise polymers with lower critical solution temperatures, such as methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, that are insoluble at high temperature and have dramatically increased solubility in cold water.
  • the desired dissolution profile may be achieved by selection of molecular weights (e.g., increase in molecular weight decreases solubility and dissolution rate) and by mixing with other soluble and insoluble polymers and excipients.
  • enteric coating polymers are shown in Table XX. These may be combined with the coatings above.
  • the above polymers used as coatings may also serve as a protein stabilizer once dissolved into the solution inside the device. These coatings may stabilize the therapeutic agent by forming a complex with the therapeutic agent or may stabilize by acting as a co-solute.
  • Stabilizers larger than 2 kDa may have sufficiently limited solubility to be present as a suspension in the formulation (e.g., ethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, and hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose).
  • ethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, and hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose e.g., small particles of these polymers could be prepared by micronization and milling, or by emulsion or spray drying techniques.
  • Coatings that delay dissolution, whether pH triggered or not, may also be used with other solid reservoirs of stabilizers that replenish stabilizer as it is depleted and delivered to the vitreous.
  • stabilizers that replenish stabilizer as it is depleted and delivered to the vitreous.
  • micronized trehalose could be coated for delayed dissolution.
  • the erodible material to generate the proton of the acid and stabilizers to decrease degradation of the therapeutic agent can be combined in many ways.
  • formulation stabilizers such as buffers and sugars
  • the erodible particles may comprise trehalose stabilizer and the erodible material.
  • the erodible particles may comprise buffer so as to release the buffer with erosion of the particles.
  • the buffer may comprise one or more buffers including, for example, acetate, succinate, gluconate, histidine, citrate, and organic acid buffers.
  • the stabilizer may also comprise pH modulators such as chloride salts.
  • Table Z1 to Table Z5 shows amounts of PLGA polymer to provide a pH of about 5.5 for an extended time of at least about 1 year. These tables include calculations for the flux of protons out of the device 100 , and also calculations of physiological phosphate into the device, so as to determine amounts of erodible polymer based on diffusion of vitreous buffer into device 100 .
  • PGA and PLA have molecular weights of 58 and 76 respectively, with an average of about 67 k Daltons. These molecular weights correspond to about 67 mg per mmole of PLGA.
  • Table Z2 shows the pKa2 of phosphate to be about 7.21, and the Ka2 to be about 6.17E08.
  • the molarity of the phosphate buffer is about 0.1, which corresponds to the vitreous humor and many bodily fluids, for example blood.
  • a formulation with a small molecular weight buffer e.g., histidine
  • the reservoir may be in substantial equilibrium with the buffers in the vitreous (e.g., phosphate) and comprise physiological concentrations of the vitreous buffers.
  • the pH within the device can be about 5.5, and the pH of the vitreous humor can be about 7.4. Addition of phosphate into a device at pH 5.5 may change the pH of the device unless additional protons are provided.
  • Table Z3 shows information on the concentrations of phosphate species at the vitreous and device pH values, to enable calculation of the amount of protons required to maintain pH in the device in the presence of 0.1 M phosphate. The corresponding [H+], pOH, and [OH ⁇ ] values are shown. The ratio of [HPO 4 2 ⁇ ] to [H 2 PO 4 ⁇ ] is shown to be 0.02 and 1.55 for pH 5.5 and 7.5, respectively. The corresponding molarities (M) of H 2 PO 4 ⁇ , HPO 4 2 ⁇ , and extra proton to decrease the pH are shown.
  • Table Z3 shows an example of a device having an RRI of 0.02 and reservoir volume of 25 uL.
  • the density of PLGA is about 1 mg/ul.
  • the half-life of LucentisTM in device 100 having the RRI of 0.02 and reservoir volume of 25 uL is about 100 days, as described in U.S. Pub. No. 2010/0255061, the full disclosure of which has been previously incorporated by reference and suitable for combination in accordance with variations described herein.
  • Table Z4 shows that erosion of about 1.23E-03 ug of PLGA per year corresponds to the diffusion of H+ ions across porous structure 150 .
  • the corresponding volume fraction is about 0.005% of the 25 uL volume.
  • the diffusion coefficient of H+ proton ions in solution is about 9.31E-05.
  • Table Z5 shows PLGA to protonate phosphate that diffuses into device 100 across porous structure 150 from a bodily fluid such as the vitreous humor.
  • PLGA required to protonate phosphate (change of pH from 7.4 to 5.5 or value set above). Assumes all histidine buffer has diffused out of the device and device now contains phosphate at concentrations in equilibrium with the vitreous (0.01M) H+ Extra H+ (M) 0.0059 Extra H+ 1.47E ⁇ 04 Concentration converted to amount based (mmole) upon reservoir volume PLGA (ug) 9.86 PLGA (uL) 9.86E ⁇ 03 Volume fraction 0.039%
  • Table Z5 shows that the extra H+ to be protonated corresponds to about 0.0059 M based on Table Z3 above.
  • the amount of PLGA per year corresponds to about 9.86 ug having a volume of about 9.86 uL. For the 25 uL device, this corresponds to about 0.039% of the device.
  • Tables Z1 to Z5 show amounts of erodible material in accordance with many variations. One or more of the following may be adjusted in accordance with the variations described herein: target pH within device 100 , volume of device 100 , release rate of porous structure 150 , half-life of therapeutic agent in device 100 , rate of erosion of the erodible material comprising PLGA.
  • FIG. 3E shows reactions and equilibrium corresponding to components to determine release rates of the formulation as in FIG. 3A when injected into a therapeutic device.
  • the stabilizer 192 and therapeutic agent 110 can be in equilibrium with complex 192 C having a corresponding equilibrium constant Ks.
  • the binding agent 194 and therapeutic agent 110 can be in pH dependent equilibrium with reversible binding 194 B of therapeutic agent and binding agent corresponding to pH dependent equilibrium constant Kb.
  • the erodible polymer can generate protons of an acid 196 A with hydrolysis corresponding to equilibrium constant.
  • the corresponding concentrations of therapeutic agent 110 , complex 192 C of stabilizer 192 and therapeutic agent 110 and protons H+ can be used to determine the diffusive flux of each of these components through porous structure 150 so as to determine the profile of the rate of release of therapeutic agent 110 .
  • the release of therapeutic agent 110 may be modulated by one or more of the pH or the concentration of stabilizer 192 within the reservoir chamber.
  • the increase in pH from about 6.5 to about 7 can shift the equilibrium of the binding agent and therapeutic agent toward dissociated therapeutic agent so as to increase the rate of release of the therapeutic agent.
  • the decreased amount of stabilizer can shift the equilibrium of stabilizer and therapeutic agent away from complexed therapeutic agent and toward dissociated therapeutic agent in solution, so as to increase the rate of release of the therapeutic agent.
  • FIG. 4A shows released antibodies comprising antibody fragments 410 and a substrate 420 comprising binding agent 194
  • FIG. 4B shows antibody fragments 410 reversibly bound to a substrate 420 with binding agent 194 , in accordance with variations described herein.
  • the anti-body fragments can be reversibly bound to the substrate comprising the binding agent, such that the bound antibody fragments are in equilibrium with the unbound antibody fragments.
  • Many substrates comprising binding agent can reversibly bind at least a portion of an antibody.
  • binding media may include particulates used in chromatography, such as: Macro-Prep t-Butyl HIC Support, Macro-Prep DEAE Support, CHT Ceramic, Hydroxyapatite Type I, Macro-Prep CM Support, Macro-Prep Methyl HIC Support, Macro-Prep Ceramic Hydroxyapatite Type II, UNOsphere S Cation Exchange Support, UNOsphere Q Strong Anion Exchange Support, Macro-Prep High-S Support, and Macro-Prep High-Q Support.
  • particulates used in chromatography such as: Macro-Prep t-Butyl HIC Support, Macro-Prep DEAE Support, CHT Ceramic, Hydroxyapatite Type I, Macro-Prep CM Support, Macro-Prep Methyl HIC Support, Macro-Prep Ceramic Hydroxyapatite Type II, UNOsphere S Cation Exchange Support, UNOsphere Q Strong Anion Exchange Support, Macro-Prep High-S Support, and Macro-Prep
  • Additional media to test for binding include ion exchange and bioaffinity chromatography media based on a hydrophilic polymeric support (GE Healthcare) that bind proteins with high capacity, and a hydrophilic packing material from Harvard Apparatus made from poly(vinyl alcohol) that binds more protein than silica. It should be appreciated that other candidates are considered herein.
  • the resin of the plurality of binding particles may comprise one or more of polystyrene or divinyl benzene.
  • the particles may comprise spherical particles and may comprise a plurality of channels.
  • the derivatized surface may comprise an anion exchange surface such as one or more of diethylaminoehtly (DEAE), Quaternary aminoethly (QAE), or quaternatry ammonidum (Q), for example.
  • the derivitized surface may comprise a cation exchange surface such as one or more of carboxy methyl (CM), Sulphoproply (SP), or methyl sulphonate (SP), for example.
  • CM carboxy methyl
  • SP Sulphoproply
  • SP methyl sulphonate
  • FIG. 4C shows net charge of ranibizumab from pH 3 to about pH 13. Similar plots can be determined for many proteins based therapeutic agents such as Fab antibody fragments and derivatives thereof, such as ranibizumab and derivatives thereof.
  • the charge of the therapeutic agent can be used to determine reversible binding of the therapeutic agent to the binding agent.
  • the therapeutic agent comprising a protein such as ranibizumab may comprise an improved stability when the pH in the reservoir chamber of device is at least about 2 pH units from the isoelectric point.
  • Table YYY shows the charge of the ranibizumab molecule as a function of pH.
  • the isoelectric point is around pH 9.
  • the charge at pH 5 can be about +10
  • the charge at pH 7 can be about +2, such that the amount of ranibizumab reversibly bound to the binding agent may change substantially from about pH 5 to about pH 7.
  • the charge at about pH 6 is about 6.
  • the change in charge from pH 6 to pH 7 is about 4, which can provide substantial change in binding so as to modulate the release of the therapeutic with pH.
  • the reversible binding agent may comprise a plurality of functional groups having both positive and negative charges to bind reversibly with the therapeutic agent.
  • the composition of the buffer may be modulated, for example with salt so as to shield at least some of the charge interactions, so as to modulate the ratio of the portion of therapeutic agent bound to the binding agent to the unbound portion of the therapeutic agent, for example.
  • FIG. 5A shows therapeutic device 100 coupled to injector 187 to insert therapeutic agent 110 into container 130 of the device.
  • the injector 187 may comprise needle 189 coupled to a syringe 188 .
  • FIG. 5A-1 shows a therapeutic device 100 coupled to an injector 187 to inject and remove material from the device.
  • the injector may comprise needle 189 having a first lumen 189 A and a second lumen 189 B configured to insert into a container of the device.
  • the injector may simultaneously inject 510 therapeutic agent into and withdraw 520 liquid from the device.
  • the injector may comprise a first one way valve and a second one way valve coupled to the first lumen and the second lumen, respectively.
  • FIG. 5B shows a therapeutic device comprising a microloop channel 530 .
  • the microloop channel may extend to a first port 530 A and a second port 530 B, such that the therapeutic agent can be injected into the first port, for example with a binding agent, and flowable material, for example liquid comprising binding agent, can be drawn from the microloop channel 530 .
  • FIG. 5C-1 shows therapeutic device 100 comprising a tortuous channel 540 .
  • the tortuous channel may comprise extend from a first port 540 A to a second port 540 B, such that the therapeutic agent can be injected into the first port and flowable material, for example liquid comprising the binding agent, can be drawn from the second channel.
  • FIG. 5C-2 shows a therapeutic device comprising a tortuous coiled channel 550 .
  • the coiled channel 550 can extend to an exit port 552 .
  • a needle 189 can be inserted into the access port 180 to inject therapeutic agent into device 100 .
  • FIG. 5D shows an expandable and contactable structure 562 to retain the therapeutic agent and an outer rigid casing 560 to couple to the sclera.
  • the expandable structure 562 may comprise a membrane, such as at least one of a bag, a balloon, a flexible reservoir, a diaphragm, or a bag.
  • the outer rigid casing may extend substantially around the structure 562 and may comprise an opening to release liquid into the vitreous humor when the structure is expanded.
  • FIG. 5E shows a membrane 565 disposed over an exit port 552 of therapeutic device 100 .
  • FIG. 5F shows therapeutic device 100 comprising a tubular membrane 572 clamped onto the therapeutic device over side ports 570 of device 100 .
  • the protective membranes When the protective membranes have pores of 0.2 um diameter, they are 20 or more times larger than the proteins of interest, which may comprise a model for delivery of the therapeutic agent.
  • the proteins of interest which may comprise a model for delivery of the therapeutic agent.
  • molecular weights and diameters of models of proteins of therapeutic interest are:
  • solutions of therapeutic compounds in the size range of IgG and BSA should flow relatively easily through 0.2 um pore size protective membranes used to stop passage of bacterial and other cells.
  • Binding Materials/Agents may comprise at least one of a chemical binding agent/material, a structural binding agent or material, or an electrostatic binding agent or material.
  • the types of binding agent may comprise a classification composed of non-biodegradable material, for example glass beads, glass wool or a glass rod.
  • a surface can be derivatized with at least one functional group so as to impart the binding agent or material with the potential for at least one of ionic, hydrophobic, or bioaffinity binding to at least one therapeutic compound.
  • the binding agent may comprise a biodegradable material.
  • the biodegradation, binding, or a combination of the previous processes may control the diffusion rate.
  • the binding agent may comprise ion exchange, and the ion exchange may comprise at least one of a functional group, a pH sensitive binding or a positive or negative charge.
  • ion exchange can be performed with at least one of diethylaminoethyl or carboxymethyl functional groups.
  • the binding agent may comprise a pH sensitive binding agent.
  • the binding agent can be configured to elute therapeutic agent at a pH of 7, and to bind the therapeutic agent at a pH from about 4 to about 6.5.
  • a cation exchange binding agent can be configured, for example, such that at a pH of 7, the net negative charge of the binding agent decreases causing a decrease in binding of the positively charged drug and release of the therapeutic agent.
  • a target buffer can be provided with the binding agent to reversibly couple the binding agent to the therapeutic agent. The rate of release can be controlled, for example slowed down, by using insolubility of the buffer in the vitreous.
  • the elution can be limited by using a porous membrane or a physical property such as a size of an opening.
  • the ion exchange may comprise positive or negative ion exchange.
  • the binding agent may comprise hydrophobic interaction.
  • the binding agent may comprise at least one binding to hydrophobic pockets, for example at least one of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, t-butyl or phenyl functional groups.
  • the binding agent may comprise affinity, for example at least one of a macromolecular affinity or a metal chelation affinity.
  • affinity for example at least one of a macromolecular affinity or a metal chelation affinity.
  • examples can include a hydroxyapatite, or chelated metal, for example zinc.
  • Iminodiacetic acid can be chelated with zinc.
  • the binding agent may comprise at least one of the following functions: charging, recharging or elution.
  • the charging may comprise a porous material injected therein so as to release the active ingredient.
  • the porous matter may have an extremely large inert surface area, which surface area is available for binding.
  • the recharging may comprise removing carrier+therapeutic agent; and adding freshly “charged” carrier+therapeutic agent.
  • the elution may comprise a byproduct, for example unbound binding agent that can be removed.
  • a mechanism such as diffusion or plug flow of vitreous maychange a condition such as pH so as to reduce interaction of therapeutic agent and carriers.
  • a sustained drug delivery system of the therapeutic agent may comprise drug delivery packets; e.g., microspheres that are activated.
  • the packets can be activated with at least one of photochemical activation, thermal activation or biodegradation.
  • the therapeutic device may comprise at least one structure configured to provide safety precautions.
  • the device may comprise at least one structure to prevent at least one of macrophage or other immune cell within the reservoir body; bacterial penetration; or retinal detachment.
  • the therapeutic device may be configured for other applications in the body.
  • Other routes of administration of drugs may include at least one of intraocular, oral, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, dermal, intrathecal, intravascular, intra articular, pericardial, intraluminal in organs and gut or the like.
  • Conditions that may be treated and/or prevented using the drug delivery device and method described herein may include at least one of the following: hemophilia and other blood disorders, growth disorders, diabetes, leukemia, hepatitis, renal failure, HIV infection, hereditary diseases such as cerebrosidase deficiency and adenosine deaminase deficiency, hypertension, septic shock, autoimmune diseases such as multiple sclerosis, Graves disease, systemic lupus erythematosus and rheumatoid arthritis, shock and wasting disorders, cystic fibrosis, lactose intolerance, Crohn's disease, inflammatory bowel disease, gastrointestinal or other cancers, degenerative diseases, trauma, multiple systemic conditions such as anemia, and ocular diseases such as, for example, retinal detachment, proliferative retinopathy, proliferative diabetic retinopathy, degenerative disease, vascular diseases, occlusions, infection caused by penetrating
  • therapeutic agents 110 that may be delivered by the therapeutic device 100 are described in Table 1A and may include Triamcinolone acetonide, Bimatoprost (Lumigan), Ranibizumab (LucentisTM), Travoprost (Travatan, Alcon), Timolol (Timoptic, Merck), Levobunalol (Betagan, Allergan), Brimonidine (Alphagan, Allergan), Dorzolamide (Trusopt, Merck), Brinzolamide (Azopt, Alcon).
  • the therapeutic agent 110 may comprise one or more of the following: Abarelix, Abatacept, Abciximab, Adalimumab, Aldesleukin, Alefacept, Alemtuzumab, Alpha-1-proteinase inhibitor, Alteplase, Anakinra, Anistreplase, Antihemophilic Factor, Antithymocyte globulin, Aprotinin, Arcitumomab, Asparaginase, Basiliximab, Becaplermin, Bevacizumab, Bivalirudin, Botulinum Toxin Type A, Botulinum Toxin Type B, Capromab, Cetrorelix, Cetuximab, Choriogonadotropin alfa, Coagulation Factor IX, Coagulation factor VIIa, Collagenase, Corticotropin, Cosyntropin, Cyclosporine, Daclizumab, Darbepoetin alfa, Defibrotide, Denile
  • the therapeutic agent 110 may comprise one or more of compounds that act by binding members of the immunophilin family of cellular proteins. Such compounds are known as “immunophilin binding compounds.” Immunophilin binding compounds include but are not limited to the “limus” family of compounds. Examples of limus compounds that may be used include but are not limited to cyclophilins and FK506-binding proteins (FKBPs), including sirolimus (rapamycin) and its water soluble analog SDZ-RAD, tacrolimus, everolimus, pimecrolimus, CCl-779 (Wyeth), AP23841 (Ariad), and ABT-578 (Abbott Laboratories).
  • FKBPs FK506-binding proteins
  • the limus family of compounds may be used in the compositions, devices and methods for the treatment, prevention, inhibition, delaying the onset of, or causing the regression of angiogenesis-mediated diseases and conditions of the eye, including choroidal neovascularization.
  • the limus family of compounds may be used to prevent, treat, inhibit, delay the onset of, or cause regression of AMD, including wet AMD.
  • Rapamycin may be used to prevent, treat, inhibit, delay the onset of or cause regression of angiogenesis-mediated diseases and conditions of the eye, including choroidal neovascularization. Rapamycin may be used to prevent, treat, inhibit, delay the onset of, or cause regression of AMD, including wet AMD.
  • the therapeutic agent 110 may comprise one or more of: pyrrolidine, dithiocarbamate (NF.kappa.B inhibitor); squalamine; TPN 470 analogue and fumagillin; PKC (protein kinase C) inhibitors; Tie-1 and Tie-2 kinase inhibitors; inhibitors of VEGF receptor kinase; proteosome inhibitors such as VelcadeTM (bortezomib, for injection; ranibuzumab (LucentisTM) and other antibodies directed to the same target; pegaptanib (MacugenTM); vitronectin receptor antagonists, such as cyclic peptide antagonists of vitronectin receptor-type integrins; .alpha.-v/.beta.-3 integrin antagonists; .alpha.-v/.beta.-1 integrin antagonists; thiazolidinediones such as rosiglitazone or troglitazone; interferon, including .gamma.-
  • the therapeutic agent 110 may comprise a combination with other therapeutic agents and therapies, including but not limited to agents and therapies useful for the treatment of angiogenesis or neovascularization, particularly CNV.
  • additional agents and therapies include pyrrolidine, dithiocarbamate (NF.kappa.B inhibitor); squalamine; TPN 470 analogue and fumagillin; PKC (protein kinase C) inhibitors; Tie-1 and Tie-2 kinase inhibitors; inhibitors of VEGF receptor kinase; proteosome inhibitors such as VelcadeTM; bortezomib, for injection; ranibuzumab (LucentisTM) and other antibodies directed to the same target; pegaptanib (MacugenTM); vitronectin receptor antagonists, such as cyclic peptide antagonists of vitronectin receptor-type integrins; alpha-v/beta-3 integrin antagonists; alpha-v/beta-1 integrin antagonists; thia
  • the therapeutic agents may be used in conjunction with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier such as, for example, solids such as starch, gelatin, sugars, natural gums such as acacia, sodium alginate and carboxymethyl cellulose; polymers such as silicone rubber; liquids such as sterile water, saline, dextrose, dextrose in water or saline; condensation products of castor oil and ethylene oxide, liquid glyceryl triester of a lower molecular weight fatty acid; lower alkanols; oils such as corn oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, castor oil, and the like, with emulsifiers such as mono- or di-glyceride of a fatty acid, or a phosphatide such as lecithin, polysorbate 80, and the like; glycols and polyalkylene glycols; aqueous media in the presence of a suspending agent, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sodium hyaluronate, sodium alginate, poly(vin
  • the therapeutic device may comprise a container configured to hold at least one therapeutic agent, the container comprising a chamber to hold the at least one therapeutic agent with at least one opening to release the at least one therapeutic agent to the vitreous humor and porous structure 150 placed within the at least one opening.
  • the porous structure 150 may comprise a fixed tortuous, porous material such as a sintered metal, a sintered glass or a sintered polymer with a defined porosity and tortuosity that controls the rate of delivery of the at least one therapeutic agent to the vitreous humor.
  • the rigid porous structures provide certain advantages over capillary tubes, erodible polymers and membranes as a mechanism for controlling the release of a therapeutic agent or agents from the therapeutic device.
  • the rigid porous structure to comprise a needle stop, simpler and more cost effective manufacture, flushability for cleaning or declogging either prior to or after implantation, high efficiency depth filtration of microorganisms provided by the labyrinths of irregular paths within the structure and greater robustness due to greater hardness and thickness of the structure compared to a membrane or erodible polymer matrix.
  • the rigid porous structure when manufactured from a sintered metal, ceramic, glass or certain plastics, it can be subjected to sterilization and cleaning procedures, such as heat or radiation based sterilization and depyrogenation that might damage polymer and other membranes.
  • the rigid porous structure may be configured to provide a therapeutically effective, concentration of the therapeutic agent in the vitreous for at least 6 months.
  • This release profile provided by certain configurations of the rigid porous structures enables a smaller device, which is preferred in a small organ such as the eye where larger devices may alter or impair vision.
  • FIG. 6A-1 shows a therapeutic device 100 comprising a container 130 having a penetrable barrier 184 disposed on a first end, a porous structure 150 disposed on a second end to release therapeutic agent for an extended period, and a retention structure 120 comprising an extension protruding outward from the container to couple to the sclera and the conjunctiva.
  • the extending protrusion of the retention structure may comprise a diameter 120 D.
  • the retention structure may comprise an indentation 1201 sized to receive the sclera.
  • the container may comprise a tubular barrier 160 that defines at least a portion of the reservoir, and the container may comprise a width, for example a diameter 134 .
  • the diameter 134 can be sized within a range, for example within a range from about 0.5 to about 4 mm, for example within a range from about 1 to 3 mm and can be about 2 mm, for example.
  • the container may comprise a length 136 , sized so as to extend from the conjunctiva to the vitreous to release the therapeutic agent into the vitreous.
  • the length 136 can be sized within a range, for example within a range from about 2 to about 14 mm, for example within a range from about 4 to 10 mm and can be about 7 mm, for example.
  • the volume of the reservoir may be substantially determined by an inner cross-sectional area of the tubular structure and distance from the porous structure to the penetrable barrier.
  • the retention structure may comprise an annular extension having a retention structure diameter greater than a diameter of the container.
  • the retention structure may comprise an indentation configured to receive the sclera when the extension extends between the sclera and the conjunctive.
  • the penetrable barrier may comprise a septum disposed on a proximal end of the container, in which the septum comprises a barrier that can be penetrated with a sharp object such as a needle for injection of the therapeutic agent.
  • the porous structure may comprise a cross sectional area 150 A sized to release the therapeutic agent for the extended period.
  • the porous structure 150 may comprise a first side coupled to the reservoir 15051 and a second side to couple to the vitreous 150 S 2 .
  • the first side may comprise a first area 150 A 1 and the second side may comprise a second area 150 A 2 .
  • the porous structure may comprise a thickness 105 T.
  • the porous structure many comprise a diameter 150 D.
  • the volume of the reservoir 140 may comprise from about 5 uL to about 2000 uL of therapeutic agent, or for example from about 10 uL to about 200 uL of therapeutic agent.
  • the therapeutic agent stored in the reservoir of the container comprises at least one of a solid comprising the therapeutic agent, a solution comprising the therapeutic agent, a suspension comprising the therapeutic agent, particles comprising the therapeutic agent adsorbed thereon, or particles reversibly bound to the therapeutic agent.
  • reservoir may comprise a suspension of a cortico-steroid such as triamcinolone acetonide to treat inflammation of the retina.
  • the reservoir may comprise a buffer and a suspension of a therapeutic agent comprising solubility within a range from about 1 ug/mL to about 100 ug/mL, such as from about 1 ug/mL to about 40 ug/mL.
  • the therapeutic agent may comprise a suspension of triamcinolone acetonide having a solubility of approximately 19 ug/mL in the buffer at 37C when implanted.
  • the release rate index may comprise many values, and the release rate index with the suspension may be somewhat higher than for a solution in many variations, for example.
  • the release rate index may be no more than about 5, and can be no more than about 2.0, for example no more than about 1.5, and in many variations may be no more than about 1.2, so as to release the therapeutic agent with therapeutic amounts for the extended time.
  • the therapeutic device including for example, the retention structure and the porous structure, may be sized to pass through a lumen of a catheter.
  • the porous structure may comprise a needle stop that limits penetration of the needle.
  • the porous structure may comprise a plurality of channels configured for the extended release of the therapeutic agent.
  • the porous structure may comprise a rigid sintered material having characteristics suitable for the sustained release of the material.
  • FIG. 6A-2 shows a therapeutic device as in FIG. 6A-1 comprising a rounded distal end.
  • FIG. 6B shows a rigid porous structure as in FIG. 6A-1 .
  • the rigid porous structure 158 comprises a plurality of interconnecting channels 156 .
  • the porous structure comprises a sintered material composed of interconnected grains 155 of material.
  • the interconnected grains of material define channels that extend through the porous material to release the therapeutic agent.
  • the channels may extend around the sintered grains of material, such that the channels comprise interconnecting channels extending through the porous material.
  • the rigid porous structure can be configured for injection of the therapeutic agent into the container in many ways.
  • the channels of the rigid porous structure may comprise substantially fixed channels when the therapeutic agent is injected into the reservoir with pressure.
  • the rigid porous structure comprises a hardness parameter within a range from about 160 Vickers to about 500 Vickers.
  • the rigid porous structure is formed from sintered stainless steel and comprises a hardness parameter within a range from about 200 Vickers to about 240 Vickers.
  • the channels of the rigid porous structure comprise a resistance to flow of an injected solution or suspension through a thirty gauge needle such that ejection of said solution or suspension through the rigid porous structure is substantially inhibited when said solution or suspension is injected into the reservoir of the therapeutic device.
  • these variations may optionally comprise an evacuation vent or an evacuation reservoir under vacuum or both to facilitate filling or refilling of the reservoir.
  • the reservoir and the porous structure can be configured to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent in many ways.
  • the reservoir and the porous structure can be configured to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent corresponding to a concentration of at least about 0.1 ug per ml of vitreous humor for an extended period of at least about three months.
  • the reservoir and the porous structure can be configured to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent corresponding to a concentration of at least about 0.1 ug per ml of vitreous humor and no more than about 10 ug per ml for an extended period of at least about three months.
  • the therapeutic agent may comprise at least a fragment of an antibody and a molecular weight of at least about 10 k Daltons.
  • the therapeutic agent may comprise one or more of ranibizumab or bevacizumab.
  • the therapeutic agent may comprise a small molecule drug suitable for sustained release.
  • the reservoir and the porous structure may be configured to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent corresponding to a concentration of at least about 0.1 ug per ml of vitreous humor and no more than about 10 ug per ml for an extended period of at least about three months or at least about six months.
  • the reservoir and the porous structure can be configured to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent corresponding to a concentration of at least about 0.1 ug per ml of vitreous humor and no more than about 10 ug per ml for an extended period of at least about twelve months or at least about two years or at least about three years.
  • the reservoir and the porous structure may also be configured to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent corresponding to a concentration of at least about 0.01 ug per ml of vitreous humor and no more than about 300 ug per ml for an extended period of at least about 3 months or 6 months or 12 months or 24 months.
  • the channels of the rigid porous structure comprise a hydrogel configured to limit a size of molecules passed through the channels of the rigid porous structure.
  • the hydrogel can be formed within the channels and may comprise an acrylamide gel.
  • the hydrogel comprises a water content of at least about 70%.
  • the hydrogel may comprise a water content of no more than about 90% to limit molecular weight of the therapeutic agent to about 30 k Daltons.
  • the hydrogel comprises a water content of no more than about 95% to limit molecular weight of the therapeutic agent to about 100 k Daltons.
  • the hydrogel may comprise a water content within a range from about 90% to about 95% such that the channels of the porous material are configured to pass LucentisTM and substantially not pass AvastinTM.
  • the rigid porous structure may comprise a composite porous material that can readily be formed in or into a wide range of different shapes and configurations.
  • the porous material can be a composite of a metal, aerogel or ceramic foam (i.e., a reticulated inter-cellular structure in which the interior cells are interconnected to provide a multiplicity of pores passing through the volume of the structure, the walls of the cells themselves being substantially continuous and non-porous, and the volume of the cells relative to that of the material forming the cell walls being such that the overall density of the intercellular structure is less than about 30 percent theoretical density) through pores of which are impregnated with a sintered powder or aerogel.
  • the thickness, density, porosity and porous characteristics of the final composite porous material can be varied to conform with the desired release of the therapeutic agent.
  • Variations comprise a method of making an integral (i.e., single-component) porous structure.
  • the method may comprise introducing particles into a mold having a desired shape for the porous structure.
  • the shape includes a proximal end defining a plurality of proximal porous channel openings to couple to the reservoir, a distal end defining a plurality of outlet channel openings to couple to the vitreous humor of the eye, a plurality of blind inlet cavities extending into the filter from the proximal openings, and a plurality of blind outlet cavities extending into the porous structure from the outlet channel openings.
  • the method further includes applying pressure to the mold, thereby causing the particles to cohere and form a single component, and sintering the component to form the porous structure.
  • the particles can be pressed and cohere to form the component without the use of a polymeric binder, and the porous structure can be formed substantially without machining.
  • the mold can be oriented vertically with the open other end disposed upwardly, and metal powder having a particle size of less than 20 micrometers can be introduced into the cavity through the open end of the mold while vibrating the mold to achieve substantially uniform packing of the metal powder in the cavity.
  • a cap can be placed on the open other end of the mold, and pressure is applied to the mold and thereby to the metal powder in the cavity to cause the metal powder to cohere and form a cup-shaped powdered metal structure having a shape corresponding to the mold.
  • the shaped powdered metal structure can be removed from the mold, and sintered to obtain a porous sintered metal porous structure.
  • the metal porous structure can be incorporated into the device by a press fit into an impermeable structure with an opening configured to provide a tight fit with the porous structure.
  • Other means, such as welding, can be used to incorporate the porous structure into the device.
  • the powdered metal structure can be formed in a mold where a portion of the mold remains with the shaped powdered metal structure and becomes part of the device. This may be advantageous in achieving a good seal between the porous structure and the device.
  • the release rate of therapeutic agent through a porous body may be described by diffusion of the therapeutic agent within the porous structure with the channel parameter, and with an effective diffusion coefficient equal to the diffusion coefficient of the therapeutic agent in the liquid that fills the reservoir multiplied by the Porosity and a Channel Parameter of the porous body:
  • D Diffusion coefficient of the therapeutic agent in the reservoir solution
  • P Porosity of porous structure
  • F Channel parameter that may correspond to a tortuosity parameter of channels of porous structure
  • A Area of porous structure
  • L Thickness (length) of porous structure
  • the release rate index can (hereinafter “RRI”) be used to determine release of the therapeutic agent.
  • the RRI may be defined as (PA/FL), and the RRI values herein will have units of mm unless otherwise indicated.
  • Many of the porous structures used in the therapeutic delivery devices described herein have an RRI of no more than about 5.0, often no more than about 2.0, and can be no more than about 1.2 mm.
  • the channel parameter can correspond to an elongation of the path of the therapeutic agent released through the porous structure.
  • the porous structure may comprise many interconnecting channels, and the channel parameter can correspond to an effective length that the therapeutic agent travels along the interconnecting channels of the porous structure from the reservoir side to the vitreous side when released.
  • the channel parameter multiplied by the thickness (length) of the porous structure can determine the effective length that the therapeutic agent travels along the interconnecting channels from the reservoir side to the vitreous side.
  • the channel parameter (F) of about 1.5 corresponds to interconnecting channels that provide an effective increase in length traveled by the therapeutic agent of about 50%, and for a 1 mm thick porous structure the effective length that the therapeutic agent travels along the interconnecting channels from the reservoir side to the vitreous side corresponds to about 1.5 mm.
  • the channel parameter (F) of at least about 2 corresponds to interconnecting channels that provide an effective increase in length traveled by the therapeutic agent of about 100%, and for a 1 mm thick porous structure the effective length that the therapeutic agent travels along the interconnecting channels from the reservoir side to the vitreous side corresponds to at least about 2.0 mm.
  • porous structure comprises many interconnecting channels that provide many alternative paths for release of the therapeutic agent
  • blockage of some of the channels provides no substantial change in the effective path length through the porous structure as the alternative interconnecting channels are available, such that the rate of diffusion through the porous structure and the release of the therapeutic agent are substantially maintained when some of the channels are blocked.
  • the value for the diffusion coefficient of the therapeutic agent (TA) in water at the temperature of interest may be used.
  • D TA,37C D BSA,20C ( ⁇ 20C / ⁇ 37C )( MW BSA /MW TA ) 1/3 where
  • MW refers to the molecular weight of either BSA or the test compound and ⁇ is the viscosity of water.
  • is the viscosity of water.
  • the small molecule may comprise a glucocorticoid such as triamcinolone acetonide having a molecular weight of about 435.
  • the porous structure comprises a porosity, a thickness, a channel parameter and a surface area configured to release therapeutic amounts for the extended period.
  • the porous material may comprise a porosity corresponding to the fraction of void space of the channels extending within the material.
  • the porosity comprises a value within a range from about 3% to about 70%. In other variations, the porosity comprises a value with a range from about 5% to about 10% or from about 10% to about 25%, or for example from about 15% to about 20%. Porosity can be determined from the weight and macroscopic volume or can be measured via nitrogen gas adsorption
  • the porous structure may comprise a plurality of porous structures, and the area used in the above equation may comprise the combined area of the plurality of porous structures.
  • the channel parameter may comprise a fit parameter corresponding to the tortuosity of the channels.
  • the curve fit parameter F which may correspond to tortuosity of the channels can be determined based on experimental measurements.
  • the parameter PA/FL can be used to determine the desired sustained release profile, and the values of P, A, F and L determined.
  • the rate of release of the therapeutic agent corresponds to a ratio of the porosity to the channel parameter, and the ratio of the porosity to the channel parameter can be less than about 0.5 such that the porous structure releases the therapeutic agent for the extended period.
  • the ratio of the porosity to the channel parameter is less than about 0.1 or, for example, less than about 0.2 such that the porous structure releases the therapeutic agent for the extended period.
  • the channel parameter may comprise a value of at least about 1, such as at least about 1.2.
  • the value of the channel parameter may comprise at least about 1.5, for example at least about 2, and may comprise at least about 5.
  • the channel parameter can be within a range from about 1.1 to about 10, for example within a range from about 1.2 to about 5.
  • the channel parameter to release the therapeutic agent for an intended release rate profile can be determined empirically.
  • the area in the model originates from the description of mass transported in units of flux; i.e., rate of mass transfer per unit area.
  • rate of mass transfer per unit area i.e., rate of mass transfer per unit area.
  • the area corresponds to one face of the disc and the thickness, L, is the thickness of the disc.
  • the effective area is a value in between the area where therapeutic agent enters the porous body and the area where therapeutic agent exits the porous body.
  • a model can be derived to describe the release rate as a function of time by relating the change of concentration in the reservoir to the release rate described above.
  • This model assumes a solution of therapeutic agent where the concentration in the reservoir is uniform.
  • Solving the differential equation and rearrangement yields the following equations describing the concentration in the reservoir as a function of time, t, and volume of the reservoir, V R , for release of a therapeutic agent from a solution in a reservoir through a porous structure.
  • the concentration in reservoir, c R is the dissolved concentration in equilibrium with the solid (i.e., the solubility of the therapeutic agent).
  • the concentration in the reservoir is constant with time, the release rate is zero order, and the cumulative release increases linearly with time until the time when the solid is exhausted.
  • Therapeutic concentrations for many ophthalmic therapeutic agents may be determined experimentally by measuring concentrations in the vitreous humor that elicit a therapeutic effect. Therefore, there is value in extending predictions of release rates to predictions of concentrations in the vitreous.
  • a one-compartment model may be used to describe elimination of therapeutic agent from eye tissue.
  • V v is the vitreous volume.
  • the half-life for ranibizumab is approximately 3 days in the rabbit and the monkey (Gaudreault et al.) and 9 days in humans (LucentisTM package insert).
  • the vitreous volume is approximately 1.5 mL for the rabbit and monkey and 4.5 mL for the human eye.
  • the model predicts an initial concentration of 333 ug/mL for a bolus injection of 0.5 mg LucentisTM into the eye of a monkey. This concentration decays to a vitreous concentration of 0.1 ug/mL after about a month.
  • vitreous concentration decreases with a rate constant equal to D PA/FL V R and, hence, is dependent on the properties of the porous structure and the volume of the reservoir.
  • the vitreous concentration will also be time-independent.
  • the release rate will depend on the properties of the porous structure via the ratio, PA/FL, but will be independent of the volume of the reservoir until the time at which the drug is exhausted.
  • the channels of the rigid porous structure can be sized in many ways to release the intended therapeutic agent.
  • the channels of the rigid porous structure can be sized to pass therapeutic agent comprising molecules having a molecular weight of at least about 100 Daltons or for example, at least about 50 k Daltons.
  • the channels of the rigid porous structure can be sized to pass therapeutic agent comprising molecules comprising a cross-sectional size of no more than about 10 nm.
  • the channels of the rigid porous structure comprise interconnecting channels configured to pass the therapeutic agent among the interconnecting channels.
  • the rigid porous structure comprises grains of rigid material and wherein the interconnecting channels extend at least partially around the grains of rigid material to pass the therapeutic agent through the porous material.
  • the grains of rigid material can be coupled together at loci of attachment and wherein the interconnecting channels extend at least partially around the loci of attachment.
  • the porous structure and reservoir may be configured to release the glucocorticoid for an extended time of at least about six months with a therapeutic amount of glucocorticoid of corresponding to an in situ concentration within a range from about 0.05 ug/mL to about 4 ug/mL, for example from 0.1 ug/mL to about 4 ug/mL, so as to suppress inflammation in the retina-choroid.
  • the porous structure comprises a sintered material.
  • the sintered material may comprise grains of material in which the grains comprise an average size of no more than about 20 um.
  • the sintered material may comprise grains of material in which the grains comprise an average size of no more than about 10 um, an average size of no more than about 5 um, or an average size of no more than about 1 um.
  • the channels are sized to pass therapeutic quantities of the therapeutic agent through the sintered material for the extended time based on the grain size of the sintered material and processing parameters such as compaction force and time and temperature in the furnace.
  • the channels can be sized to inhibit penetration of microbes including bacteria and fungal spores through the sintered material.
  • the sintered material comprises a wettable material to inhibit bubbles within the channels of the material.
  • the sintered material comprises at least one of a metal, a ceramic, a glass or a plastic.
  • the sintered material may comprise a sintered composite material, and the composite material comprises two or more of the metal, the ceramic, the glass or the plastic.
  • the metal comprises at least one of Ni, Ti, nitinol, stainless steel including alloys such as 304, 304L, 316 or 316L, cobalt chrome, elgiloy, hastealloy, c-276 alloy or Nickel 200 alloy.
  • the sintered material may comprise a ceramic.
  • the sintered material may comprise a glass.
  • the plastic may comprise a wettable coating to inhibit bubble formation in the channels, and the plastic may comprise at least one of polyether ether ketone (PEEK), polyethylene, polypropylene, polyimide, polystyrene, polycarbonate, polyacrylate, polymethacrylate, or polyamide.
  • PEEK polyether ether ketone
  • the rigid porous structure may comprise a plurality of rigid porous structures coupled to the reservoir and configured to release the therapeutic agent for the extended period.
  • additional rigid porous structure can be disposed along the container, for example the end of the container may comprise the porous structure, and an additional porous structure can be disposed along a distal portion of the container, for example along a tubular sidewall of the container.
  • the therapeutic device can be tuned to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent above the minimum inhibitory concentration for an extended time based on bolus injections of the therapeutic agent.
  • the volume of the chamber of the reservoir can be sized with the release rate of the porous structure based on the volume of the bolus injection.
  • a formulation of a therapeutic agent can be provided, for example a known intravitreal injection formulation.
  • the therapeutic agent can be capable of treating the eye with bolus injections, such that the formulation has a corresponding period between each of the bolus injections to treat the eye.
  • the bolus injections may comprise monthly injections.
  • Each of the bolus injections comprises a volume of the formulation, for example 50 uL.
  • Each of the bolus injections of the therapeutic agent may correspond to a range of therapeutic concentrations of the therapeutic agent within the vitreous humor over the time course between injections, and the device can be tuned so as to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent such that the vitreous concentrations of the released therapeutic agent from the device are within the range of therapeutic concentrations of the corresponding bolus injections.
  • the therapeutic agent may comprise a minimum inhibitory concentration to treat the eye, for example at least about 3 ug/mL, and the values of the range of therapeutic concentrations can be at least about 3 ug/mL.
  • the therapeutic device can be configured to treat the eye with an injection of the monthly volume of the formulation into the device, for example through the penetrable barrier.
  • the reservoir of the container has a chamber to contain a volume of the therapeutic agent, for example 35 uL, and a mechanism to release the therapeutic agent from the chamber to the vitreous humor.
  • the volume of the container and the release mechanism can be tuned to treat the eye with the therapeutic agent with vitreous concentrations within the therapeutic range for an extended time with each injection of the quantity corresponding to the bolus injection, such that the concentration of the therapeutic agent within the vitreous humor remains within the range of therapeutic concentrations and comprises at least the minimum inhibitory concentration.
  • the extended time may comprise at least about twice the corresponding period of the bolus injections.
  • the release mechanism comprises one or more of a porous frit, a sintered porous frit, a permeable membrane, a semi-permeable membrane, a capillary tube or a tortuous channel, nano-structures, nano-channels or sintered nano-particles.
  • the porous frit may comprise a porosity, cross-sectional area, and a thickness to release the therapeutic agent for the extended time.
  • the volume of the container reservoir can be sized in many ways in relation to the volume of the injected formulation and can be larger than the volume of injected formulation, smaller than the volume of injected formulation, or substantially the same as the volume of injected formulation.
  • the volume of the container may comprise no more than the volume of the formulation, such that at least a portion of the formulation injected into the reservoir passes through the reservoir and comprises a bolus injection to treat the patient immediately.
  • the amount of formulation released to the eye through the porous structure upon injection can decrease along with the concentration of active ingredient of the therapeutic agent within the reservoir, and the release rate index can be increased appropriately so as to provide therapeutic amounts of therapeutic agent for the extended time.
  • the volume of the reservoir of the container can be greater than the volume corresponding to the bolus injection, so as to provide therapeutic amounts for at least about five months, for example six months, with an injection volume corresponding to a monthly injection of LucentisTM.
  • the formulation may comprise LucentisTM modified in accordance with variations, 50 uL
  • the reservoir may comprise a volume of about 100 uL and provide therapeutic vitreous concentrations of at least about 3 ug/mL for six months with 50 uL of LucentisTM injected into the reservoir.
  • the chamber may comprise a substantially fixed volume and the release rate mechanism comprises a substantially rigid structure to maintain release of the therapeutic agent above the minimum inhibitory concentration for the extended time with each injection of a plurality of injections.
  • a first portion of the injection may pass through the release mechanism and treat the patient when the formulation is injected, and a second portion of the formulation can be contained in the chamber when the formulation is injected.
  • FIG. 6B-1 shows interconnecting channels 156 extending from first side 15051 to second side 15052 of the porous structure as in FIG. 6B .
  • the interconnecting channels 156 extend to a first opening 158 A 1 , a second opening 158 A 2 and an Nth opening 158 AN on the first side 15051 .
  • the interconnecting channels 156 extend to a first opening 158 B 1 , a second opening 158 B 2 and an Nth opening 158 BN on the second side 150 S 2 .
  • Each of the openings of the plurality of channels on the first side is connected to each of the openings of plurality of channels on the second side, such that effective length traveled along the channels is greater than thickness 150 T.
  • the channel parameter can be within a range from about 1.1 to about 10, such that the effective length is within a range from about 1.1 to 10 times the thickness 150 T.
  • the channel parameter can be about 1 and the porosity about 0.2, such that the effective length corresponds to at least about 5 times the thickness 150 T.
  • the rigid porous structure can be shaped and molded in many ways for example with tubular shapes, conical shapes, discs and hemispherical shapes.
  • the rigid porous structure may comprise a molded rigid porous structure.
  • the molded rigid porous structure may comprise at least one of a disk, a helix or a tube coupled to the reservoir and configured to release the therapeutic agent for the extended period.
  • the formulation can be injected into many therapeutic devices, for example as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,466,233; 5,972,369; 6,719,750; and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2003/0014036 A1.
  • the porous structure 150 may comprise a plurality of elongate nano-channels extending from a first side of the porous structure to a second side of the porous structure.
  • the porous structure 150 may comprise a rigid material having the holes formed thereon, and the holes may comprise a maximum dimension across such as a diameter.
  • the diameter of the nano-channels may comprise a dimension across, for example from about 10 nm across, to about 1000 nm across, or larger.
  • the channels may be formed with etching of the material, for example lithographic etching of the material.
  • the channels may comprise substantially straight channels such that the channel parameter F comprises about 1, and the parameters area A, and thickness or length L correspond to the combined cross-sectional area of the channels and the thickness or length of the porous structure.
  • the porous structure 150 may comprise interconnecting nano-channels, for example formed with a sintered nano-material.
  • the injection of therapeutic agent into the device 100 as described herein can be performed before implantation into the eye or alternatively when the therapeutic device is implanted into the eye.
  • FIG. 7 shows a therapeutic device 100 coupled to an injector 701 that removes material from the device and injects therapeutic agent 702 into the device.
  • the injector picks up spent media 703 and refills the therapeutic device with fresh therapeutic agent.
  • the therapeutic agent is injected into the therapeutic device.
  • the spent media is pulled up into the injector.
  • the injector may comprise a stopper mechanism 704 .
  • the injector 701 may comprise a first container 702 C to contain a formulation of therapeutic agent 702 and a second container 703 C to receive the spent media 703 .
  • the needle 189 may comprise a double lumen needle with a first lumen coupled to the first container and a second lumen coupled to the second container, such that spent media 703 passes from the container reservoir of device 100 to the injector.
  • a valve 703 V for example a vent, can be disposed between the second lumen and the second container.
  • valve When the valve is open and therapeutic agent is injected, spent media 703 from the container reservoir of the therapeutic device 100 passes to the second container of the injector, such that at least a portion of the spent media within the therapeutic device is exchanged with the formulation.
  • a portion of the therapeutic agent passes from the reservoir of the therapeutic device into the eye.
  • a first portion of formulation of therapeutic agent can be injected into therapeutic device 100 when the valve is open such that the first portion of the formulation is exchanged with material disposed within the reservoir; the valve is then closed and a second portion of the formulation is injected into therapeutic device 100 such that at least a portion of the first portion passes through the porous structure into the eye.
  • a portion of the second portion of injected formulation may pass through the porous structure when the second portion is injected into the eye.
  • the second portion of formulation injected when the valve is closed may correspond to a volume of formulation that passes through the porous structure into the vitreous humor to treat the patient immediately.
  • the needle 189 may comprise a dual lumen needle, for example as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/696,678, filed Jan. 29, 2010, entitled “POSTERIOR SEGMENT DRUG DELIVERY,” published Oct. 7, 2010 as U.S. Patent Publication No. 2010/0255061, the full disclosure of which has been previously incorporated herein by reference.
  • the penetrable barrier 184 can be inserted into the access port 180 .
  • the penetrable barrier may comprise an elastic material sized such that the penetrable barrier can be inserted into the access port 180 .
  • the penetrable barrier may comprise one or more elastic materials such as siloxane or rubber.
  • the penetrable barrier may comprise tabs 184 T to retain the penetrable barrier in the access port.
  • the penetrable barrier 184 may comprise a beveled upper rim 184 R sized to seal the access port 180 .
  • the access port 180 of the reservoir container 130 may comprise a beveled upper surface to engage the beveled rim and seal the penetrable barrier against the access port 180 when the tabs 184 T engage an inner annular or elongate channel of the access port.
  • the penetrable barrier 184 may comprise an opaque material, for example a grey material, for example silicone, such that the penetrable barrier can be visualized by the patient and treating physician.
  • the reservoir container 130 of the device may comprise a rigid biocompatible material that extends at least from the retention structure to the rigid porous structure, such that the reservoir comprises a substantially constant volume when the therapeutic agent is released with the rigid porous structure so as to maintain a stable release rate profile, for example when the patient moves.
  • the reservoir container 130 may comprise an optically transmissive material such that the reservoir container 130 can be translucent, for example transparent, such that the chamber of reservoir 140 can be visualized when the device is loaded with therapeutic agent outside the patient prior to implantation, for example when injected with a formulation of therapeutic agent prior to implantation in the physician's office. This visualization of the reservoir 140 can be helpful to ensure that the reservoir 140 is properly filled with therapeutic agent by the treating physician or assistant prior to implantation.
  • the reservoir container may comprise one or more of many biocompatible materials such as acrylates, polymethylmethacrylate, siloxanes, metals, titanium stainless steel, polycarbonate, polyetheretherketone (PEEK), polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyimide, polyamide-imide, polypropylene, polysulfone, polyurethane, polyvinylidene fluoride or PTFE.
  • the biocompatible material of the reservoir container may comprise an optically transmissive material such as one or more of acrylate, polyacrylate, methlymethacraylate, polymethlymethacrylate (PMMA), polyacarbonate or siloxane.
  • the reservoir container 130 can be machined from a piece of material, or injection molded, so as to form the retention structure 120 comprising flange 122 and the elongate narrow portion 120 NE.
  • the flange 122 may comprise a translucent material such that the physician can visualize tissue under the flange to assess the patient and to decrease appearance of the device 100 when implanted.
  • the reservoir container 130 may comprise a channel extending along axis 100 A from the access port 180 to porous structure 150 , such that formulation injected into device 100 can be released in accordance with the volume of the reservoir and release rate of the porous structure 150 , as described herein.
  • the porous structure 150 can be affixed to the distal end of therapeutic device 100 , for example with glue.
  • the distal end of the reservoir container 130 may comprise an inner diameter sized to receive the porous structure 150 , and the reservoir container 130 may comprise a stop to position the porous structure 150 at a predetermined location on the distal end so as to define a predetermined size of reservoir 140 .
  • the tuned release can be used to determine the release of the therapeutic agent and stabilizer combined with one or more of the binding agent or erodible material as described herein.
  • One or more of calculations, computer modeling, numerical simulations or finite element analysis can be used to determine the release rate profile of the therapeutic agent, as described herein.
  • the affect of one or more of the stabilizer, reversible binding agent particles, or erodible particles on the modulation of the rate of release can be determined, for example.
  • the stabilizer may comprise a molecular weight that corresponds to at least about 20% of the molecular weight of the therapeutic agent.
  • the amount of stabilizer and release rate profile of the stabilizer through the porous structure can be determined based on the concentration of the stabilizer, the volume of the reservoir, and the release rate index of the porous structure 150 .
  • the release rate profile may also include the fraction of stabilizer complexed with the therapeutic agent and the corresponding diffusion coefficient of the complexed therapeutic agent.
  • the reversible binding characteristics of the therapeutic agent and binding agent can be used to determine the release rate profile.
  • the amount of therapeutic agent in solution, the amount of therapeutic agent complexed with the stabilizer, and the amount of therapeutic agent reversibly bound to the binding agent can be determined, for example as a function of pH.
  • the amount of therapeutic agent in solution and the amount of therapeutic agent complexed with the stabilizer and corresponding diffusion coefficients can be used to determine the rate of release of the therapeutic agent through the porous structure.
  • the rate of release of therapeutic agent through the porous structure may comprise the rate of release of the therapeutic agent in solution and the therapeutic agent complexed with the stabilizer.
  • the binding agent is sized such that diffusion through the porous structure is substantially inhibited, and the particles of binding agent may have dimensions greater than the channels of the porous structure 150 , or smaller than the channels of the porous structure. For example, particles greater than 5 um may not pass through the porous structure, even when there is convection of fluid through the porous structure such as when the device is refilled with formulation (i.e., the particles may be trapped in the porous structure as in a depth filter or may be trapped on the surface of the porous structure as in a surface filter).
  • particles having a size as large as the size of the channels of porous structure 150 may pass through the channels of the porous structure under convection, these particles may have no substantial diffusive flux because the diffusion coefficient may be substantially larger than the diffusion coefficient of the therapeutic agent.
  • particles having a size of about 0.050 um (50 nm) may have a diffusion coefficient that is about one tenth of the diffusion coefficient of ranibizumab, for example.
  • the particles may comprise a size within a range from about 50 um to about 0.5 um, for example, based substantially on the molecular weight of the therapeutic agent and the size of the channels of the porous structure 150 .
  • the rate of erosion of the erodible particles can be used to determine the rate of generation of protons to maintain the pH in the reservoir chamber below about 7.
  • the rate of generation of protons may correspond to one or more of the pH, ionic strength or osmolarity of the components of the formulation 190 in the reservoir chamber of the device.
  • the therapeutic device 100 can be tuned to deliver a target therapeutic concentration profile based on the volume of formulation injected into the device.
  • the injected volume may comprise a substantially fixed volume, for example within about +/ ⁇ 30% of an intended pre-determined target volume.
  • the volume of the reservoir can be sized with the release rate index so as to release the therapeutic agent for an extended time substantially greater than the treatment time of a corresponding bolus injection.
  • the device can also be tuned to release the therapeutic agent based on the half-life of the therapeutic agent in the eye.
  • the device volume and release rate index comprise parameters that can be tuned together based on the volume of formulation injected and the half-life of the therapeutic agent in the eye. The following equations can be used to determine therapeutic device parameters suitable for tuning the device.
  • Rate x (500 ug)exp( ⁇ xt )
  • Vv volume of vitreous (about 4.5 ml)
  • Cv concentration of therapeutic agent in vitreous
  • k rate of drug from vitreous (proportional to 1/half-life of drug in vitreous)
  • the max value of Cv will correspond to conditions that maximize the Rate from the device.
  • the maximum Cv is found at the value of x that provides the maximum rate. The optimal value of x satisfies
  • the therapeutic device can be tuned to the volume of formulation injected into the device with a device reservoir volume and release rate index within about +/ ⁇ 50% of the optimal values, for example +/ ⁇ 30% of the optimal values.
  • the maximum volume of the reservoir can be limited to no more than about twice the optimal volume.
  • the porous structure tuned with the reservoir may comprise one or more of a porous frit, a permeable membrane, a semi-permeable membrane, a capillary tube or a tortuous channel, nano-structures, nano-channels or sintered nano-particles, and the release rate characteristics can be determined, for example a release rate index, so as to tune the one or more porous structures and the volume to receive the quantity of the formulation and release therapeutic amounts for an extended time.
  • the corresponding Cv is about 3.19 ug/mL at 180 days based on the Rate of drug released from the device at 180 days and the rate of the drug from the vitreous (k corresponding to a half life of about 9 days).
  • a device with a container reservoir volume of 63 uL and RRI of 0.044 will also provide the optimal Cv at 180 days since the ratio of Vr to PA/TL is also optimal.
  • the therapeutic device can be tuned to provide therapeutic amounts of drug at a targeted time, for example 180 days, with many values of the reservoir volume and many values of the release rate index near the optimal values, for example within about +/ ⁇ 50% of the optimal values.
  • the volume of the reservoir can be substantially fixed, the volume of the reservoir can vary, for example within about +/ ⁇ 50% as with an expandable reservoir such as a balloon reservoir.
  • the half-life of the drug in the vitreous humor of the eye can be determined based on the therapeutic agent and the type of eye, for example human, rabbit or monkey, such that the half-life may be determined based on the species of the eye, for example.
  • the half life of the therapeutic agent in the vitreous humor can be shorter than for human eyes, for example by a factor of about two in at least some instances.
  • the half-life of the therapeutic agent LucentisTM (ranibizumab) can be about nine days in the human eye and about two to four days in the rabbit and monkey animal models.
  • the half life in the vitreous humor of the human eye can be about two to three hours and can be about one hour in the monkey and rabbit animal models.
  • the therapeutic device can be tuned to receive the volume of formulation based on the half-life of the therapeutic agent in the human vitreous humor, or an animal vitreous humor, or combinations thereof.
  • the half life of the therapeutic agent in the eye can be determined empirically based on the type of eye and the therapeutic agent, such that the reservoir and porous structure can be tuned together so as to receive the volume of formulation and provide therapeutic amounts for the extended time.
  • the formulation 190 may comprise components that result in slowing the diffusion of the therapeutic agent until those components are depleted via release to the vitreous (i.e., effective diffusion coefficient for the therapeutic agent that is lower than that in a dilute solution of the therapeutic agent in water). This may occur due to an increase in the viscosity of the formulation or due to interactions.
  • the component that slows down diffusion may be a high concentration of the therapeutic agent itself. As time proceeds, depletion of the component may correspond to an increase in diffusion coefficient of the therapeutic agent, thereby generating a release profile that is more constant.
  • Soluble, high molecular weight species that interact with the therapeutic agent 110 of interest can be added to the formation.
  • the interaction of the therapeutic agent 110 and the high molecular weight species will modulate the diffusion of the therapeutic agent 110 through the solution, and thus affect the release rate of the therapeutic agent 110 from the device 100 .
  • Insoluble resins such as ion exchange resins or resins containing hydrophobic groups that reversibly bind the therapeutic agent 110 of interest can be added to the formulation.
  • the interaction of the resins and the therapeutic agent 110 will affect the concentration of the therapeutic agent 110 in solution, and thus modulate the release rate of the therapeutic agent 110 from the device 100 .
  • High molecular weight stabilizers can be added to the formulation of the therapeutic agent 110 of interest. If the molecular weight of the stabilizer is approximately the same as that of the therapeutic agent 110 , the two will diffuse from the therapeutic device 100 at approximately the same rate, thus keeping the ratio of stabilizer to therapeutic agent 110 approximately constant over time. If the molecular weight of the stabilizer is higher than that of the therapeutic agent 110 , the ratio of stabilizer to therapeutic agent 110 in the device will actually increase over time. Both of these scenarios may increase the stability of the therapeutic agent 110 in the device during the delivery period.
  • FIG. 8A shows an apparatus comprising a first container 110 C having the formulation 190 of therapeutic agent and the second container comprising a syringe 188 having erodible material 196 to generate a proton of an acid.
  • the particles of erodible material can be mixed with the formulation of therapeutic agent within about one day or less prior to injection such that erosion of the material is decreased and also to maintain the pH of the formulation above about 4.5, for example.
  • the first container 110 C may contain formulation 190 comprising the therapeutic agent 110 , the stabilizer 192 and the reversible binding agent 194 , and may contain a buffer such as a phosphate buffer, for example.
  • the second container may comprise particles of erodible material in a substantially dry configuration so as to decrease erosion of the erodible material.
  • FIG. 8B shows the syringe 188 as in FIG. 8A used to prepare the formulation of therapeutic agent prior to injection.
  • a needle 189 can be inserted into container 110 C and the formulation 190 drawn into the second container comprising syringe 188 so as to mix the formulation prior to injection into therapeutic device 100 .
  • the mixed formulation can be exchanged and the syringe may comprise an exchange syringe, for example.
  • FIG. 8C shows an apparatus comprising a first container having a commercially available formulation 110 F of therapeutic agent, and the second container comprising a syringe 188 having one or more of, a stabilizer 192 , a binding agent 194 comprising porous particles, or an erodible material 196 to generate a proton of an acid, in accordance with variations;
  • FIG. 8D shows the first and second containers as in FIG. 8C used to prepare the formulation 190 of therapeutic agent prior to injection.
  • a needle 189 can be inserted into container 110 C and the formulation 110 F drawn into the second container comprising syringe 188 so as to mix and provide the formulation 190 prior to injection into therapeutic device 100 .
  • the mixed formulation can be exchanged and the syringe may comprise an exchange syringe, for example.
  • the mixed formulation 190 prior to injection may comprise the therapeutic agent 110 , and one or more of a stabilizer 192 , a binding agent 194 comprising porous particles, or an erodible material 196 to generate a proton of an acid.
  • the syringe 188 may comprise a stabilizer 192 and an erodible material 196 as a substantially dry combination, and the formulation 110 F of container 110 C may comprise LucentisTM.
  • the formulation 190 can be provided for injection into therapeutic device 100 .
  • Syringe 188 may comprise a substantially single use disposable syringe, for example.
  • the second container may comprise a cartridge having the erodible material stored therein, in which the cartridge is configured to couple to a syringe having the formulation of the therapeutic agent contained therein, so as to mix the erodible material with the formulation upon injection into or exchange with a therapeutic device.
  • the cartridge may be configured to couple to the needle and the syringe.
  • the cartridge may comprise a first end to couple to the syringe and a second end to couple to a needle.
  • the container may comprise an amount of the particles corresponding to a volume of the reservoir chamber of the device so as to combine with an amount of the formulation corresponding to the volume of the reservoir chamber, so as to provide a concentration of particles and formulation loaded into device 100 corresponding to an intended target concentration of particles and formulation.
  • Determining the isoelectric point of a protein can be used to determine the stability of a protein formulation, or to develop a related assay.
  • the isoelectric point of LucentisTM can be estimated from the primary amino acid sequence obtained from the Novartis package insert of LucentisTM marketed in Australia, CAS number 347396-82-1.
  • the total number of ionizable acidic and basic amino acids were tabulated.
  • the pKa values of the ionizable side groups were estimated using the Sigma-Aldrich table available on the World Wide Web (sigmaaldrich.com/life-science/metabolomics/bioultra-reagents/amino-acids.html).
  • Table Y1 is a list of the sequence number position and total number of the acidic and basic amino acids present in LucentisTM.
  • the acidic groups of Asp and Glu total 32 amino acids (pKa ⁇ 4), and the basic groups of Tyr, Lys, and Arg, (pKa ⁇ 10 ) total 61 amino acids. Therefore with twice as many basic groups as acidic groups, LucentisTM would be classified as a basic protein with an isoelectric point of about 8.0 to 9.0.
  • the plot in FIG. 4C shows the zero net charge state (isoelectric point) to be achieved at about pH 8.0 to 9.0.
  • the charge as a function of pH can be determined for many therapeutic agents as described herein, for example protein based therapeutic agents comprising a Fab antibody fragment and derivatives thereof.
  • a drug release study was performed using bovine serum albumin (BSA) as a model therapeutic agent and fluorescein as a model stabilizer, so as to show formation of ionic complexes between a model stabilizer and model therapeutic agent, in which the model stabilizer comprises on or more of an ionic group, a hydroxyl group, or an aromatic ring and the therapeutic agent comprises Fab antibody fragment.
  • BSA bovine serum albumin
  • fluorescein fluorescein
  • BSA and fluorescein were measured from devices initially loaded with formulations listed in Table E1. Buffer containing trehalose, polysorbate 20, and histidine was prepared first and pH was adjusted to 5.5 using HCl. Then BSA and fluorescein was added and pH was determined by pH paper to be in the 6.1-6.5 and 6.6-7.0 range for Formulations I and II respectively.
  • Devices were fabricated containing sintered porous titanium cylinders (Mott Corporation) with a diameter of 0.038 inches and a thickness of 0.030 inches.
  • the porous cylinders were mounted into devices machined from poly (methyl methacrylate) with a reservoir volume of 0.025 mL and a silicone septum.
  • the devices expose one planar face of the porous titanium to the solution in the reservoir and the other planar face to the receiver solution in the vials.
  • PBS phosphate buffered saline
  • the amount of BSA transported from the reservoir through the porous cylinder into the receiver fluid was determined by measuring the amount of BSA in the vials using a Micro BCATM Protein Assay kit (Pierce, 23235) on a Molecular Devices Plate Reader. Fluorescein concentrations in the receiver fluid were determined from absorbance at 492 nm on the plate reader.
  • FIG. 9 shows calibration curves for absorbance of fluorescein in PBS versus PBS containing 100 and 1000 ug/mL BSA as the calibration curve diluent.
  • fluorescein absorbance was lower in the standards containing BSA.
  • the fluorescein concentrations were 74 and 69% of nominal values BSA concentrations of 100 and 1000 ug/mL, respectively, over a fluorescein concentration range of 2 to 30 ug/mL.
  • fluorescein absorbance is stronger for the dianion form than the other ionic forms of fluorescein (Smith et al., Water S A, 28(4), 2002, 395-402).
  • the lower absorbance from addition of BSA is consistent with formation of an ionic complex between fluorescein and BSA that may lower the concentration of fluorescein dianion in solution.
  • the release of fluorescein in the presence of BSA is an example of a model stabilizer that forms an ionic complex with the model therapeutic agent.
  • Table E2 shows the concentrations of BSA and fluorescein measured in the receiver fluid at the start of the release study.
  • the initial release rate of BSA is proportional to the BSA concentration, suggesting the effective diffusion coefficient was not dependent on concentration of BSA.
  • Concentrations of fluorescein are corrected for the impact of the presence of BSA concentration measured in each sample, as described above.
  • the release rate of fluorescein from the formulation containing 200 mg/mL BSA is slower by a factor of two compared to the formulation containing 20 mg/mL.
  • the slower release rate can be described by an effective diffusion coefficient that is lower by a factor of two.
  • Formulation I (20 mg/mL (200 mg/mL BSA) BSA) Mean SD Mean SD Measured BSA in Receiver 105 4 1154 135 (ug/mL) Measured fluorescein in Receiver 10.9 0.5 4.6 0.5 (ug/mL) BSA rate (ug/mL) 13.3 0.5 147.8 18.4 BSA rate, normalized by initial 0.665 0.026 0.739 0.092 BSA conc Fluorescein rate (ug/mL), 1.4 0.1 0.6 0.1 uncorrected Correction factor 0.74 0.74 0.69 0.69 Fluorescein rate (ug/mL), corrected 1.9 0.1 0.8 0.1
  • PLGA may be purchased from a number of supplies, for example, PURASORB® of Purac Biomaterials, RESOMER® of Boehringer Ingelheim, Lakeshore BiomaterialsTM of Surmodics Pharmaceuticals and Lactel® of Durect.
  • PLGA is available with a range of properties as stock or custom polymers.
  • Durect produces PLGA with time for resorption ranging from a few months to greater than 24 months.
  • Any commercially available PLGA can be processed into monodisperse microspheres by using processes known in the art, such as single and double emulsion processing schemes.
  • PLGA may be purchased as microparticles.
  • monodisperse PURASORB® PLGA 5004 microspheres are available from Nanomi with particle sizes ranging from 1 to 30 um, prepared by an emulsification technology, and supplied freeze-dried.
  • Microparticles 1 um in size from Harold can be added to LucentisTM at concentrations ranging from 0.01% to 1%.
  • the microparticles can be added just prior to injection into devices.
  • Control devices can also be injected with LucentisTM only.
  • Drug release testing could be performed as described in Example 1.
  • the stability of ranibizumab could be tested by assays such as ELISA and Ion-Exchange Chromatography HPLC on samples of drug in the receiver fluid.
  • the contents in the reservoir of the devices could be harvested to assay for drug stability and measurement of pH by, for example, pH paper.
  • cellulose acetate, ethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose Various forms (e.g., cellulose acetate, ethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose) and molecular weights of cellulose can be purchased from suppliers such as Spectrum Chemicals and Sigma-Aldrich. Excipients can be removed from LucentisTM by dialysis to obtain ranibizumab. Then, excipients of choice can be added to prepare the desired formulations. An example would be 10 mg/mL ranibizumab, 10% carboxymethyl cellulose with a molecular weight of about 10 kDa, 0.01% polysorbate 20, 10 mM histidine HCl pH 5.5.
  • Devices can be injected with the various formulations and LucentisTM as a control and subjected to drug release testing and stability assays as described in Example 2.
  • Stabilizers can be encapsulated into erodible particles using single and double emulsion techniques.
  • PLGA and stabilizers listed in Examples 2 and 4 and buffers such as histidine hydrochloride can be dissolved in solvents such as dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl acetate, chloroform, hexafluoroisopropanol, and acetone.
  • Surfactant such as polysorbate 20 at concentrations on the order of 0.01% can be added to water and the PLGA and stabilizers dissolved in solvent, and sonication applied to form an emulsion. Solvent can be removed to yield the particles.
  • the particles can be added to LucentisTM at concentrations on the order of 1%.
  • Devices can be injected with the various formulations and LucentisTM as a control and subjected to drug release testing and stability assays as described in Example 2.
  • Excipients can be removed from LucentisTM by dialysis to obtain ranibizumab.
  • a series of samples can be generated with composition identical to LucentisTM but with a range of polysorbate 20 concentrations, from 0.0005% to 0.1%.
  • Surface tension measurements may be performed with a Wilhemy plate to determine the CMC; i.e., polysorbate 20 concentration threshold for constant surface tension.
  • Devices can then be filled with formulations containing polysorbate 20 concentrations that are 0, 1, 5 and 20 times the CMC. These devices can be subjected to drug release testing and stability assays as described in Example 2.
  • Agents Abatacept Orencia TM (Bristol- Antirheumatic For the second line 37697 Myers Squibb) Agents reduction of the signs and symptoms of moderate-to-severe active rheumatoid arthritis, inducing inducing major clinical response, slowing the progression of structural damage, and improving physical function in adult patients who have Abciximab ReoPro TM; Anticoagulants; For treatment of 42632 ReoPro TM Antiplatelet Agents myocardial infarction, (Centocor) adjunct to percutaneous 89oronary intervention, unstable angina ABT-578 (Abbott Limus Immunophilin Laboratories) Binding Compounds Acetonide Adalimumab Humira TM (Abbott Antirheumatic Uveitis, AMD 25645 Laboratories) Agents; Immunomodulatory Agents Aldesleukin Proleukin TM; Antineoplastic For treatment of adults 61118 Proleukin TM (Chiron Agents with meta
  • Antirheumatic Agents Immunomodulatory Agents Anecortave acetate Angiostatin Anistreplase Eminase TM (Wulfing Thrombolytic For lysis of acute 54732 Pharma GmbH) Agents pulmonary emboli, intracoronary emboli and management of myocardial infarction Anti-angiogenesis (Eyecopharm) Anti-angiogenesis AMD peptides peptides Anti-angiogenesis (TRACON Pharma) Anti-angiogenesis AMD antibodies, antibodies TRC093, TRC105 Anti-angiogeric Icon-1 TM (Iconic Anti-angiogeric AMD bifunctional protein Therapeutics) bifunctional protein, Icon-1 Anti-endothelial growth factor Antihemophilic Advate TM; Coagulants; For the treatment of 70037 Factor Alphanate TM; Thrombotic Agents hemophilia A, von Bioclate TM; Willebrand diseae and Helixate TM; Helixate Factor XIII deficiency
  • C5 inhibitor Jerini Ophthalmic
  • Inhibitors of C5 AMD Ophthotech
  • Cal101 Calistoga PI3Kdelta Inhibitor AMD
  • DME Canstatin Capromab ProstaScint TM Imaging Agents For diagnosis of 84331 (Cytogen Corp) prostate cancer and detection of intra-pelvic metastases
  • Captopril ACE Inhibitors CCI-779 (Wyeth) Limus Immunophilin Binding Compounds Cediranib Tyrosine Kinase 450 Inhibitors
  • Celecoxib Cyclooxygenase Inhibitors Cetrorelix Cetrotide TM Hormone For the inhibition of 78617 Antagonists; premature LH surges Infertility Agents in women undergoing controlled ovarian stimulation Cetuximab Erbitux TM; Erbitux TM Antineoplastic For treatment of 42632 (ImClone Systems Agents metastatic colorectal Inc) cancer.
  • Choriogonadotropin Novarel TM Fertility Agents; For the treatment of 78617 alfa Ovidrel TM. Gonadotropins female infertility Pregnyl TM; Profasi TM Cilary neurotrophic (Neurotech) Cilary neurotrophic AMD factor factor factor Coagulation Factor Benefix TM (Genetics Coagulants; For treatment of 267012 IX Institute) Thrombotic Agents hemophilia (Christmas disease).
  • Cyclophilins Limus Immunophilin Binding Compounds Cyclosporine Gengraf TM (Abbott Antifungal Agents; For treatment of 32953 labs); Neoral TM Antirheumatic transplant rejection, (Novartis); Agents; rheumatoid arthritis, Restasis TM; Dermatologic severe psoriasis Restasis TM (Allergan Agents; Enzyme Inc); Sandimmune TM Inhibitors; (Novartis); Immunomodulatory Sangcya TM Agents; Immunosuppressive Agents Daclizumab Zenapax TM Immunomodulatory For prevention of renal 61118 (Hoffmann-La Agents; transplant rejection; Roche Inc) Immunosuppressive Uveitis Agents Darbepoetin alfa Aranesp TM (Amgen Antianemic Agents For the treatment of 55066 Inc.) anemia (from renal transplants or certain HIV treatment) Dasatinib Tyrosine Kinase 4
  • Denileukin diftitox Ontak TM Antineoplastic For treatment of 61118 Agents cutaneous T-cell lymphoma Desmopressin Adiuretin TM; Antidiuretic Agents; For the management 46800 Concentraid TM; Hemostatics; Renal of primary nocturnal Stimate TM Agents enuresis and indicated as antidiuretic replacement therapy in the management of central diabetes insipidus and for the management of the temporary polyuria and polydipsia following head trauma or surgery in the pitu Dexamethasone Ozurdex TM Glucocorticoid DME, inflammation, 392 (Allergan) macular edema following branch retinal vein occlusion (BRVO) or central retinal vein occlusion (CRVO) Diclofenac Cyclooxygenase Inhibitors Dithiocarbamate NF ⁇ B Inhibitor Dornase Alfa Dilor TM; Dilor-400 TM; Enzyme For the
  • Neothylline TM Pulmozyme TM (Genentech Inc) Drotrecogin alfa Xigris TM; Xigris TM (Eli Antisepsis Agents For treatment of 267012 Lilly & Co) severe sepsis Eculizumab Soliris TM; Soliris TM Complement AMD 188333 (Alexion Cascade Inhibitor Pharmaceuticals) (Factor C5) Efalizumab Raptiva TM Immunomodulatory For the treatment of 128771 Raptiva TM Agents; adult patients with (Genentech Inc) Immunosuppressive moderate to severe Agents chronic plaque psoriasis, who are candidates for phototherapy or systemic therapy.
  • NeoRecormon TM (Roche); Procrit TM (Ortho Biotech); Recormon TM (Roche) Eptifibatide Integrilin TM; Anticoagulants; For treatment of 7128 Integrilin TM Antiplatelet Agents; myocardial infarction (Millennium Pharm) Platelet and acute coronary Aggregation syndrome.
  • Inhibitors Erlotinib Tyrosine Kinase 393 Inhibitors Etanercept Enbrel TM; Enbrel TM Antirheumatic Uveitis, AMD 25645 (Immunex Corp) Agents; Immunomodulatory Agents Everolimus Novartis Limus Immunophilin AMD Binding Compounds, mTOR Exenatide Byetta TM; Byetta TM Indicated as adjunctive 53060 (Amylin/Eli Lilly) therapy to improve glycemic control in patients with Type 2 diabetes mellitus who are taking metformin, a sulfonylurea, or a combination of both, but have not achieved adequate glycemic control.
  • Gemtuzumab Mylotarg TM Antineoplastic For treatment of acute 39826 ozogamicin Mylotarg TM (Wyeth) Agents myeloid leukemia Glatiramer Acetate Copaxone TM Adjuvants, For reduction of the 29914 Immunologic; frequency of relapses Immunosuppressive in patients with Agents Relapsing-Remitting Multiple Sclerosis.
  • Glucagon GlucaGen TM Novo Antihypoglycemic For treatment of 54009 recombinant Nordisk
  • Agents severe hypoglycemia, Glucagon TM Eli also used in Lilly
  • gastrointestinal imaging Goserelin Zoladex TM Antineoplastic Breast cancer; 78617 Agents; Prostate carcinoma; Antineoplastic Endometriosis Agents, Hormonal Human Serum Albutein TM (Alpha Serum substitutes For treatment of 39000 Albumin Therapeutic Corp) severe blood loss, hypervolemia, hypoproteinemia Hyaluronidase Vitragan TM; Anesthetic For increase of 69367 Vitrase TM; Vitrase TM Adjuvants; absorption and (Ista Pharma) Permeabilizing distribution of other Agents injected drugs and for rehydration Ibritumomab Zevalin TM (IDEC Antineoplastic For treatment of non- 33078 Pharmaceuticals) Agents Hodgkin's lymphoma Idursulfase Elap
  • Interferon Alfa-2b, Intron A TM (Schering Antineoplastic For the treatment of 57759 Recombinant Corp) Agents; Antiviral hairy cell leukemia, Agents; malignant melanoma, Immunomodulatory and AIDS-related Agents Kaposi's sarcoma.
  • Interferon beta-1b Betaseron TM (Chiron Antiviral Agents; For treatment of 57759 Corp) Immunomodulatory relapsing/remitting Agents multiple sclerosis Interferon gamma- Actimmune TM; Antiviral Agents; For treatment of 37835 1b Actimmune TM Immunomodulatory Chronic granulomatous (InterMune Inc) Agents disease, Osteopetrosis Lapatinib Tyrosine Kinase 581 Inhibitors Lepirudin Refludan TM Anticoagulants; For the treatment of 70037 Antithrombotic heparin-induced Agents; Fibrinolytic thrombocytopenia Agents Lestaurtinib Tyrosine Kinase 439 Inhibitors Leuprolide Eligard TM (Atrix Anti-Estrogen For treatment of 37731 Labs/QLT Inc) Agents; prostate cancer, Antineoplastic endometriosis, uterine Agents fibroids and premature puberty Lutropin al
  • Nepafenac Cyclooxygenase Inhibitors Nesiritide Natrecor TM Cardiac drugs For the intravenous 118921 treatment of patients with acutely decompensated congestive heart failure who have dyspnea at rest or with minimal activity.
  • PDGF inhibitor Jerini Ophthalmic
  • Inhibitors of PDGF AMD Ophthotech
  • PEDF pigment epithelium derived factor
  • Adagen TM Enzon Enzyme For treatment of 36512 bovine Inc.
  • Pegaptanib Macugen TM Oligonucleotide For the treatment of 103121 neovascular (wet) age- related macular degeneration.
  • Pegaspargase Oncaspar TM Enzon Antineoplastic For treatment of acute 132.118 Inc
  • Agents lymphoblastic leukemia Pegfilgrastim Neulasta TM (Amgen Anti-Infective Increases leukocyte 28518 Inc.) Agents; production, for Antineutropenic treatment in non- Agents; myeloid cancer, Immunomodulatory neutropenia and bone Agents marrow transplant
  • Peginterferon alfa- PEG-Intron Antineoplastic For the treatment of 57759 2b (Schering Corp); Agents; Antiviral chronic hepatitis C in Unitron PEG TM Agents; patients not previously Immunomodulatory treated with interferon Agents alpha who have compensated liver disease and are at least 18 years of age.
  • Pegvisomant Somavert TM (Pfizer Anabolic Agents; For treatment of 71500 Inc) Hormone acromegaly Replacement Agents Pentoxifylline Perindozril ACE Inhibitors Pimecrolimus Limus Immunophilin Binding Compounds PKC (protein kinase C) inhibitors POT-4 Potentia/Alcon Complement AMD Cascade Inhibitor (Factor C3) Pramlintide Symlin TM; Symlin TM For the mealtime 16988 (Amylin treatment of Type I and Pharmaceuticals) Type II diabetes in combination with standard insulin therapy, in patients who have failed to achieve adequate glucose control on insulin monotherapy.
  • Proteosome Velcade TM Proteosome inhibitors inhibitors Pyrrolidine Quinopril ACE Inhibitors Ranibizumab Lucentis TM For the treatment of 27043 patients with neovascular (wet) age- related macular degeneration.
  • Rapamycin MacuSight
  • Limus Immunophilin AMD (siroliums) Binding Compounds Rasburicase Elitek TM; Elitek TM Antihyperuricemic For treatment of 168.11 (Sanofi-Synthelabo Agents hyperuricemia, Inc); Fasturtec TM reduces elevated plasma uric acid levels (from chemotherapy) Reteplase Retavase TM Thrombolytic For lysis of acute 54732 (Centocor); Agents pulmonary emboli, Retavase TM (Roche) intracoronary emboli and management of myocardial infarction Retinal stimulant Neurosolve TM Retinal stimulants AMD (Vitreoretinal Technologies) Retinoid(s) Rituximab MabThera TM; Antineoplastic For treatment of B-cell 33078 Rituxan TM Agents non-Hodgkins lymphoma (CD20 positive) RNAI (RNA interference of angiogenic factors)
  • Surfactants include: Iconic Anionic: based on permanent anions (sulfate, sulfonate, phosphate) or pH-dependent anions (carboxylate): Sulfates: Alkyl sulfates: ammonium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate (SDS); Alkyl ether sulfates: sodium laureth sulfate, also known as sodium lauryl ether sulfate (SLES), sodium myreth sulfate; Sulfonates: Docusates: dioctyl sodium sulfosucciate; Sulfonate fluorosurfactants: perfluorooctanesulfonate (PFOS), perfluorobutanesulfonate; Alkyl benzne sulfonates; Phosphates: Alkyl aryl ether phosphate Alkyl ether phosphate Carboxylates:
  • CTAC cetyl trimethylammonium chloride
  • CPC Cetylpyridinium chloride
  • POEA Polyethoxylated tallow amine
  • BAC Benzalkonium chloride
  • BZT Benzethonium chloride
  • DODAB Dioctadecyldimethylammonium bromide
  • Nonionic Fatty alcohol Stearyl alcohol, Cetostearyl alcohol (consistently predominantly of cetyl and stearyl alcohols), Oleyl alcohol; Polyoxyethylene glycol alkyl ethers (Brij): CH 3 —(CH 2 ) 10-16 —(O—C 2 H 4 ) 1-25 —OH: Octaethylene glycol monododecyl ether, Pentaethylene glycol monododecyl ether; Polyoxypropylene glycol alkyl ethers: CH 3 —(CH 2 ) 10-16 —(O—C 2 H 6 ) 1-25 —OH: Glcoside alkyl ethers: CH 3 —(CH 2 ) 10-16 —(O-Glucoside) 1-3 —OH: Decyl glucoside, Lauryl glucoside, Octyl glucoside; Polyoxyethylene glycol octylphenol ethers: C 8 H 17 —(C 6 H 4 )—(O—C 2 H 4

Abstract

An injectable formulation of therapeutic agent may comprise the therapeutic agent and a stabilizer such that a substantial portion of the stabilizer remains in the therapeutic device to stabilize the therapeutic agent when the therapeutic agent is released from the therapeutic device. The injectable formulation may comprise one or more of binding agent particles or erodible material particles, such that the formulation can be injected into the therapeutic device. The binding agent particles can bind reversibly to the therapeutic agent so as to modulate release of the therapeutic agent, and the erodible material particles can generate protons of an acid so as to increase stability of the therapeutic agent and may modulate release of the therapeutic agent. The therapeutic agent can be combined with one or more of the stabilizer, the binding agent particles or the erodible particles to increase stability of the therapeutic agent and may modulate release.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCES TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • The present PCT application claims priority to U.S. Prov. Pat. App. Ser. No. 61/415,674, filed Nov. 19, 2010, entitled “THERAPEUTIC AGENT FORMULATIONS FOR IMPLANTED DEVICES”, the full disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • STATEMENT AS TO RIGHTS TO INVENTIONS MADE UNDER FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
  • NOT APPLICABLE
  • BACKGROUND
  • Described herein are devices and methods of delivery of therapeutic agents to the posterior segment of the eye. Although specific reference is made to the delivery of macromolecules comprising antibodies or antibody fragments to the posterior segment of the eye, various related variations can be used to deliver many therapeutic agents to many tissues of the body. For example, some variations can be used to deliver therapeutic agent to one or more of the following tissues: intravascular, intra-articular, intrathecal, pericardial, intraluminal, and gut.
  • The eye is critical for vision. The eye has a cornea and a lens that form an image on the retina. The image formed on the retina is detected by rods and cones on the retina. The light detected by the rods and cones of the retina is transmitted to the occipital cortex brain via the optic nerve, such that the individual can see the image formed on the retina. Visual acuity is related to the density of rods and cones on the retina. The retina comprises a macula that has a high density of cones, such that the user can perceive color images with high visual acuity.
  • Unfortunately, diseases can affect vision. In some instances the disease affecting vision can cause damage to the retina, even blindness in at least some instances. One example of a disease that can affect vision is age-related macular degeneration (hereinafter “AMD”). Although therapeutic drugs are known that can be provided to minimize degradation of the retina, in at least some instances the delivery of these drugs can be less than ideal.
  • In some instances a drug is injected into the eye through the sclera. One promising class of drugs for the treatment of AMD is known as vascular endothelial growth factor (hereinafter “VEGF”) inhibitors. Unfortunately, in at least some instances injection of drugs can be painful for the patient, involve at least some risk of infection and hemorrhage and retinal detachment, and can be time consuming for the physician and patient. Consequently, in at least some instances the drug may be delivered less often than would be ideal, such that at least some patients may receive less drug than would be ideal in at least some instances.
  • Although at least some of the prior proposed implanted devices may permit an injection of a formulation of therapeutic agent into the device, the performance of commercially available formulations of therapeutic agents can be less than ideal in at least some instances when injected into an implantable device. For example, the commercially available formulation may have one or more stabilizers having a molecular weight substantially less than the therapeutic agent, such that stabilizer may be released from the device at a rate faster than the therapeutic agent. Consequently, the therapeutic agent injected into the device may not receive the benefit of the stabilizer as long as would be ideal and may degrade more quickly than would be ideal in at least some instances. Also, the initial rate of release of the therapeutic agent can be somewhat greater than would be ideal and the rate at an extended time can be somewhat lower than would be ideal, such that profile of the rate of release can be less than ideal in at least some instances.
  • Work in relation to the various related variations suggests that the pH provided in situ after injection into a therapeutic device may be less than ideal for maintaining stability of the therapeutic agent for an extended time in at least some instances. The stability of the therapeutic agent can be related to a pH of the formulation within the device in at least some instances. For example, deamidation of a protein based therapeutic agent may be related to stability of the therapeutic agent, and the deamidation can be related to pH in at least some instances. Work in relation to variations suggests that prior formulations may provide less than ideal stability in one or more ways when injected into a therapeutic device in at least some instances. For example, a buffer of the injected formulation may be released from the device into the vitreous in at least some instances. Also, diffusion of hydrogen ions and hydroxide ions between the reservoir and the vitreous may affect the pH of the formulation within the device.
  • In at least some instances, one or more molecular components such as a buffer may enter the device when placed in the body, and at least some of the prior formulations may be less stable than would be ideal in at least some instances when exposed to physiological buffer. For example, a buffer of a fluid of the eye such as the vitreous humor having a physiological pH may enter the device and affect the pH of the formulation within the device, such that the stability of the therapeutic agent may be less than ideal in at least some instances.
  • Work in relation to the various related variations suggests that injection of prior formulations of therapeutic agents into a therapeutic device may result in at least some aggregation of the therapeutic agent in at least some instances, and the aggregation of therapeutic agent may decrease stability of the therapeutic agent, such that the stability of the therapeutic agent when injected into the therapeutic device with prior formulations can be less than ideal in at least some instances.
  • In light of the above, it would be desirable to provide improved formulations of therapeutic agents for therapeutic devices that overcome at least some of the above deficiencies of the known formulations, for example with improved drug release that can be maintained over an extended time when implanted.
  • SUMMARY
  • Described herein are improved formulations of therapeutic agents and improved methods and apparatus for placement into therapeutic devices for an extended time. A flowable, for example injectable, formulation of therapeutic agent may comprise the therapeutic agent and a stabilizer such that a substantial portion of the stabilizer remains in the therapeutic device so as to stabilize the therapeutic agent when the therapeutic agent is released from the therapeutic device. The formulation comprising the therapeutic agent can be placed in the therapeutic device in many ways, and can be injected into the therapeutic device, drawn into the therapeutic device with aspiration, or combinations thereof. The injectable formulation may comprise one or more of binding agent particles or erodible material particles, such that the formulation can be injected into the therapeutic device. The binding agent particles can bind reversibly to the therapeutic agent so as to modulate release of the therapeutic agent, and the erodible material particles can generate protons of an acid so as to increase stability of the therapeutic agent and may modulate release of the therapeutic agent. The therapeutic agent can be combined with one or more of the stabilizer, the binding agent particles or the erodible particles, so as to increase stability of the therapeutic agent and may modulate release of the therapeutic agent from the device.
  • The stabilizer can interact in many ways with the therapeutic agent so as to increase a stability of the therapeutic agent. The stabilizer may comprise one or more functional groups so as to form a complex with the therapeutic agent. The stabilizer may comprise a co-solute with excluded volume that favors the native state of the protein over the denatured state, so as to increase the stability of the protein. The co-solute with the excluded volume may comprise a stabilizer having a plurality of hydrophilic functional groups so as to provide the excluded volume to favor the native state of the protein. The stabilizer may comprise one or more of a substantially water soluble high molecular weight stabilizer having a molecular weight of at least about 2 k Daltons or micelles sized so as to correspond to a molecular weight of at least about 2 k Daltons. In many variations, the molecular weight of the stabilizer comprises at least about 25% of the molecular weight of the therapeutic agent, such that a substantial portion of the stabilizer injected into the chamber of the therapeutic device with the therapeutic agent remains in the chamber of the therapeutic device for an extended time when the therapeutic agent is released in therapeutic amounts through a porous structure.
  • The particles of the binding agent may comprise functional groups to bind reversibly to the therapeutic agent such that a substantial portion of the therapeutic agent injected into the chamber of the device may be reversibly bound to the binding agent. The binding agent may comprise porous particles having porous internal channels extending outer surfaces of the particles so as to bind reversibly to the therapeutic agent. The particles may comprise porous resin particles having derivatized functional groups on surfaces of the inner channels. The functional groups can be located on the outer surface and the surfaces of the inner channels so as to bind reversibly to the therapeutic agent, and the surfaces of the inner channels can be fluidically coupled to the outer surface of the particles such that the therapeutic agent can be released from the surfaces of the inner channels. The therapeutic agent released from the binding agent can form a complex with the stabilizer, or dissociate from the binding agent into solution, or combinations thereof. The therapeutic agent bound reversibly to the binding agent, the therapeutic agent complexed with the stabilizer and therapeutic agent in solution can be in substantial equilibrium within the chamber of the device so as to modulate release of the therapeutic agent when the therapeutic agent is stabilized.
  • The particles of erodible material to generate protons of an acid can maintain a pH of the formulation less than about 7, for example less than about 6.5, when injected into the therapeutic device. The pH less than about 7 can result in decreased amounts of degradation of the therapeutic agent that may occur with one or more degradation pathways. The degradation pathway affected with the pH less than 7 can be one or more of deamidation of the therapeutic agent, such as oxidation of the therapeutic agent, isomerization of the therapeutic agent, clipping of the therapeutic agent, hydrolysis of the therapeutic agent, fragmentation of the therapeutic agent, or aggregation of the therapeutic agent, or combinations thereof. The particles of erodible material may comprise a polymer, such as polylactic acid (hereinafter “PLA”, polyglutamic acid (hereinafter “PGA”), or combinations thereof, and the particles may generate protons of an acid in response to degradation such as hydrolysis. In many variations, the particles of binding agent are pH sensitive so as to bind less with increased pH, such that therapeutic agent can be released from the particles in response to an increase in pH.
  • In a first aspect, variations provide a flowable formulation. The flowable formulation comprises a therapeutic agent, and a stabilizer having a molecular weight of at least about 2 k Daltons.
  • In many variations, the stabilizer increases an amount of time the therapeutic agent has a therapeutic effect when placed in a therapeutic device placed in a patient. The stabilizer may comprise one or more of, a buffer to maintain a pH of the formulation, hydrophilic functional groups, hydrophilic functional group to provide a co-solvent stabilization, a charged functional group to provide charge interaction, or a functional group to form a complex with the therapeutic agent, so as to increase one or more of physical stability or chemical stability of the therapeutic agent and maintain biological activity of the therapeutic agent. The stabilizer can be soluble and may comprise one or more of a sugar, an alcohol, a polyol, or a carbohydrate and wherein the functional group comprises a hydroxyl group.
  • In many variations, the therapeutic agent provides a therapeutic effect when placed in the body.
  • In many variations, the stabilizer comprises a molecular weight of at least about 3 k Daltons. The stabilizer may comprise a molecular weight of at least about 5 k Daltons, and may comprise a molecular weight of at least about 10 k Daltons, for example at least about 25 k Daltons.
  • In many variations, the stabilizer comprises a molecular weight of at least about 25% of a molecular weight of the therapeutic agent. The stabilizer and the therapeutic agent may each comprise a half-life when placed, for example injected, into a therapeutic device, and the half-life of the stabilizer may comprise at least about 25% of the half-life of the therapeutic agent. The half-life of the stabilizer may comprise of at least about 50% of the half-life of the therapeutic agent.
  • In many variations, the stabilizer is water-soluble and comprises a molecular weight of no more than about 500% of the molecular weight of the therapeutic agent.
  • In many variations, the stabilizer is substantially insoluble in water and comprises a molecular weight of no more than about 5000% of the molecular weight of the therapeutic agent.
  • In many variations, the stabilizer comprises a plurality of substantially water insoluble particles. The stabilizer may comprise a plurality of substantially water insoluble particles having hydrophilic functional groups and a molecular weight of no more than about 5000% of the molecular weight of the therapeutic agent.
  • In many variations, the therapeutic agent comprises a molecular weight of at least about 40 k. The therapeutic agent may comprise a Fab antibody fragment or a derivative thereof. The therapeutic agent comprises the Fab antibody fragment and deamidized derivatives of the Fab antibody fragment.
  • In many variations, the therapeutic agent may comprise ranibizumab. The therapeutic agent may comprise ranibizumab and degradation products of ranibizumab, and the degradation products may comprise one or more of deamidized ranibizumab or oxidized ranibizumab.
  • In many variations, the stabilizer comprising the molecular weight comprises one or more of: HA (hyaluronic acid) having the molecular weight of at least 2 k, histidine polymer buffer having the molecular weight of at least 2 k, sugar having the molecular weight of at least 2 k, polysaccharides having the molecular weight of at least 2 k, carbohydrate having the molecular weight of at least 2 k, starch having the molecular weight of at least 2 k, alcohol having the molecular weight of at least 2 k, polyol having the molecular weight of at least 2 k, or polyethylene oxide having the molecular weight of at least 2 k, so as to stabilize the therapeutic agent and decrease release of the therapeutic agent when placed in a therapeutic device.
  • In many variations, the stabilizer comprising the molecular weight comprises one or more of: a phenol, a protein, or a charged stabilizers such as a metal comprising one or more of zinc ion, calcium ion, or iron ion, so as to form a reversible complex with the therapeutic agent.
  • In many variations, the stabilizer comprises a plurality of micelles and wherein the molecular weight of the stabilizer corresponds to a weight of each micelle of the plurality such that diffusion of the plurality of micelles corresponds to the weight of said each micelle. The plurality of micelles may comprise a reservoir of the stabilizer. The stabilizer may comprise a surfactant, and a concentration of surfactant comprises at least about two times a critical micelle concentration of the surfactant. The concentration of surfactant may comprise at least about two times the critical micelle concentration, and may comprise at least about four times the critical micelle concentration.
  • In many variations, stabilizer comprises a polysorbate.
  • In many variations, an amount of the stabilizer corresponds to at least about 0.05% by weight of the formulation when injected into the eye.
  • In many variations, said each of the plurality of micelles forms a complex with the therapeutic agent so as to stabilize the therapeutic agent and decrease diffusion of the therapeutic agent.
  • In many variations, the container comprises a plurality of particles having a dimension across within a range from about 0.1 um across to about 200 um across, such that the plurality of particles is sized to pass through a lumen of a needle. The dimension across can be within a range from about 0.1 um across to about 50 um across, such that the plurality of particles is sized to pass through a lumen of a 33 Gauge needle.
  • In many variations, the container comprises a plurality of pellets having a dimension across within a range from about 0.1 um to about 500 um, such that the plurality of particles is sized to pass through a lumen of a 19 Gauge needle.
  • In many variations, the plurality of particles comprises one or more of a plurality of stabilizer particles, a plurality of erodible particles to generate protons of an acid, or a plurality of binding agent particles.
  • In many variations, the container comprises a plurality of binding agent particles having a dimension across within a range from about 0.1 um across to about 200 um across, the binding agent particles providing a plurality of reversible binding sites having the therapeutic agent reversibly bound thereon.
  • In many variations, the therapeutic agent comprises a first portion in solution comprising a first concentration and a second portion reversibly bound to the plurality of binding agent particles comprising a second concentration. An amount of the second portion of the therapeutic agent reversibly bound to the plurality of binding agent particles and a dimension across the plurality of binding agent particles corresponds to the second concentration of the therapeutic agent. The second concentration can be greater than the first concentration.
  • In many variations, each of the plurality of binding agent particles comprises internal channels extending therein and wherein the internal channels comprise the plurality of reversible binding sites. The plurality of binding agent particles may comprise resin particles having the internal channels and an external surface and wherein the internal surface and the external surface have been treated so as to bind reversibly with the therapeutic agent. The binding agent may comprise a surface derivatized with at least one functional group so as to bind reversibly with the therapeutic agent. The derivatized surface may comprise an anion exchange surface and wherein the at least one functional group comprises one or more of quaternary amines, diethylaminoehtly (hereinafter “DEAE”), quaternary aminoethly (hereinafter “QAE”), or quaternatry ammonidum (hereinafter “Q”). The derivatized surface comprises a cation exchange surface and wherein the at least one functional group comprises one or more of carboxy methyl (hereinafter “CM”), Sulphoproply (hereinafter “SP”), or methyl sulphonate (hereinafter “SP”).
  • In many variations, the binding agent comprises a negatively charged surface within a range of about pH 5.5 to about pH 7.5 so as to bind reversibly to positive charges of the therapeutic agent. The binding agent comprises a net negative surface charge within a range about pH 6 to about pH 7 and wherein the therapeutic agent comprises a net positive charge so as to bind reversibly to the therapeutic agent. The therapeutic agent comprises an isoelectric pH (pI) of at least about 8 and wherein binding of the therapeutic agent to the binding agent decreases substantially when the pH increases from about 6 to about 7. The therapeutic agent comprises at least about ten positive charges and at least about ten negative charges and wherein derivatized surface comprises positive and negative charges to bind reversibly to the therapeutic agent.
  • In many variations, the at least one functional group increases a stability of the therapeutic agent when reversibly bound to the therapeutic agent.
  • In many variations, the plurality of binding agent particles have the dimension within the range from about 0.1 um to about 200 um such that the plurality of binding agent particles comprises a suspension suitable for injection into a chamber of a therapeutic device. The range from about 0.1 um to about 50 um such that the plurality of binding agent particles comprises a suspension suitable for injection through a lumen of a 33 Gauge needle. The plurality of binding agent particles may have the dimension within the range from about 0.5 um to about 100 um such that diffusion of the suspension of binding agent particles through a porous structure is substantially inhibited.
  • In many variations, the plurality of binding agent particles have the dimension across each particle sized greater than a dimension across channels of a porous structure such that passage of the particles through the porous structure is inhibited substantially.
  • In many variations, the formulation further comprises a plurality of particles of an erodible material to release protons of an acid. The plurality of erodible particles may comprise one or more of a suspension or a slurry of the erodible particles for injection into or exchange from a therapeutic device.
  • In many variations, the formulation comprises a pH of at least about 5.5. The plurality of particles of formulation may be capable of releasing about 1E-10 (1×10-10) moles of protons per uL of device reservoir volume so as to maintain a pH of the formulation below about 7 for an extended time of at least about 1 month.
  • In many variations, the plurality of particles of the erodible material comprises an amount corresponding to about 0.01% to about 5% by weight of the formulation. The erodible material a polymer, the polymer comprising one or more of polylactic acid (PLA), polyglutamic acid (PGA) or PLA/PGA copolymer.
  • In many variations, the formulation further comprises an amount of the erodible material to maintain the pH of the chamber at no more than about 6.5 for an extended time of at least about 1 month when injected into a chamber of a therapeutic device coupled to the eye with a porous structure. In many variations, an amount of an erodible material to maintain the pH of the chamber at no more than about 6.0 for an extended time of at least about 1 month when exposed to physiological phosphate buffer diffused through the porous structure. The amount of an erodible material may be sufficient to maintain the pH of the chamber at no more than about 6.0 for an extended time of at least about 3 months when exposed to physiological phosphate buffer diffused through the porous structure.
  • In many variations, the plurality of erodible particles comprises a ratio of PLA to PGA to erode and release protons at a rate to maintain the pH.
  • In many variations, the plurality of erodible particles comprises a portion of the particles covered with a coating to delay erosion of the portion.
  • In many variations, the plurality of erodible particles comprises distribution of sizes so as to erode and release protons at a rate to maintain the pH.
  • In many variations, the plurality of particles comprises the stabilizer mixed with the erodible material to provide the stabilizer when the particle erodes.
  • In an interrelated aspect, variations provide an injectable formulation. The injectable formulation comprises therapeutic agent, and a stabilizer comprising a plurality of micelles.
  • In many variations, each of the plurality of micelles comprises a weight corresponding to molecular weight of at least about 2 k Daltons, and the plurality of micelles comprises a reservoir of the stabilizer. A first portion of the stabilizer comprises a solution of the stabilizer and a second portion of the stabilizer comprises the micelles and wherein the stabilizer is released from the micelles to the solution maintain a concentration of the first portion of the stabilizer in solution. The stabilizer may comprise a polymeric surfactant and wherein a concentration of polymeric surfactant is higher than a threshold concentration to form one or more of the plurality of micelles and wherein the concentration of the polymeric surfactant comprises the first portion and the second portion.
  • In another interrelated aspect, variations provide injectable formulation, the formulation comprises a therapeutic agent, and an erodible material to generate protons of an acid. The erodible material comprises an amount to erode and maintain a pH of no more than about 6.5 when the formulation is combined with physiological amounts of phosphate buffer.
  • In many variations, the injectable formulation further comprises a plurality of particles, wherein each of the plurality of particles comprises the erodible material and a hydrophilic stabilizer such that the hydrophilic stabilizer is released when said each particle of the plurality erodes.
  • In another interrelated aspect, variations provide method of preparing an injectable formulation, the method comprising: combining a therapeutic agent and a stabilizer.
  • In many variations, the stabilizer has a molecular weight of at least about 2 k Daltons.
  • In another interrelated aspect, variations provide device to treat an eye. The device comprises a reservoir chamber having a volume sized to receive an injection of an amount of a formulation of a therapeutic agent, and a porous structure to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent for an extended time. A stabilizer is configured to maintain stability of the therapeutic agent in the reservoir chamber, and the stabilizer comprises a molecular weight of at least about 5 k Daltons such that a portion of the stabilizer remains in the reservoir chamber for the extended time.
  • In many variations, the stabilizer comprises a molecular weight of at least about 10 k. The stabilizer may comprise a molecular weight of at least about 25% of a molecular weight of the therapeutic agent, and the molecular weight can be at least about 40 k. The therapeutic agent comprises a Fab antibody fragment or a derivative thereof. The therapeutic agent may comprise ranibizumab.
  • In many variations, the stabilizer further comprising an amount of an erodible material to maintain the pH of the chamber at no more than about 6.5 for an extended time of at least about 1 month.
  • In many variations, the stabilizer further comprising an amount of an erodible material to maintain the pH of the chamber at no more than about 6.0 for an extended time of at least about 1 month.
  • In many variations, the stabilizer comprises a plurality of particles to bind reversibly to the therapeutic agent, a majority of the plurality of particles having a size greater than channels of the porous structure such that the particles remain in the reservoir chamber for the extended time.
  • In another interrelated aspect, variations provide method of treating an eye. A therapeutic device comprising a reservoir chamber and a porous structure is provided, in which the reservoir chamber has a volume sized to receive an injection of an amount of a formulation of a therapeutic agent, and the porous structure is configured to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent for an extended time. A stabilizer and the therapeutic agent are injected into the reservoir chamber, and the stabilizer maintains stability of the therapeutic agent in the reservoir chamber, the stabilizer comprising a molecular weight of at least about 5 k Daltons, and a substantial portion of the stabilizer remains in the reservoir chamber for the extended time.
  • In another interrelated aspect, variations provide an apparatus to treat an eye. A first container comprises a formulation of a therapeutic agent, the formulation comprising a stabilizer and the therapeutic agent, and a second container comprises an erodible material to release protons of an acid.
  • In many variations, the second container comprises particles of the erodible material such that the particles form a suspension of the erodible material when mixed with the formulation.
  • In many variations, the erodible material releases an acid when wet so as to maintain substantially a pH of the formulation when mixed with the formulation and injected into a therapeutic device.
  • In many variations, the second container comprises a syringe having the erodible material stored therein, and the syringe comprises an exchange syringe.
  • In many variations, the second container comprises a cartridge having the erodible material stored therein, the cartridge configured to couple to a syringe having the formulation of the therapeutic agent contained therein, so as to mix the erodible material with the formulation upon injection into or exchange with a therapeutic device.
  • In many variations, the container stores the erodible material substantially without water.
  • In many variations, the stabilizer comprises a molecular weight of at least about 5 k Daltons and the therapeutic agent comprises a molecular weight of at least about 25 k Daltons.
  • In many variations, the container comprises a plurality of binding agent particles having a dimension across within a range from about 0.1 um across to about 200 um across, the binding agent particles providing a plurality of reversible binding sites to receive the therapeutic agent.
  • In many variations, the dimension across is within a range from about 0.5 um across to about 100 um across.
  • In many variations, each of the plurality of binding agent particles comprises internal channels extending therein and wherein the internal channels comprise the plurality of reversible binding sites. The plurality of binding agent particles may comprise resin particles having the internal channels and an external surface treated so as to bind reversibly with the therapeutic agent.
  • In many variations, the plurality of particles comprises a second stabilizer so as to release the second stabilizer when the erodible material erodes and generates the protons of the acid.
  • In many variations, the second stabilizer comprises one or more of a sugar, an alcohol, a polyol, a polysaccharide, or a carbohydrate.
  • In many variations, the second stabilizer comprises one or more of a buffer or pH modifier.
  • In many variations, the second stabilizer comprises hydroxyl groups.
  • In another interrelated aspect, variations provide a method of preparing a formulation. A formulation of a therapeutic agent can be provided, in which the formulation comprises a stabilizer and the therapeutic agent. An erodible material is provided to release protons of an acid, and the formulation is mixed with the erodible material.
  • In another interrelated aspect, variations provide an injectable and exchangeable formulation to treat an eye. The formulation comprises a therapeutic agent having a molecular weight of at least about 40 k Daltons, and a stabilizer having a molecular weight of at least about 10 k Daltons. The stabilizer is capable of forming a complex with the therapeutic agent to stabilize the therapeutic agent. A first plurality of binding agent particles has a plurality of sites to bind reversibly the therapeutic agent. A second plurality of erodible particles to generate an acid, wherein the first plurality of binding agent particles and the second plurality of erodible particles comprise a suspension such that the formulation is capable of injection into a therapeutic device and exchange from the therapeutic device.
  • In another interrelated aspect, variations provide method of treating an eye. A formulation is provided, and the formulation comprises a therapeutic agent, a stabilizer, a first plurality of binding agent particles and a second plurality of erodible particles, the therapeutic agent having a molecular weight of at least about 40 k Daltons. The formulation is placed in a chamber of a therapeutic device.
  • In many variations, the stabilizer has a molecular weight of at least about 10 k Daltons, and the stabilizer is capable of forming a complex with the therapeutic agent to stabilize the therapeutic agent. The first plurality of binding agent particles has a plurality of sites to bind reversibly the therapeutic agent. The second plurality of erodible particles generates an acid, and the first plurality of binding agent particles and the second plurality of erodible particles comprise a suspension such that the formulation is capable of injection into a therapeutic device and exchange from the therapeutic device.
  • In many variations, placing comprises exchanging the formulation with a portion of a previously placed formulation, in which the portion of the previously placed formulation comprises, water, deamidated therapeutic agent, and binding agent particles.
  • The details of one or more variations of the subject matter described herein are set forth in the accompanying drawings and the description below. Other features and advantages of the subject matter described herein will be apparent from the description and drawings, and from the claims.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 shows an eye suitable for incorporation of variations of the therapeutic device;
  • FIG. 1A-1 shows a therapeutic device implanted at least partially within the sclera of the eye as in FIG. 1;
  • FIG. 1A-1-1 and 1A-1-2 show a therapeutic device implanted under the conjunctiva and extending through the sclera to release a therapeutic agent into vitreous humor of the eye so as to treat the retina, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 1A-2 shows structures of a therapeutic device configured for placement in an eye as in FIGS. 1A-1 and 1A-1-1, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 1A-2-1 shows a therapeutic device loaded into an insertion cannula, in which the device comprises an elongate narrow shape for insertion into the sclera, and in which the device is configured to expand to a second elongate wide shape for retention at least partially in the sclera, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 1A-2-2 shows a therapeutic device comprising a reservoir suitable for loading in a cannula, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 1B shows a therapeutic device configured for placement in an eye as in FIG. 1A-1 and 1A-1-1, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 1C shows a therapeutic device configured for placement in an eye as in FIG. 1A-1 and 1A-1-1, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 1C-A shows at least one exit port, according to variations described herein;
  • FIG. 1C-B shows a syringe being filled with a formulation 190 comprising therapeutic agent 110 and one or more of stabilizer 192, binding agent 194 or particles 196, for injection into the therapeutic device, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 2 shows an access port suitable for incorporation with the therapeutic device, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 3A shows components of a formulation comprising therapeutic agent, stabilizer corresponding to the therapeutic agent, binding agent and erodible particles, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 3B1 shows a stabilizer as in FIG. 3A, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 3B2 shows a micelle of a stabilizer as in FIG. 3A, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 3C shows a binding agent having porous channels as in FIG. 3A, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 3D shows an erodible material comprising an erodible polymer to generate a proton of an acid as in FIG. 3A, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 3E shows reactions and equilibrium corresponding to components to determine release rates of the formulation as in FIG. 3A when injected into a therapeutic device, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 4A shows released fragments of antibodies, and FIG. 4B shows antibody fragments reversibly bound to a substrate, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 4C shows net charge of ranibizumab from pH 3 to about pH 13, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 5A shows a therapeutic device coupled to an injector to insert therapeutic agent into the device, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 5A-1 shows a therapeutic device coupled to an injector to simultaneously inject and remove material from the device, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 5B shows a therapeutic device comprising a micro loop channel, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 5C-1 shows a therapeutic device comprising a tortuous channel, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 5C-2 shows a therapeutic device comprising a coiled channel, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 5D shows an expandable and contractible structure to retain the therapeutic agent and an outer rigid casing to couple to the sclera, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 5E shows a membrane disposed over an exit port of a therapeutic device, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 5F shows a therapeutic device comprising a tubular membrane clamped onto the therapeutic device, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 6A-1 shows a therapeutic device comprising a container having a penetrable barrier disposed on a first end, a porous structure disposed on a second end to release therapeutic agent for an extended period, and a retention structure comprising an extension protruding outward from the container to couple to the sclera and the conjunctiva, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 6A-2 shows a therapeutic device as in FIG. 6A-1 comprising a rounded distal end, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 6B shows a rigid porous structure configured for sustained release with a device as in FIG. 6A-1, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 6B-1 shows interconnecting channels extending from a first side to a second side of the porous structure as in FIG. 6B, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 7 shows a therapeutic device coupled to an injector that removes material from the device and injects therapeutic agent into the device, according to variations described herein;
  • FIG. 8A shows an apparatus comprising a first container having the formulation of therapeutic agent and the second container comprising a syringe having particles of an erodible material loaded thereon to generate a proton of an acid when mixed with the formulation, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 8B shows the first and second containers as in FIG. 8A used to prepare the formulation of therapeutic agent prior to injection, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 8C shows an apparatus comprising a first container having a commercially available formulation of therapeutic agent and the second container comprising a syringe having one or more of, a stabilizer, a binding agent comprising porous particles, an erodible material to generate a proton of an acid, in accordance with variations described herein;
  • FIG. 8D shows the first and second containers as in FIG. 8C used to prepare the formulation of therapeutic agent prior to injection, in accordance with variations described herein; and
  • FIG. 9 shows calibration curves of fluorescein serially diluted in PBS or PBS containing 100 or 1000 ug/mL BSA, in accordance with variations described herein.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • Although specific reference is made to the delivery of macromolecules comprising antibodies or antibody fragments to the posterior segment of the eye, a variety of implementations described herein can be used to deliver many therapeutic agents to many tissues of the body. For example, variations described herein can be used to deliver therapeutic agent for an extended period to one or more of the following tissues: intravascular, intra articular, intrathecal, pericardial, intraluminal, and gut.
  • Various implementations as described herein are suitable for combination in accordance with U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/696,678 filed on Jan. 29, 2010, entitled “POSTERIOR SEGMENT DRUG DELIVERY,” published on Oct. 7, 2010 as U.S. Pub. No. 2010/0255061, the full disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • Variations described herein provide sustained release of a therapeutic agent to the posterior segment of the eye or the anterior segment of the eye, or combinations thereof. Therapeutic amounts of a therapeutic agent can be released into the vitreous humor of the eye, such that the therapeutic agent can be transported by at least one of diffusion or convection to the retina or other ocular tissue, such as the choroid or ciliary body, for therapeutic effect.
  • The formulations as described herein can be combined with many therapeutic agents, and may comprise one or more components of commercially available formulations. The stabilizers and erodible particles as described herein can be combined with commercially available formulations, for example, so as to decrease degradation of the therapeutic agent injected into the device.
  • The formulations as described herein can be combined in many ways and can be used with one or more of many therapeutic devices so as to provide therapeutic amounts for an extended time. The formulation can be provided within a therapeutic device prior to implantation, and can be placed in the therapeutic device when the device has been implanted, for example.
  • The formulation can be placed in a therapeutic device placed in the eye in many ways. Many variations as described herein are particularly well suited for injection into a therapeutic device implanted in the body. Alternatively or in combination, the formulation can be placed in a container and the container placed in the therapeutic device implanted in the eye, for example.
  • As used herein, the release rate index encompasses (PA/FL) where P comprises the porosity, A comprises an effective area, F comprises a curve fit parameter corresponding to an effective length and L comprises a length or thickness of the porous structure. The units of the release rate index (RRI) comprise units of mm unless indicated otherwise and can be determined in accordance with the teachings described hereon.
  • As used herein, sustained release encompasses release of therapeutic amounts of an active ingredient of a therapeutic agent for an extended period of time. The sustained release may encompass first order release of the active ingredient, zero order release of the active ingredient, or other kinetics of release such as intermediate to zero order and first order, or combinations thereof.
  • As used herein, a therapeutic agent referred to with a trademark encompasses the active ingredient available under the trademark and derivatives thereof.
  • As used herein, similar numerals indicate similar structures and/or similar steps.
  • As used herein, Trehalose encompasses an alpha-linked disaccharide formed by an α,α-1,1-glucoside bond between two α-glucose units. Trehalose can be referred to as mycose or tremalose.
  • As used herein, the critical micelle concentration (CMC) encompasses the concentration of surfactants above which micelles are spontaneously formed.
  • As used herein, a surfactant encompasses a wetting agent capable of lowering the surface tension of water.
  • As used herein, scientific notation of the form a×10−b can be expressed as aE-b (or ae-b) with E notation known to persons of ordinary skill in the art familiar with the use of computer programs, calculators and spreadsheets.
  • The therapeutic agent may be contained within a chamber of a container, for example within a reservoir comprising the container and chamber. The therapeutic agent may comprise a formulation such as solution of therapeutic agent, a suspension of a therapeutic agent or a dispersion of a therapeutic agent, for example. Examples of therapeutic agents suitable for use in accordance with variations of the therapeutic device are described herein, for example with reference to Table 1A below and elsewhere.
  • Examples of known surfactants suitable for combination with therapeutic agents in accordance with variations as described herein can be found in Table 1B and at one or more locations on the world wide web, such as at the known website Wikipedia (en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Surfactant). The surfactant may comprise an amount sufficient so as to form micelles comprising a reservoir of stabilizer.
  • The surfactant may comprise a head and a tail. The surfactant may be categorized according to a head of the surfactant and a tail of the surfactant. The tail may comprise one or more of a hydrocarbon chain, an alkyl ether chain, a fluorocarbon chain or a siloxane chain. The hydrocarbon chain may comprise one or more of aromatic hydrocarbons (arenes), alkanes (alkyl), alkenes, cycloalkanes, or alkyne-based chains. The alkyl ether chain may comprise one or more of: ethoxylated surfactants, such as polyethylene oxides inserted so to increase the hydrophilic character of a surfactant; or propoxylated surfactants: polypropylene oxides inserted to increase the lipophilic character of a surfactant. The fluorocarbon chain may comprise fluorosurfactants. The siloxane chain may comprise siloxane surfactants. Surfactant can have one or two tails (double chained surfactants).
  • A surfactant may be categorized by the presence of formally charged groups in its head. A non-ionic surfactant may have no charge groups in the head. The head of an ionic surfactant can carry a net charge. When the charge is negative, the surfactant can be more specifically called anionic. When the charge is positive, the surfactant can be called cationic. When a surfactant contains a head with two oppositely charged groups, the surfactant can be referred to as zwitterionic.
  • Examples of known polyscahharides that may be combined with the therapeutic agent in accordance with variations described herein are as listed in Table 1C, and can be found on the World Wide Web (en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Polysaccharide).
  • The therapeutic agent may comprise a macromolecule, for example an antibody or antibody fragment. The therapeutic macromolecule may comprise a VEGF inhibitor, for example the active ingredient ranibizumab of Lucentis™ and derivatives thereof. The VEGF (Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor) inhibitor can cause regression of the abnormal blood vessels and improvement of vision when released into the vitreous humor of the eye. Examples of VEGF inhibitors include Lucentis™, Avastin™, Macugen™, and VEGF Trap that can be provided with formulations in accordance with variations described herein.
  • The therapeutic agent may comprise small molecules such as of a corticosteroid and analogues thereof. For example, the therapeutic corticosteroid may comprise one or more of trimacinalone, trimacinalone acetonide, dexamethasone, dexamethasone acetate, fluocinolone, fluocinolone acetate, or analogues thereof. Alternatively or in combination, the small molecules of therapeutic agent may comprise a tyrosine kinase inhibitor comprising one or more of axitinib, bosutinib, cediranib, dasatinib, erlotinib, gefitinib, imatinib, lapatinib, lestaurtinib, nilotinib, semaxanib, sunitinib, toceranib, vandetanib, or vatalanib, for example.
  • The therapeutic agent may comprise an anti-VEGF therapeutic agent. Anti-VEGF therapies and agents can be used in the treatment of certain cancers and in age-related macular degeneration. Examples of anti-VEGF therapeutic agents suitable for use in accordance with the variations described herein include one or more of monoclonal antibodies such as bevacizumab (Avastin™) or antibody derivatives such as ranibizumab (Lucentis™), or small molecules that inhibit the tyrosine kinases stimulated by VEGF such as lapatinib (Tykerb™), sunitinib (Sutent™), sorafenib (Nexavar™), axitinib, or pazopanib.
  • The therapeutic agent may comprise a therapeutic agent suitable for treatment of dry AMD such as one or more of Sirolimus™ (Rapamycin), Copaxone™ (Glatiramer Acetate), Othera™, Complement C5aR blocker, Ciliary Neurotrophic Factor, Fenretinide or Rheopheresis.
  • The therapeutic agent may comprise a therapeutic agent suitable for treatment of wet AMD such as one or more of REDD14NP (Quark), Sirolimus™ (Rapamycin), ATG003; Regeneron™ (VEGF Trap) or complement inhibitor (POT-4).
  • The therapeutic agent may comprise a kinase inhibitor such as one or more of bevacizumab (monoclonal antibody), BIBW 2992 (small molecule targeting EGFR/Erb2), cetuximab (monoclonal antibody), imatinib (small molecule), trastuzumab (monoclonal antibody), gefitinib (small molecule), ranibizumab (monoclonal antibody), pegaptanib (small molecule), sorafenib (small molecule), dasatinib (small molecule), sunitinib (small molecule), erlotinib (small molecule), nilotinib (small molecule), lapatinib (small molecule), panitumumab (monoclonal antibody), vandetanib (small molecule) or E7080 (targeting VEGFR2/VEGFR2, small molecule commercially available from Esai, Co.)
  • The amount of therapeutic agent within the therapeutic device may comprise from about 0.01 mg to about 100 mg, for example Lucentis™, so as to provide therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent for the extended time, for example at least 30 days. The extended time may comprise at least 90 days or more, for example at least 180 days or for example at least 1 year, at least 2 years or at least 3 years or more. The target threshold therapeutic concentration of a therapeutic agent such as Lucentis™ in the vitreous may comprise at least a therapeutic concentration of 0.1 ug/mL. For example the target threshold concentration may comprise from about 0.1 ug/mL to about 5 ug/mL for the extended time, where the upper value is based upon calculations shown in Example 9 of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/696,678 filed on Jan. 29, 2010, entitled “POSTERIOR SEGMENT DRUG DELIVERY,” published on Oct. 7, 2010 as U.S. Pub. No. 2010/0255061, the full disclosure of which has been previously incorporated by reference. The target threshold concentration is drug dependent and thus may vary for other therapeutic agents.
  • The delivery profile may be configured in many ways to obtain a therapeutic benefit from the sustained release device. For example, an amount of the therapeutic agent may be inserted into the container at monthly intervals so as to ensure that the concentration of therapeutic device is above a safety protocol or an efficacy protocol for the therapeutic agent, for example with monthly or less frequent injections into the container. The sustained release can result in an improved delivery profile and may result in improved results. For example, the concentration of therapeutic agent may remain consistently above a threshold amount, for example 0.1 ug/mL, for the extended time.
  • The insertion method may comprise inserting a dose into the container of the therapeutic device. For example, a single injection of Lucentis™ may be injected into the therapeutic device.
  • The duration of sustained delivery of the therapeutic agent may extend for twelve weeks or more, for example four to six months from a single insertion of therapeutic agent into the device when the device is inserted into the eye of the patient.
  • The therapeutic agent may be delivered in many ways so as to provide a sustained release for the extended time. For example, the therapeutic device may comprise a therapeutic agent and a binding agent. The binding agent may comprise small particles configured to couple releasably or reversibly to the therapeutic agent, such that the therapeutic agent is released for the extended time after injection into the vitreous humor. The particles can be sized such that the particles remain in the vitreous humor of the eye for the extended time.
  • The therapeutic agent may be delivered with a device implanted in the eye. For example, the drug delivery device can be implanted at least partially within the sclera of the eye, so as to couple the drug delivery device to the sclera of the eye for the extended period of time. The therapeutic device may comprise a drug and a binding agent. The drug and binding agent can be configured to provide the sustained release for the extended time. A membrane or other diffusion barrier or mechanism may be a component of the therapeutic device to release the drug for the extended time.
  • The lifetime of the therapeutic device and number of injections can be optimized for patient treatment. For example, the device may remain in place for a lifetime of 30 years, for example with AMD patients from about 10 to 15 years. For example, the device may be configured for an implantation duration of at least two years, with 8 injections (once every three months) for sustained release of the therapeutic agent over the two year duration. The device may be configured for implantation of at least 10 years with 40 injections (once every three months) for sustained release of the therapeutic agent.
  • The therapeutic device can be refilled in many ways. For example, the therapeutic agent can be refilled into the device in the physician's office.
  • The therapeutic device may comprise many configurations and physical attributes, for example the physical characteristics of the therapeutic device may comprise at least one of a drug delivery device with a suture, positioning and sizing such that vision is not impaired, and biocompatible material. The device may comprise a reservoir capacity from about 0.005 cc to about 0.2 cc, for example from about 0.01 cc to about 0.1 cc, and a device volume of no more than about 2 cc. A vitrectomy may be performed for device volumes larger than 0.1 cc. The length of the device may not interfere with the patient's vision and can be dependent on the shape of the device, as well as the location of the implanted device with respect to the eye. The length of the device may also depend on the angle in which the device is inserted. For example, a length of the device may comprise from about 4 to 6 mm. Since the diameter of the eye is about 24 mm, a device extending no more than about 6 mm from the sclera into the vitreous may have a minimal effect on patient vision.
  • Variations may comprise many combinations of implanted drug delivery devices. The therapeutic device may comprise a drug and binding agent. The device may also comprise at least one of a membrane, an opening, a diffusion barrier, a diffusion mechanism so as to release therapeutic amounts of therapeutic agent for the extended time.
  • FIG. 1 shows an eye 10 suitable for incorporation of the therapeutic device. The eye has a cornea 12 and a lens 22 configured to form an image on the retina 26. The cornea can extend to a limbus 14 of the eye, and the limbus can connect to a sclera 24 of the eye. A conjunctiva 16 of the eye can be disposed over the sclera. The lens can accommodate to focus on an object seen by the patient. The eye has an iris 18 that may expand and contract in response to light. The eye also comprises a choroid 28 disposed between the sclera 24 and the retina 26. The retina comprises the macula 32. The eye comprises a pars plana 25, which comprises an example of a region of the eye suitable for placement and retention, for example anchoring, of the therapeutic device 100 as described herein. The pars plana region may comprise sclera and conjunctiva disposed between the retina and cornea. The therapeutic device can be positioned so as to extend from the pars plana region into the vitreous humor 30 to release the therapeutic agent. The therapeutic agent can be released into the vitreous humor 30, such that the therapeutic agent arrives at the retina and choroids for therapeutic effect on the macula. The vitreous humor of the eye comprises a liquid disposed between the lens and the retina. The vitreous humor may comprise convection currents to deliver the therapeutic agent to the macula.
  • FIG. 1A-1 shows a therapeutic device 100 implanted at least partially within the sclera 24 of the eye 10 as in FIG. 1. The therapeutic device may comprise a retention structure, for example a protrusion, to couple the device to the sclera. The therapeutic device may extend through the sclera into vitreous humor 30, such that the therapeutic device can release the therapeutic agent into the vitreous humor.
  • FIGS. 1A-1-1 and 1A-1-2 shows a therapeutic device 100 implanted under the conjunctiva 16 and extending through the sclera 24 to release a therapeutic agent 110 into vitreous humor 30 of the eye 10 so as to treat the retina of the eye. The therapeutic device 100 may comprise a retention structure 120 such as a smooth protrusion configured for placement along the sclera and under the conjunctiva, such that the conjunctiva can cover the therapeutic device and protect the therapeutic device 100. When the therapeutic agent 110 is inserted into the device 100, the conjunctiva may be lifted away, incised, or punctured with a needle to access the therapeutic device. The eye may comprise an insertion of the tendon 27 of the superior rectus muscle to couple the sclera of the eye to the superior rectus muscle. The device 100 may be positioned in many locations of the pars plana region, for example away from tendon 27 and one or more of posterior to the tendon, under the tendon, or with nasal or temporal placement of the therapeutic device.
  • While the implant can be positioned in the eye in many ways, work in relation to variations suggests that placement in the pars plana region can release therapeutic agent into the vitreous to treat the retina, for example therapeutic agent comprising an active ingredient composed of large molecules.
  • Therapeutic agents 110 suitable for use with device 100 includes many therapeutic agents, for example as listed in Table 1A, herein below. The therapeutic agent 110 of device 100 may comprise one or more of an active ingredient of the therapeutic agent, a formulation of the therapeutic agent, components of a formulation of the therapeutic agent, a physician prepared formulation of therapeutic agent, or a pharmacist prepared formulation of the therapeutic agent. The therapeutic agent may be referred to with generic name or a trademark, for example as shown in Table 1A.
  • The therapeutic device 100 can be implanted in the eye to treat the eye for as long as is helpful and beneficial to the patient. For example, the device can be implanted for at least about 5 years, such as permanently for the life of the patient. Alternatively or in combination, the device can be removed when no longer helpful or beneficial for treatment of the patient.
  • FIG. 1A-2 shows structures of therapeutic device 100 configured for placement in an eye as in FIGS. 1A-1, 1A-1-1 and 1A-1-2. The device may comprise retention structure 120 to couple the device 100 to the sclera, for example a protrusion disposed on a proximal end of the device. The device 100 may comprise a container 130 affixed to the retention structure 120. An active ingredient, for example therapeutic agent 110, can be contained within a reservoir 140, for example a chamber 132 defined by a container 130 of the device. The container 130 may comprise a porous structure 150 comprising a porous material 152, for example a porous glass frit 154, and a barrier 160 to inhibit release of the therapeutic agent, for example non-permeable membrane 162. The non-permeable membrane 162 may comprise a substantially non-permeable material 164. The non-permeable membrane 162 may comprise an opening 166 sized to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent 110 for the extended time. The porous structure 150 may comprise a thickness 150T and pore sizes configured in conjunction with the opening 166 so as to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent for the extended time. The container 130 may comprise reservoir 140 having a chamber with a volume 142 sized to contain a therapeutic quantity of the therapeutic agent 110 for release over the extended time. The device may comprise a needle stop 170. Proteins in the vitreous humor may enter the device and compete for adsorption sites on the porous structure and thereby may contribute to the release of therapeutic agent. The therapeutic agent 110 contained in the reservoir 140 can equilibrate with proteins in the vitreous humor, such that the system is driven towards equilibrium and the therapeutic agent 110 is released in therapeutic amounts.
  • The non-permeable material such as the non-permeable membrane 162, the porous material 152, the reservoir 140, and the retention structure 120, may comprise many configurations to deliver the therapeutic agent 110. The non-permeable membrane 162 may comprise an annular tube joined by a disc having at least one opening formed thereon to release the therapeutic agent. The porous material 152 may comprise an annular porous glass frit 154 and a circular end disposed thereon. The reservoir 140 may be shape-changing for ease of insertion; i.e., it may assume a thin elongated shape during insertion through the sclera and then assume an extended, ballooned shape, once it is filled with therapeutic agent.
  • The porous structure 150 can be configured in many ways to release the therapeutic agent in accordance with an intended release profile. The porous structure may comprise a single hole or a plurality of holes extending through a barrier material such as a rigid plastic or a metal. Alternatively or in combination, the porous structure may comprise a porous structure having a plurality of openings on a first side facing the reservoir and a plurality of openings on a second side facing the vitreous humor, with a plurality of interconnecting channels disposed therebetween so as to couple the openings of the first side with the openings of the second side, for example a sintered rigid material. The porous structure 150 may comprise one or more of a permeable membrane, a semi-permeable membrane, a material having at least one hole disposed therein, nano-channels, nano-channels etched in a rigid material, laser etched nano-channels, a capillary channel, a plurality of capillary channels, one or more tortuous channels, tortuous microchannels, sintered nano-particles, an open cell foam or a hydrogel such as an open cell hydrogel.
  • FIG. 1A-2-1 shows therapeutic device 100 loaded into an insertion cannula 210 of an insertion apparatus 200, in which the device 100 comprises an elongate narrow shape for insertion into the sclera, and in which the device is configured to expand to a second elongate wide shape for retention at least partially in the sclera.
  • FIG. 1A-2-2 shows a therapeutic device 100 comprising reservoir 140 suitable for loading in a cannula, in which the reservoir 140 comprises an expanded configuration when placed in the eye.
  • FIG. 1B shows therapeutic device 100 placed in an eye as in FIG. 1A-1 and 1A-1-1. The device comprises retention structure 120 to couple to the sclera, for example flush with the sclera, and the barrier 160 comprises a tube 168. An active ingredient 112 comprising the therapeutic agent 110 is contained within tube 168 comprising non-permeable material 164. A porous structure 150 comprising a porous material 152 is disposed at the distal end of the tube 168 to provide a sustained release of the therapeutic agent at therapeutic concentrations for the extended period. The non-permeable material 164 may extend distally around the porous material 152 so as to define an opening to couple the porous material 152 to the vitreous humor when the device is inserted into the eye.
  • FIG. 1C shows a therapeutic device configured for placement in an eye as in FIG. 1A-1 and 1A-1-1. An injectable formulation 190 of therapeutic agent 110 can be placed in therapeutic device 100 prior to placement in the eye. The formulation 190 can be injectable and may comprise therapeutic agent 110, a stabilizer 192, a binding agent 194 and erodible particles 196. The formulation 190 comprising stabilizer 192 and therapeutic agent 110 may be loaded into device 100 by injection into the device through an access port 180. The device 100 may comprise binding, leak, and barrier functions to deliver the therapeutic agent for the extended time. The stabilizer 192 and therapeutic agent 110 can be aspirated to replace the stabilizer and therapeutic agent. The stabilizer can be at least one of flushed or replaced when at least majority of the therapeutic agent has been released, such that additional therapeutic agent can be delivered from a second, injected formulation comprising the stabilizer and the therapeutic agent. A membrane 195 can be disposed over the periphery of the therapeutic device 100. The membrane 195 may comprise methylcellulose, regenerated cellulose, cellulose acetate, nylon, polycarbonate, poly(tetrafluoroethylene) (PTFE), polyethersulfone, and polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF). The therapeutic device may comprise barrier 160 shaped such that opening 166 comprises an exit port. The therapeutic agent may be released through at least one of a diffusion mechanism or convection mechanism. The number, size, and configuration of exit ports may determine the release rate of the therapeutic agent. The exit port may comprise a convection port, for example at least one of an osmotically driven convection port or a spring driven convection port. The exit port may also comprise a tubular path to which the therapeutic agent may temporarily attach, and then be released under certain physical or chemical conditions.
  • FIG. 1C-A shows at least one exit port 167, the exit port can be disposed on the device 100 to allow liquid to flow from inside the device outward, for example when fluid is injected into an injection port 182 of the device or when an insert such as a glass frit is inserted into the device. The therapeutic device may comprise an access port 180 for injection and/or removal, for example a septum. Additionally or in the alternative, when the therapeutic device is refilled, the contents of the device may be flushed into the vitreous of the eye.
  • The access port 180 may be sized to receive an insert comprising a container having the therapeutic agent therein. For example, the porous structure 150 may comprise a container to contain a formulation 190 of the therapeutic agent as described herein, in which the container comprising porous structure 150 can be removed from the device 100 and replaced.
  • FIG. 1C-B shows a syringe being filled with a formulation 190 comprising therapeutic agent 110 and one or more of stabilizer 192, binding agent 194 or particles 196, for injection into the therapeutic device. The needle 189 coupled to syringe 188 of injector 187 can be used to draw formulation 190 comprising therapeutic agent 110, stabilizer 192, binding agent 194 and particles 196 from a container HOC. The container 110C may comprise a commercially available container, such as a bottle with a septum, a single dose container, or a container suitable for mixing formulations. A quantity 110V of therapeutic agent 110 can be drawn into injector 187 for injection into the therapeutic device 100 positioned within the eye. The quantity 110V may comprise a predetermined quantity, for example based on the volume of the container of the therapeutic device 110 and an intended injection into the vitreous humor. For example, the quantity 110V may exceed the volume of the reservoir container so as to inject a first portion of quantity 110V into the vitreous humor through the therapeutic device and to contain a second portion of quantity 110V within the reservoir container of the therapeutic device 110. Container 110C may comprise a formulation 190 of the therapeutic agent 110.
  • The formulation 190 may comprise formulations of therapeutic agent as described herein comprising therapeutic agent 110 and one or more of stabilizer 192, binding agent 194 or particles 196, for example therapeutic agents as described herein and with reference to Table 1A. The formulation 190 may comprise components of a concentrated or diluted formulation of a commercially available therapeutic agent, for example Avastin™. The osmolarity and tonicity of the vitreous humor can be within a range from about 290 to about 320 mOsm, for example, and the formulation can be substantially isotonic with one or more fluids of the body and within a range from about 250 to about 250 mOsm. For example, a formulation of Avastin™ may be diluted so as to comprise a formulation having an osmolarity and tonicity substantially similar to the osmolarity and tonicity of the vitreous humor, for example within a range from about 280 to about 340, for example about 300 mOsm. While the injectable formulation 190 comprising therapeutic agent 110, stabilizer 192, binding agent 194 and particles 196 may comprise an osmolarity and tonicity substantially similar to the vitreous humor, the formulation 190 may comprise a hyper osmotic solution relative to the vitreous humor or a hypo osmotic solution relative to the vitreous humor. The formulation and osmolarity of the therapeutic agent can be determined empirically to provide release of therapeutic agent for an extended time.
  • The formulation 190 may comprise components of a commercially available formulation such as Avastin™ or Lucentis™ combined with one or more of the stabilizer, the erodible particles, the surfactant, or the micelles as described herein, for example.
  • For example, in the United States, Avastin™ (bevacizumab) is approved as an anticancer drug and in clinical trials are ongoing for AMD. For cancer, the commercial solution is a pH 6.2 solution for intravenous infusion. Avastin™ is supplied in 100 mg and 400 mg preservative-free, single-use vials to deliver 4 mL or 16 mL of Avastin™ (25 mg/mL). The 100 mg product is formulated in 240 mg α,α-trehalose dihydrate, 23.2 mg sodium phosphate (monobasic, monohydrate), 4.8 mg sodium phosphate (dibasic, anhydrous), 1.6 mg polysorbate 20, and Water for Injection, USP. The 400 mg product is formulated in 960 mg α,α-trehalose dihydrate, 92.8 mg sodium phosphate (monobasic, monohydrate), 19.2 mg sodium phosphate (dibasic, anhydrous), 6.4 mg polysorbate 20, and Water for Injection, USP. The commercial formulations are diluted in 100 mL of 0.9% sodium chloride before administration and the amount of the commercial formulation used varies by patient and indication. Based on the teachings described herein, formulations of Avastin™ can be determined to inject into therapeutic device 100. In Europe, the Avastin™ formulation can be substantially similar to the formulation of the United States.
  • For example, in the United States, there are two forms of Triamcinolone used in injectable solutions, the acetonide and the hexacetonide. The acetamide is approved for intravitreal injections in the U.S. The acetamide is the active ingredient in TRIVARIS (Allergan), 8 mg triamcinolone acetonide in 0.1 mL (8% suspension) in a vehicle containing w/w percents of 2.3% sodium hyaluronate; 0.63% sodium chloride; 0.3% sodium phosphate, dibasic; 0.04% sodium phosphate, monobasic; and water, pH 7.0 to 7.4 for injection. The acetamide is also the active ingredient in Triesence™ (Alcon), a 40 mg/ml suspension.
  • Osmolarity for these formulations can be determined. The degree of dissociation of the active ingredient in solution can be determined and used to determine differences of osmolarity from the molarity in these formulations. For example, considering at least some of the formulations may be concentrated (or suspensions), the molarity can differ from the osmolarity.
  • The formulation of therapeutic agent injected into therapeutic device 100 may comprise many known formulations of therapeutic agents modified in accordance with variations described herein, and the formulation therapeutic agent may comprise an osmolarity suitable for release for an extended time from device 100. Table 2 shows examples of osmolarity (Osm) of saline and some of the commercially formulations of Table 1A can be modified in accordance with the variations described herein.
  • TABLE 2
    Summary of Calculations
    Description Osm (M)
    Saline (0.9%) 0.308
    Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS) 0.313
    Lucentis ™ 0.289
    Avastin ™ 0.182
    Triamcinolone Acetonide (Trivaris-Allergan) 0.342
    Triamcinolone Acetonide (Triessence-Alcon) Isotonic*
    Triamcinolone Acetonide (Kenalog-Apothecon) Isotonic*
    *As described in package insert
  • The vitreous humor of the eye comprises an osmolarity of about 290 mOsm to about 320 mOsm. Formulations of therapeutic agent having an osmolarity from about 280 mOsm to about 340 mOsm are substantially isotonic and substantially iso-osmotic with respect to the vitreous humor of the eye. Although the formulations listed in Table 2 are substantially iso-osmotic and isotonic with respect to the vitreous of the eye and suitable for injection into the therapeutic device, the formulation of the therapeutic agent injected into the therapeutic device can be hypertonic (hyper-osmotic) or hypotonic (hypo-osmotic) with respect to the tonicity and osmolarity of the vitreous. Work in relation to variations suggests that a hyper-osmotic formulation may release the active ingredient of the therapeutic agent into the vitreous somewhat faster initially when the solutes of the injected formulation equilibrate with the osmolatiry of the vitreous, and that a hypo-osmotic formulation such as Avastin™ may release the active ingredient of the therapeutic agent into the vitreous somewhat slower initially when the solutes of the injected formulation equilibrate with the eye. The appropriate reservoir chamber volume and porous structure for a formulation of therapeutic agent disposed in the reservoir chamber can be determined so as to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent for an extended time and to provide therapeutic concentrations of therapeutic agent in the vitreous within a range of therapeutic concentrations that is above the minimum inhibitory concentration for the extended time.
  • FIG. 2 shows an access port 180 suitable for incorporation with the therapeutic device 100. The access port 180 may be combined with the therapeutic devices described herein. The access port may be disposed on a proximal end of the device. The access port 180 may comprise an opening formed in the retention structure 120 with a penetrable barrier 184 comprising a septum 186 disposed thereon. The penetrable barrier can receive the needle 189 sized to pass the formulation 190 as described herein. The access port may 180 be configured for placement under the conjunctiva 16 of the patient and above the sclera 24.
  • FIG. 3A shows components of formulation 190 comprising therapeutic agent, stabilizer 192 corresponding to the therapeutic agent, reversible binding agent 194 and erodible material 196. The stabilizer 192 may comprise at least about 20% of the weight of the therapeutic agent, such that diffusion of the stabilizer corresponds at least partially to diffusion of the therapeutic agent. The reversible binding agent 194 may comprise a plurality of particles of binding agent. The erodible material 196 may comprise a plurality of particles.
  • The stabilizer 192 can interact with the therapeutic agent 110 in one or more of many ways so as to decrease degradation of the therapeutic agent. For example, the therapeutic agent 110 may comprise protein such as a Fab antibody fragment or a derivative thereof, and the stabilizer 192 may comprise one or more hydrophilic functional groups 192F that promote protein stabilization by a co-solvent effect. Alternatively or in combination, the stabilizer 192 may form a complex 192C with the therapeutic agent 110.
  • The stabilizers having the molecular weights as described herein can be particularly well suited to provide stabilization of the therapeutic agent comprising protein with the co-solvent effect, for example co-solvent stabilization of ranibizumab protein. A protein solvent effect as described by Arakawa et al., Adv Drug Delivery Reviews, 10 (1993) 1-28, can be modified and/or combined in accordance with variations as described herein. In many variations, there can be a decreased amount of the stabilizing co-solute in the immediate vicinity of the therapeutic agent comprising protein relative to bulk solution such that the therapeutic agent comprising protein is preferentially hydrated. For example, the co-solutes can be preferentially excluded from contact with the surface of the therapeutic agent comprising protein so as to preferentially hydrate the therapeutic agent comprising protein. Although the exclusion can be entropically unfavorable, the thermodynamic penalty for exclusion can be even higher for protein in the denatured state due to the larger exposed surface area of the denatured protein. The lower penalty for the native versus denatured therapeutic agent comprising protein can result in stabilization of the therapeutic agent comprising protein, for example with the high molecular weight stabilizers of at least 2 k Daltons as described herein. Similar stabilization may be provided with micelles comprising stabilizer having hydrophilic functional groups as described herein, for example.
  • The stabilizer 192 may comprise one or more functional groups 192F, for example one or more hydroxyl groups, so as to form a complex 192C with the therapeutic agent 110. The dynamics of complex formation and dissociation may be slowed down when the stabilizer has more than one functional group interacting with the therapeutic agent at the same time. Hence, larger molecular weight stabilizers may have multiple interactions, which may slow the diffusion and depletion of stabilizer present in the device reservoir, so as to provide a formulation having improved stability.
  • The binding agent 194 may comprise a plurality of binding sites to bind reversibly the therapeutic agent 110. The reversible binding 194B can be pH sensitive. The binding agent 194 may comprise a plurality of channels 194C and an outer surface 194S. The plurality of channels 194C can extend from an opening 1940 of the surface 194S substantially through the particle of the binding agent 194. The therapeutic agent 110 can be bound reversibly to an inner surface of channel 194C or outer surface 194S. The particle of binding agent 194 may comprise a resin having derivatized inner and outer surfaces so as to bind reversibly to therapeutic agent 110. The formulation 190 may comprise a plurality of the particles of binding agent and may comprise one or more of a suspension or a slurry.
  • The erodible material 196 may comprise a plurality of particles of the erodible material. The erodible material 196 may comprise an erodible polymer such as one or more of PLA, PGA or PLA/PGA copolymer (hereinafter “PLGA”). The polymer can erode with hydrolysis so as to provide a proton 196H of an acid 196A. The hydrolysis may comprise hydrolysis of ester linkages so as to provide one proton per linkage hydrolyzed.
  • FIG. 3B1 shows a stabilizer as in FIG. 3A. The stabilizer may comprise one or more of an alcohol, a polyol, a phenol, a carbohydrate, a sugar (sucrose, lactose, and glucose), amino acids (glycine, alanine, and proline), or amines (betaine and trimethylamine N-oxide), for example. The stabilizer may comprise a molecular weight corresponding to the therapeutic agent, for example at least about 20% of the molecular weight of the therapeutic agent. The molecular weight can be sufficient such that a portion of the stabilizer remains in the device 100 when a portion of the therapeutic agent is released so as to stabilize a remaining portion of the therapeutic agent. The stabilizer 192 may comprise a high molecular weight polymer 192P, for example at least about 2 k Daltons. The stabilizer may comprise one or more forms of cellulose (e.g., carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, methylcellulose), chitin (e.g., chitosan), other oligosaccharides and polysaccharides, or polymeric forms of amino acids.
  • The diffusion constant of the stabilizer can be determined, for example based on an estimate of hydrodynamic radius corresponding to the cube root of the molecular weight as described herein.
  • Table ZZZ shows diffusion co-efficients and estimates of device half-life relative to Ranibizumab.
  • Diffusion relative to Ranibizumab
    Equiv
    diameter
    assumes unit
    density and is
    Diff Coeff the diameter
    Compound MW Temp C. (cm{circumflex over ( )}2/s) per molecule
    Ranibizumab 48,000 37 1.0E−06
    % In
    mW/ Device Half- Equiv Equiv device
    Example (Ran Diff Coeff life relative to volume diameter at TA
    Compound MW MW) D/(Ran D) (cm{circumflex over ( )}2/s) Ranibiz. (nm{circumflex over ( )}3) (nm) Half-life
    Histidine 156 0.003 6.75 6.8E−06 0.15 0.3 0.8 0.9
    Trehalose 378 0.008 5.03 5.0E−06 0.20 0.6 1.1 3.1
    500 0.010 4.58 4.6E−06 0.22 0.8 1.2 4.2
    1000 0.021 3.63 3.6E−06 0.28 1.7 1.5 8.1
    Polysorbate 1227 0.026 3.39 3.4E−06 0.29 2.0 1.6 9.5
    20
    2000 0.042 2.88 2.9E−06 0.35 3.3 1.9 13.5
    5000 0.104 2.13 2.1E−06 0.47 8.3 2.5 22.9
    10000 0.208 1.69 1.7E−06 0.59 16.6 3.2 31.1
    20000 0.417 1.34 1.3E−06 0.75 33.2 4.0 39.5
    30,000 0.625 1.17 1.2E−06 0.85 49.8 4.6 44.5
    Ranibizumab 48,000 1.000 1.00 1.0E−06 1.00 79.7 5.3 50.0
    50,000 1.042 0.99 9.9E−07 1.01 83.0 5.4 50.5
    BSA 66,000 1.375 0.90 9.0E−07 1.11 109.6 5.9 53.6
    100,000 2.083 0.78 7.8E−07 1.28 166.1 6.8 58.1
    Bevacizumab 149,000 3.104 0.69 6.9E−07 1.46 247.4 7.8 62.2
    200,000 4.167 0.62 6.2E−07 1.61 332.1 8.6 65.0
    500,000 10.417 0.46 4.6E−07 2.18 830.3 11.7 72.8
    1,000,000 20.833 0.36 3.6E−07 2.75 1660.6 14.7 77.7
    2,500,000 52.083 0.27 2.7E−07 3.73 4151.4 19.9 83.1
    3.94E+07 8.E+02 1.1E−01 1.1E−07 9.4 6.5E+04 50.0 92.9
    3.15E+08 7.E+03 5.3E−02 5.3E−08 18.7 5.2E+05 100 96.4
    2.52E+09 5.E+04 2.7E−02 2.7E−08 37.5 4.2E+06 200 98.2
    3.94E+10 8.E+05 1.1E−02 1.1E−08 93.6 6.5E+07 500.0 99.3
    3.15E+11 7.E+06 5.3E−03 5.3E−09 187.3 5.2E+08 1000.0 99.6
    2.52E+12 5.E+07 2.7E−03 2.7E−09 374.6 4.2E+09 2000.0 99.8
    3.94E+13 8.E+08 1.1E−03 1.1E−09 936.4 6.5E+10 5000.0 99.9
  • Table ZZZ shows that the molecular weight, diffusion co-efficient, equivalent diameter of ranibizumab is about 48 k Daltons, 1.0E-6, and 5.3 nm, respectively.
  • The molecular weight of the stabilizer can be provided in 1 k Dalton increments from about 1 k Dalton to about 200 k Daltons and provide in a Table having about 200 rows similar to Table ZZZ. The parameters of Table ZZZ determined such as the half-life in the device, the equivalent volume, the equivalent diameter, and % in the device at the half-life of the therapeutic agent 110. The table may comprise a row for each molecular weight in 1 k Dalton increments, and the % of stabilizer in the device compared with the therapeutic agent 110. The table may include columns for two half-lives of the therapeutic agent, three half-lives of the therapeutic agent, four half-lives of the therapeutic agent, and the corresponding percentage of stabilizer remaining in the device.
  • The percentage at 1, 2, 3, 4 5, and 6 half-lives can be determined.
  • The molecular weight, diffusion coefficient and equivalent diameter of trehalose is about 0.4 k Daltons, 5.0E-6, and 1.1 nm, respectively. The relative molecular weight of trehalose to ranibizumab is about 0.8%, and the relative half-life of trehalose in device 100 is about 20% of ranibizumab. The relative amount of trehalose remaining in therapeutic device 100 at the half-life of ranibizumab is about 3.1%. This decreased half-life of trehalose and amount in the device 100 relative to ranibizumab is related to the decreased molecular weight of trehalose relative to ranibizumab.
  • A disaccharide such as trehalose can be combined with one or more of micelles or polymeric proteins as described herein, so as to associate with the one or more of the micelles or the polymeric proteins so as to decrease a rate of release of the disaccharide from the reservoir chamber.
  • The molecular weight, diffusion coefficient and equivalent diameter of polysorbate 20 is about 1.2 k Daltons, 3.4E-6, and 1.6 nm, respectively. The relative molecular weight of polysorbate to ranibizumab is about 2.6%, and the relative half-life of polysorbate 20 in device 100 is about 29% of ranibizumab. The relative amount of polysorbate 20 remaining in therapeutic device 100 at the half-life of ranibizumab is about 9.5%. This decreased half-life of polysorbate and amount in the device 100 relative to ranibizumab is related to the decreased molecular weight of polysorbate relative to ranibizumab.
  • The diffusion coefficients of Table ZZZ can be determined based on weight for molecular weights up to about 2.5 M Daltons, and based on size above about 2.5 M Daltons.
  • The stabilizer may comprise a molecular weight that is at least about 10% of the molecular weight of the therapeutic agent; such that the half-life of the stabilizer corresponds to at least about 50% of the half-life of the therapeutic agent. For example, a stabilizer 192 with a molecular weight of about 5 k Daltons corresponding to about 10% of the molecular weight of ranibizumab, the relative half life of the stabilizer is about half (0.47) of the half life of ranibizumab. When the half-life of the stabilizer is about half that of the therapeutic agent, about ¼ of the stabilizer may remain in the therapeutic device for an extended time corresponding to the half-life of the therapeutic agent. For example, when the half-life of the therapeutic agent ranibizumab in the device is about 100 days, about ¼ of a 5 k Dalton molecular weight stabilizer will remain in the therapeutic device.
  • The stabilizer may comprise a molecular weight that is at least about 20% of the molecular weight of the therapeutic agent, such that the half life of the stabilizer corresponds to at least about 50% of the half life of the therapeutic agent. At a time of two half lives post-placement in the therapeutic device, the relative proportion of stabilizer to therapeutic agent is about 1 to 4. This amount of stabilizer is sufficient to stabilize the therapeutic agent in many variations.
  • FIG. 3B2 shows a micelle 192M of a stabilizer as in FIG. 3A. The stabilizer 192 may comprise a micelle 192M of the stabilizer 192. The micelle 192M may comprise a weight corresponding to a molecular weight of the therapeutic agent, such that a substantial portion of the micelles of the injected formulation remain in the reservoir chamber of the therapeutic device when the therapeutic agent is released. The weight of each micelle may correspond to a molecular weight of at least about 10% of the therapeutic agent, for example at least about 20%, such that the micelle comprises a size so as to inhibit diffusion of the micelle from the reservoir chamber through the porous structure 150.
  • The micelle 192M may comprise a reservoir of the stabilizer. For example, the stabilizer may comprise a first micelle portion and a second solution portion. The second solution portion may comprise a portion of the surfactant molecule dissolved as a solute in solution. The second solution portion may correspond to a critical micelle concentration (hereinafter “CMC”). Above this critical threshold concentration, additional surfactant added to the solution may be present in the form of micelles. The micelle portion can remain substantially within the reservoir chamber based on the size and weight of the micelle as described herein. In many variations, each of the micelles may comprise 50 or more surfactant molecules, in which each surfactant molecule comprises a molecular chain. The diffusion coefficient of a micelle of this size may have a weight and corresponding diffusion coefficient equal or larger than the therapeutic agent, for example. As individual molecules of the stabilizer in solution diffuse through the porous structure 150, the micelle can release stabilizer into solution such that the concentration of stabilizer in solution remains substantially constant. The micelles may comprise polymeric surfactants that may comprise a first micelle portion and a second solution portion in equilibrium, such that as the second portion comprising molecules dissolved in solution diffuses through the porous structure the polymeric surfactant on the micelles is released into solution so as to maintain the concentration of polymeric surfactant in solution.
  • The surfactant may comprise one or more of polysorbates (for example, polysorbate 20 and polysorbate 80, also known as Tween 20 and Tween 80), block copolymers of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide of various sizes marketed by BASF as Pluronic®, or ethoxylated emulsifiers marketed by BASF as Cremophor®, and combinations thereof.
  • The surfactant may increase the stability of the therapeutic agent by occupying interfaces so as to displace therapeutic agent comprising protein from the interfaces. The interface may comprise an inner surface of the reservoir chamber exposed to the formulation such that the inner surface may interact with the protein, for example an inner surface housing or a surface of the porous structure 150. Proteins may undergo conformational changes at interfaces that may then lead to degradation via any of a number of pathways such as aggregation, deamidation, oxidation, etc. The surfactant may compete with and displace protein at air-liquid interfaces such as at the surface of a bubble or liquid-solid interfaces such as with displacement of the protein at the exposed surface inside a porous structure within the device. High concentrations of surfactant, near or beyond the CMC may be helpful so as to substantially displace protein from interfaces and inhibit interaction of the protein with the inner surfaces of device 100. In many variations, the surfactant concentration within the reservoir chamber of the device can be maintained near or above the CMC for an extended time as described herein.
  • The CMC can be determined from a variety of techniques such as measurements of surface tension using a Wilhelmy plate. The CMC for a particular surfactant may be dependent on a variety of parameters such as the concentrations of other components in the formulation and the temperature. Values ranging from 1E-5 to 8E-5 are reported in the literature for polysorbate 20.
  • Table K1 shows amounts of polysorbate 20 sufficient to maintain the presence of micelles in representative devices for an extended time of at least about 6 months, such that the concentration of surfactant stabilizer in device 100 is at least about the CMC of the surfactant stabilizer comprising Polysorbate 20. The diffusion coefficients of 3.4E-6 and 8.8E-7 cm2/s for the single molecule (corresponding to the second portion) and the micelle (corresponding to the micelle portion), respectively, are obtained based upon molecular weight of 1227 for polysorbate 20 and assuming a plurality of approximately 50 molecules of polysorbate 20 per micelle, in which each of the 50 molecules comprises a molecular chain such as a polymeric chain. The corresponding particle weight of the micelle comprising the plurality of 50 polysorbate 20 molecules can be about 61,350, so as to correspond to a diffusion coefficient about 3.86 lower than Polysorbate 20, based on the cube root of the weight of the micelle particle relative to the weight of the individual Polysorbate 20 molecule (cube root of 50 is about 3.86). The examples show polysorbate 20 concentrations 6 or more times larger than the CMC can be sufficient so as to maintain micelles in the device at least about 6 months after placement of the therapeutic agent and micelles in device 100. In many variations, concentrations of at least about 0.04% may be sufficient so as to maintain concentration of micelles above the CMC.
  • TABLE K1
    Minimum concentration of polysorbate 20 sufficient to maintain micelles
    in device 100, as a function of CMC and device parameters.
    CMC (M)
    1e−5 8e−5 1e−5 8e−5
    CMC (wt %) 0.001%  0.01% 0.001%  0.01%
    Device RRI (mm) 0.02 0.02 0.06 0.02
    Device Volume (uL) 25 25 25 100
    Minimal Conc. to replenish single 0.005% 0.042% 0.016% 0.042%
    chain diffusion (wt %)
    Half-life of Therapeutic Agent 100 100 30 400
    Ranibizumab (days)
    Minimal Conc. corresponding to 0.004% 0.029% 0.033% 0.013%
    micelle diffusion (wt %)
    Total Minimal Conc. (wt %) 0.009% 0.071% 0.048% 0.054%
    Ratio of Total Minimal Conc. to 7 7 40 6
    CMC
  • Table K1 shows that substantial amounts of surfactant can be provided for an extended time of at least about 6 months so as to stabilize the therapeutic agent within device 100. In many variations, ranibizumab can be delivered in therapeutic amounts for an extended time of at least about 6 months when therapeutic device 100 comprises a half-life of at least about 90 days or more, for example.
  • The amount of surfactant in device 100 can be combined with an amount of one or more of many therapeutic agents 110 as described herein. The half life of the therapeutic agent may correspond to the amount of surfactant sufficient to maintain the concentration of surfactant above the CMC.
  • The amount of surfactant to provide for an intended extended time can be determined empirically. For example, the above table shows amounts of surfactant sufficient to provide surfactant above the CMC for 6 months. Similar tables for a target intended time of 12 months, for example, can be determined.
  • Alternatively or in combination, amounts of surfactant can be determined to provide concentrations above the CMC for an intended extended time. For example, to achieve a surfactant concentration above the CMC for an extended time of about one year, the minimal concentration corresponding to micelle diffusion can be increased by about 4× when the intended time is increased by about 2×, so as to provide micelles within device 100 for at least about 1 year, for example. With device 100 having a reservoir chamber volume of 100 uL and an RRI of about 0.02, to achieve micelles for at least about one year with a CMC of 0.01%, the concentration of Polysorbate 20 corresponding to micelle diffusion can be increased from about 0.013% to about 0.017%, and the concentration of Polysorbate 20 corresponding to individual surfactant molecule diffusion can be increased from about 0.04% to about 0.08%, such that the total concentration of Polysorbate 20 comprises about 0.1%.
  • The micelle 192M may form a complex 192C with the therapeutic agent 110. Alternatively or in combination, the chains of individual molecules may associate with the therapeutic agent, for example form a complex with the therapeutic agent.
  • FIG. 3C shows a particle of a binding agent having porous channels as in FIG. 3A. The particle may comprise a plurality of channels and a plurality of openings sized to allow the therapeutic agent 110 to diffuse along the channel 194C and out opening 1940. The porous channels may comprise the derivatized surface as described herein.
  • FIG. 3D shows an erodible material comprising an erodible polymer to generate a proton of an acid as in FIG. 3A. The polymer may comprise one or more of polylactic acid 196LA or polyglyoclic acid 196GA, or combinations thereof, for example. The polymer may comprise many biodegradable erodible materials, such as polycaprolactone, for example. The particle may comprise a substantial polymer chain 196P, such that the particle is sized so as to inhibit diffusion of the particle through the porous structure to release the proton of the acid within the reservoir chamber of the therapeutic device 100.
  • The proton generation based on erodible material such as biodegradable polymers comprising PLGA can be provided in many ways. In many variations, therapeutic agent is located in the fluid surrounding the erodible particles, and may not be encapsulated inside of the particles such that the protons released from the particle can be diluted with the fluid surrounding the erodible particle.
  • The rate of proton generation can be determined by the composition of the particles. Variables capable of modulating the degradation of PLGA can include one or more of a ratio of PLA to PGA, molecular weight, crystallinity, particle size, porosity, and pore size distributions, shape, and processing conditions. For example, increasing the ratio of PLA to PGA can decrease the rate of degradation, and decreasing the ratio of PLA to PGA can increase the rate of degradation. Providing particles with lower porosity may reduce the fraction of water filled pores and can result in a lower erosion rate. Increasing molecular weight, crystallinity, and particle size may decrease degradation rates and the rate of proton production.
  • PLGA particles prepared for encapsulation and delivery of drugs may achieve drug release for extended periods on the order of weeks or months. However, water-soluble drug can be substantially depleted from PLGA particles before the polymer is completely degraded. Hence, protons may be supplied from erosion of PLGA for several months beyond the time sustained drug delivery is achieved. Furthermore, PLGA intended as proton generators can have lower porosity during the erosion process if they do not have additional pores forming from depletion of encapsulated drug. Hence, biodegradable particles for proton generation may be prepared where protons are generated for periods of a year or longer.
  • The erodible particles may be coated with an excipient that dissolves slowly in water, so as to delay the time when the biodegradable material is hydrated and so as to delay the corresponding erosion process. The erodible particles may comprise enteric coatings. The enteric coatings can remain intact at slightly acidic conditions and dissolve when pH is increased toward physiological pH, such that proton generation can be started at a time post injection when pH has risen above a targeted threshold. The time profile of the release of the protons of the acid can be determined based on a mixture of the particles. For example, the time profile of proton generation may be modulated by using a mixture of particles with varying properties, for example, varying particle size or thickness of the enteric coating.
  • Coatings with slow dissolution may comprise polymers with limited solubility in water, such as ethylcellulose, and may be mixed with polymers (e.g., hydroxyethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methyl hydroxyethylcellulose) that are soluble in water to achieve the desired dissolution profile. The coatings may also comprise polymers with lower critical solution temperatures, such as methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, that are insoluble at high temperature and have dramatically increased solubility in cold water. The desired dissolution profile may be achieved by selection of molecular weights (e.g., increase in molecular weight decreases solubility and dissolution rate) and by mixing with other soluble and insoluble polymers and excipients.
  • Commonly used enteric coating polymers are shown in Table XX. These may be combined with the coatings above.
  • TABLE XX
    Enteric Coating Polymers
    Polymer Solubility Profile
    Shellac Above pH 7
    Cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP) Above pH 6
    Polyvinylacetate phthalate (PVAP) Above pH 5
    Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate (HPMCP) Above pH 4.5
    Polymers of methacrylic acid and its esters Above pH 6
  • The above polymers used as coatings may also serve as a protein stabilizer once dissolved into the solution inside the device. These coatings may stabilize the therapeutic agent by forming a complex with the therapeutic agent or may stabilize by acting as a co-solute.
  • Stabilizers larger than 2 kDa may have sufficiently limited solubility to be present as a suspension in the formulation (e.g., ethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, and hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose). For example, small particles of these polymers could be prepared by micronization and milling, or by emulsion or spray drying techniques.
  • Coatings that delay dissolution, whether pH triggered or not, may also be used with other solid reservoirs of stabilizers that replenish stabilizer as it is depleted and delivered to the vitreous. For example, micronized trehalose could be coated for delayed dissolution.
  • The erodible material to generate the proton of the acid and stabilizers to decrease degradation of the therapeutic agent can be combined in many ways. For example, formulation stabilizers, such as buffers and sugars, may be encapsulated in biodegradable particles so as to release a second portion of stabilizer that replenishes a first portion stabilizer that has been released into the vitreous. For example, as trehalose is stable at acidic conditions, the erodible particles may comprise trehalose stabilizer and the erodible material. Alternatively or in combination, the erodible particles may comprise buffer so as to release the buffer with erosion of the particles. The buffer may comprise one or more buffers including, for example, acetate, succinate, gluconate, histidine, citrate, and organic acid buffers. The stabilizer may also comprise pH modulators such as chloride salts.
  • Table Z1 to Table Z5 shows amounts of PLGA polymer to provide a pH of about 5.5 for an extended time of at least about 1 year. These tables include calculations for the flux of protons out of the device 100, and also calculations of physiological phosphate into the device, so as to determine amounts of erodible polymer based on diffusion of vitreous buffer into device 100.
  • TABLE Z1
    Molecular weights of PGA, PLA and PLGA
    MW of repeat unit
    PGA 58
    PLA 76
    Ave. 67
  • As shown in Table Z1, PGA and PLA have molecular weights of 58 and 76 respectively, with an average of about 67 k Daltons. These molecular weights correspond to about 67 mg per mmole of PLGA.
  • TABLE Z2
    Phosphate pKa's and concentrations in the vitreous humor.
    Phosphate
    pKa2 7.21
    Ka2 6.17E−08
    Phosphate (M) 0.01
  • Table Z2 shows the pKa2 of phosphate to be about 7.21, and the Ka2 to be about 6.17E08. The molarity of the phosphate buffer is about 0.1, which corresponds to the vitreous humor and many bodily fluids, for example blood. After an amount of time within a range from about two weeks to about three months, a formulation with a small molecular weight buffer (e.g., histidine) may be depleted in the reservoir of the device. At that time, the reservoir may be in substantial equilibrium with the buffers in the vitreous (e.g., phosphate) and comprise physiological concentrations of the vitreous buffers.
  • TABLE Z3
    The change of H2PO4 concentration and corresponding pH's
    HPO4
    pH [H+] pOH [OH−] HPO4/H2PO4 H2PO4 (M) (M) Extra H+ (M)
    5.5 3.16E−06 8.5 3.16E−09 0.02 0.00981 0.00019 0.0059
    7.4 3.98E−08 6.6 2.51E−07 1.55 0.00392 0.00608
  • The pH within the device can be about 5.5, and the pH of the vitreous humor can be about 7.4. Addition of phosphate into a device at pH 5.5 may change the pH of the device unless additional protons are provided. Table Z3 shows information on the concentrations of phosphate species at the vitreous and device pH values, to enable calculation of the amount of protons required to maintain pH in the device in the presence of 0.1 M phosphate. The corresponding [H+], pOH, and [OH−] values are shown. The ratio of [HPO4 2−] to [H2PO4 ] is shown to be 0.02 and 1.55 for pH 5.5 and 7.5, respectively. The corresponding molarities (M) of H2PO4 , HPO4 2−, and extra proton to decrease the pH are shown.
  • TABLE Z3
    RRI, reservoir volume and density
    RRI (mm) 0.02
    Reservoir vol (uL) 25
    Density of PLGA (mg/uL) 1
  • Table Z3 shows an example of a device having an RRI of 0.02 and reservoir volume of 25 uL. The density of PLGA is about 1 mg/ul.
  • The half-life of Lucentis™ in device 100 having the RRI of 0.02 and reservoir volume of 25 uL is about 100 days, as described in U.S. Pub. No. 2010/0255061, the full disclosure of which has been previously incorporated by reference and suitable for combination in accordance with variations described herein.
  • TABLE Z4
    PLGA to preplace H+ that diffuses across the porous structure 150,
    also referred to as rate control element (hereinafter “RCE”).
    PLGA to replace H+ that diffuses out across RCE
    H+ OH−
    Diffusion Coeff 9.31E−05 5.28E−05 Source: Cussler,
    (cm{circumflex over ( )}2/s) E. L., “Diffusion”,
    Cambridge University
    Press, first edition,
    1984, pg 147
    Conc in Reservoir (M) 3.16E−06  3.16E−09
    Conc in Receiver (M) 3.98E−08  2.51E−07
    Conc Change across 3.12E−06 −2.48E−07
    RCE (M)
    Rate (mmole/day) 5.02E−08 −2.26E−09 Assume amount of
    OH− transported is
    negligible compared to
    H+
    Rate (mmole/month) 1.51E−06
    Rate (mmole/year) 1.83E−05 −8.26E−07
    Rate (ug PLGA/year) 1.23
    Rate (uL PLGA/year) 1.23E−03
    Volume fraction 0.005%
  • Table Z4 shows that erosion of about 1.23E-03 ug of PLGA per year corresponds to the diffusion of H+ ions across porous structure 150. The corresponding volume fraction is about 0.005% of the 25 uL volume. The diffusion coefficient of H+ proton ions in solution is about 9.31E-05.
  • Table Z5 shows PLGA to protonate phosphate that diffuses into device 100 across porous structure 150 from a bodily fluid such as the vitreous humor.
  • PLGA required to protonate phosphate (change of pH from 7.4 to 5.5
    or value set above). Assumes all histidine buffer has
    diffused out of the device and device now contains phosphate
    at concentrations in equilibrium with the vitreous (0.01M)
    H+
    Extra H+ (M) 0.0059
    Extra H+ 1.47E−04 Concentration converted to amount based
    (mmole) upon reservoir volume
    PLGA (ug) 9.86 
    PLGA (uL) 9.86E−03
    Volume fraction 0.039%
  • Table Z5 shows that the extra H+ to be protonated corresponds to about 0.0059 M based on Table Z3 above. The amount of PLGA per year corresponds to about 9.86 ug having a volume of about 9.86 uL. For the 25 uL device, this corresponds to about 0.039% of the device.
  • Tables Z1 to Z5 show amounts of erodible material in accordance with many variations. One or more of the following may be adjusted in accordance with the variations described herein: target pH within device 100, volume of device 100, release rate of porous structure 150, half-life of therapeutic agent in device 100, rate of erosion of the erodible material comprising PLGA.
  • FIG. 3E shows reactions and equilibrium corresponding to components to determine release rates of the formulation as in FIG. 3A when injected into a therapeutic device. The stabilizer 192 and therapeutic agent 110 can be in equilibrium with complex 192C having a corresponding equilibrium constant Ks. The binding agent 194 and therapeutic agent 110 can be in pH dependent equilibrium with reversible binding 194B of therapeutic agent and binding agent corresponding to pH dependent equilibrium constant Kb. The erodible polymer can generate protons of an acid 196A with hydrolysis corresponding to equilibrium constant. The corresponding concentrations of therapeutic agent 110, complex 192C of stabilizer 192 and therapeutic agent 110 and protons H+ can be used to determine the diffusive flux of each of these components through porous structure 150 so as to determine the profile of the rate of release of therapeutic agent 110.
  • The release of therapeutic agent 110 may be modulated by one or more of the pH or the concentration of stabilizer 192 within the reservoir chamber. The increase in pH from about 6.5 to about 7 can shift the equilibrium of the binding agent and therapeutic agent toward dissociated therapeutic agent so as to increase the rate of release of the therapeutic agent. The decreased amount of stabilizer can shift the equilibrium of stabilizer and therapeutic agent away from complexed therapeutic agent and toward dissociated therapeutic agent in solution, so as to increase the rate of release of the therapeutic agent.
  • FIG. 4A shows released antibodies comprising antibody fragments 410 and a substrate 420 comprising binding agent 194, and FIG. 4B shows antibody fragments 410 reversibly bound to a substrate 420 with binding agent 194, in accordance with variations described herein. The anti-body fragments can be reversibly bound to the substrate comprising the binding agent, such that the bound antibody fragments are in equilibrium with the unbound antibody fragments. Many substrates comprising binding agent can reversibly bind at least a portion of an antibody. Examples of binding media may include particulates used in chromatography, such as: Macro-Prep t-Butyl HIC Support, Macro-Prep DEAE Support, CHT Ceramic, Hydroxyapatite Type I, Macro-Prep CM Support, Macro-Prep Methyl HIC Support, Macro-Prep Ceramic Hydroxyapatite Type II, UNOsphere S Cation Exchange Support, UNOsphere Q Strong Anion Exchange Support, Macro-Prep High-S Support, and Macro-Prep High-Q Support. Additional media to test for binding include ion exchange and bioaffinity chromatography media based on a hydrophilic polymeric support (GE Healthcare) that bind proteins with high capacity, and a hydrophilic packing material from Harvard Apparatus made from poly(vinyl alcohol) that binds more protein than silica. It should be appreciated that other candidates are considered herein.
  • The resin of the plurality of binding particles may comprise one or more of polystyrene or divinyl benzene. The particles may comprise spherical particles and may comprise a plurality of channels. When the reservoir chamber of the therapeutic device corresponds to a net negative charge of the therapeutic agent, the derivatized surface may comprise an anion exchange surface such as one or more of diethylaminoehtly (DEAE), Quaternary aminoethly (QAE), or quaternatry ammonidum (Q), for example. When the reservoir chamber of the therapeutic device corresponds to a net positive charge of the therapeutic agent, the derivitized surface may comprise a cation exchange surface such as one or more of carboxy methyl (CM), Sulphoproply (SP), or methyl sulphonate (SP), for example.
  • FIG. 4C shows net charge of ranibizumab from pH 3 to about pH 13. Similar plots can be determined for many proteins based therapeutic agents such as Fab antibody fragments and derivatives thereof, such as ranibizumab and derivatives thereof. The charge of the therapeutic agent can be used to determine reversible binding of the therapeutic agent to the binding agent. In many variations, the therapeutic agent comprising a protein such as ranibizumab may comprise an improved stability when the pH in the reservoir chamber of device is at least about 2 pH units from the isoelectric point.
  • TABLE YYY
    Charge of ranibizumab as a function of pH.
    Charge
    45 10 2 1 −50 −60
    pH 3 5 7 9 11.5 13
  • Table YYY shows the charge of the ranibizumab molecule as a function of pH. The isoelectric point is around pH 9. The charge at pH 5 can be about +10, and the charge at pH 7 can be about +2, such that the amount of ranibizumab reversibly bound to the binding agent may change substantially from about pH 5 to about pH 7. Based on interpolation, the charge at about pH 6 is about 6. The change in charge from pH 6 to pH 7 is about 4, which can provide substantial change in binding so as to modulate the release of the therapeutic with pH.
  • Near the isoelectric the total number of negative and positive charges can be substantial, for example about 36 positive and 35 negative charges, such that there can be many charges to couple to the binding agent reversibly. The reversible binding agent may comprise a plurality of functional groups having both positive and negative charges to bind reversibly with the therapeutic agent. The composition of the buffer may be modulated, for example with salt so as to shield at least some of the charge interactions, so as to modulate the ratio of the portion of therapeutic agent bound to the binding agent to the unbound portion of the therapeutic agent, for example.
  • FIG. 5A shows therapeutic device 100 coupled to injector 187 to insert therapeutic agent 110 into container 130 of the device. The injector 187 may comprise needle 189 coupled to a syringe 188.
  • FIG. 5A-1 shows a therapeutic device 100 coupled to an injector 187 to inject and remove material from the device. The injector may comprise needle 189 having a first lumen 189A and a second lumen 189B configured to insert into a container of the device. The injector may simultaneously inject 510 therapeutic agent into and withdraw 520 liquid from the device.
  • The injector may comprise a first one way valve and a second one way valve coupled to the first lumen and the second lumen, respectively.
  • FIG. 5B shows a therapeutic device comprising a microloop channel 530. The microloop channel may extend to a first port 530A and a second port 530B, such that the therapeutic agent can be injected into the first port, for example with a binding agent, and flowable material, for example liquid comprising binding agent, can be drawn from the microloop channel 530.
  • FIG. 5C-1 shows therapeutic device 100 comprising a tortuous channel 540. The tortuous channel may comprise extend from a first port 540A to a second port 540B, such that the therapeutic agent can be injected into the first port and flowable material, for example liquid comprising the binding agent, can be drawn from the second channel.
  • FIG. 5C-2 shows a therapeutic device comprising a tortuous coiled channel 550. The coiled channel 550 can extend to an exit port 552. A needle 189 can be inserted into the access port 180 to inject therapeutic agent into device 100.
  • FIG. 5D shows an expandable and contactable structure 562 to retain the therapeutic agent and an outer rigid casing 560 to couple to the sclera. The expandable structure 562 may comprise a membrane, such as at least one of a bag, a balloon, a flexible reservoir, a diaphragm, or a bag. The outer rigid casing may extend substantially around the structure 562 and may comprise an opening to release liquid into the vitreous humor when the structure is expanded.
  • FIG. 5E shows a membrane 565 disposed over an exit port 552 of therapeutic device 100.
  • FIG. 5F shows therapeutic device 100 comprising a tubular membrane 572 clamped onto the therapeutic device over side ports 570 of device 100.
  • When the protective membranes have pores of 0.2 um diameter, they are 20 or more times larger than the proteins of interest, which may comprise a model for delivery of the therapeutic agent. For example, molecular weights and diameters of models of proteins of therapeutic interest are:
  • (a) IgG 150 kDa  10.5 nm
    (b) BSA 69 kDa  7.2 nm
    (c) Fab fragment of IgG 49 kDa hydrodynamic diameter
    not reported
  • Therefore, solutions of therapeutic compounds in the size range of IgG and BSA should flow relatively easily through 0.2 um pore size protective membranes used to stop passage of bacterial and other cells.
  • Binding Materials/Agents may comprise at least one of a chemical binding agent/material, a structural binding agent or material, or an electrostatic binding agent or material. The types of binding agent may comprise a classification composed of non-biodegradable material, for example glass beads, glass wool or a glass rod. A surface can be derivatized with at least one functional group so as to impart the binding agent or material with the potential for at least one of ionic, hydrophobic, or bioaffinity binding to at least one therapeutic compound.
  • The binding agent may comprise a biodegradable material. For example, the biodegradation, binding, or a combination of the previous processes may control the diffusion rate.
  • The binding agent may comprise ion exchange, and the ion exchange may comprise at least one of a functional group, a pH sensitive binding or a positive or negative charge. For example, ion exchange can be performed with at least one of diethylaminoethyl or carboxymethyl functional groups.
  • The binding agent may comprise a pH sensitive binding agent. For example, the binding agent can be configured to elute therapeutic agent at a pH of 7, and to bind the therapeutic agent at a pH from about 4 to about 6.5. A cation exchange binding agent can be configured, for example, such that at a pH of 7, the net negative charge of the binding agent decreases causing a decrease in binding of the positively charged drug and release of the therapeutic agent. A target buffer can be provided with the binding agent to reversibly couple the binding agent to the therapeutic agent. The rate of release can be controlled, for example slowed down, by using insolubility of the buffer in the vitreous. Alternatively or in combination, the elution can be limited by using a porous membrane or a physical property such as a size of an opening.
  • The ion exchange may comprise positive or negative ion exchange.
  • The binding agent may comprise hydrophobic interaction. For example, the binding agent may comprise at least one binding to hydrophobic pockets, for example at least one of methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, t-butyl or phenyl functional groups.
  • The binding agent may comprise affinity, for example at least one of a macromolecular affinity or a metal chelation affinity. Examples can include a hydroxyapatite, or chelated metal, for example zinc. Iminodiacetic acid can be chelated with zinc.
  • The binding agent may comprise at least one of the following functions: charging, recharging or elution. The charging may comprise a porous material injected therein so as to release the active ingredient. The porous matter may have an extremely large inert surface area, which surface area is available for binding. The recharging may comprise removing carrier+therapeutic agent; and adding freshly “charged” carrier+therapeutic agent.
  • The elution may comprise a byproduct, for example unbound binding agent that can be removed. For example, a mechanism such as diffusion or plug flow of vitreous maychange a condition such as pH so as to reduce interaction of therapeutic agent and carriers.
  • Additionally or in the alternative, a sustained drug delivery system of the therapeutic agent may comprise drug delivery packets; e.g., microspheres that are activated. The packets can be activated with at least one of photochemical activation, thermal activation or biodegradation.
  • The therapeutic device may comprise at least one structure configured to provide safety precautions. The device may comprise at least one structure to prevent at least one of macrophage or other immune cell within the reservoir body; bacterial penetration; or retinal detachment.
  • The therapeutic device may be configured for other applications in the body. Other routes of administration of drugs may include at least one of intraocular, oral, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, dermal, intrathecal, intravascular, intra articular, pericardial, intraluminal in organs and gut or the like.
  • Conditions that may be treated and/or prevented using the drug delivery device and method described herein may include at least one of the following: hemophilia and other blood disorders, growth disorders, diabetes, leukemia, hepatitis, renal failure, HIV infection, hereditary diseases such as cerebrosidase deficiency and adenosine deaminase deficiency, hypertension, septic shock, autoimmune diseases such as multiple sclerosis, Graves disease, systemic lupus erythematosus and rheumatoid arthritis, shock and wasting disorders, cystic fibrosis, lactose intolerance, Crohn's disease, inflammatory bowel disease, gastrointestinal or other cancers, degenerative diseases, trauma, multiple systemic conditions such as anemia, and ocular diseases such as, for example, retinal detachment, proliferative retinopathy, proliferative diabetic retinopathy, degenerative disease, vascular diseases, occlusions, infection caused by penetrating traumatic injury, endophthalmitis such as endogenous/systemic infection, post-operative infections, inflammations such as posterior uveitis, retinitis or choroiditis and tumors, such as neoplasms and retinoblastoma.
  • Examples of therapeutic agents 110 that may be delivered by the therapeutic device 100 are described in Table 1A and may include Triamcinolone acetonide, Bimatoprost (Lumigan), Ranibizumab (Lucentis™), Travoprost (Travatan, Alcon), Timolol (Timoptic, Merck), Levobunalol (Betagan, Allergan), Brimonidine (Alphagan, Allergan), Dorzolamide (Trusopt, Merck), Brinzolamide (Azopt, Alcon). Additional examples of therapeutic agents that may be delivered by the therapeutic device include antibiotics such as tetracycline, chlortetracycline, bacitracin, neomycin, polymyxin, gramicidin, cephalexin, oxytetracycline, chloramphenicol kanamycin, rifampicin, ciprofloxacin, tobramycin, gentamycin, erythromycin and penicillin; antifungals such as amphotericin B and miconazole; anti-bacterials such as sulfonamides, sulfadiazine, sulfacetamide, sulfamethizole and sulfisoxazole, nitrofurazone and sodium propionate; antivirals such as idoxuridine, trifluorotymidine, acyclovir, ganciclovir and interferon; anti allergenics such as sodium cromoglycate, antazoline, methapyriline, chlorpheniramine, pyrilamine, cetirizine and prophenpyridamine; anti-inflammatories such as hydrocortisone, hydrocortisone acetate, dexamethasone, dexamethasone 21-phosphate, fluocinolone, medrysone, prednisolone, prednisolone 21-phosphate, prednisolone acetate, fluoromethalone, betamethasone, and triamcinolone; non-steroidal anti-inflammatories such as salicylate, indomethacin, ibuprofen, diclofenac, flurbiprofen and piroxicam; decongestants such as phenylephrine, naphazoline and tetrahydrozoline; miotics and anticholinesterases such as pilocarpine, salicylate, acetylcholine chloride, physostigmine, eserine, carbachol, diisopropyl fluorophosphate, phospholine iodide and demecarium bromide; mydriatics such as atropine sulfate, cyclopentolate, homatropine, scopolamine, tropicamide, eucatropine and hydroxyamphetamine; sypathomimetics such as epinephrine; antineoplastics such as carmustine, cisplatin and fluorouracil; immunological drugs such as vaccines and immune stimulants; hormonal agents such as estrogens, estradiol, progestational, progesterone, insulin, calcitonin, parathyroid hormone and peptide and vasopressin hypothalamus releasing factor; beta adrenergic blockers such as timolol maleate, levobunolol Hcl and betaxolol Hcl; growth factors such as epidermal growth factor, fibroblast growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, transforming growth factor beta, somatotropin and fibronectin; carbonic anhydrase inhibitors such as dichlorophenamide, acetazolamide and methazolamide and other drugs such as prostaglandins, antiprostaglandins and prostaglandin precursors. Other therapeutic agents known to those skilled in the art which are capable of controlled, sustained release into the eye in the manner described herein are also suitable for use in accordance with variations described herein.
  • The therapeutic agent 110 may comprise one or more of the following: Abarelix, Abatacept, Abciximab, Adalimumab, Aldesleukin, Alefacept, Alemtuzumab, Alpha-1-proteinase inhibitor, Alteplase, Anakinra, Anistreplase, Antihemophilic Factor, Antithymocyte globulin, Aprotinin, Arcitumomab, Asparaginase, Basiliximab, Becaplermin, Bevacizumab, Bivalirudin, Botulinum Toxin Type A, Botulinum Toxin Type B, Capromab, Cetrorelix, Cetuximab, Choriogonadotropin alfa, Coagulation Factor IX, Coagulation factor VIIa, Collagenase, Corticotropin, Cosyntropin, Cyclosporine, Daclizumab, Darbepoetin alfa, Defibrotide, Denileukin diftitox, Desmopressin, Dornase Alfa,Drotrecogin alfa, Eculizumab, Efalizumab, Enfuvirtide, Epoetin alfa, Eptifibatide, Etanercept, Exenatide, Felypressin, Filgrastim, Follitropin beta, Galsulfase, Gemtuzumab ozogamicin, Glatiramer Acetate, Glucagon recombinant, Goserelin, Human Serum Albumin, Hyaluronidase, Ibritumomab, Idursulfase, Immune globulin, Infliximab, Insulin Glargine recombinant, Insulin Lyspro recombinant, Insulin recombinant, Insulin, porcine, Interferon Alfa-2a, Recombinant, Interferon Alfa-2b, Recombinant, Interferon alfacon-1, Interferonalfa-n1, Interferon alfa-n3, Interferon beta-1b, Interferon gamma-1b, Lepirudin, Leuprolide, Lutropin alfa, Mecasermin, Menotropins, Muromonab, Natalizumab, Nesiritide, Octreotide, Omalizumab, Oprelvekin, OspA lipoprotein, Oxytocin, Palifermin, Palivizumab, Panitumumab, Pegademase bovine, Pegaptanib, Pegaspargase, Pegfilgrastim, Peginterferon alfa-2a, Peginterferon alfa-2b, Pegvisomant, Pramlintide, Ranibizumab, Rasburicase, Reteplase, Rituximab, Salmon Calcitonin, Sargramostim, Secretin, Sermorelin, Serum albumin iodonated, Somatropin recombinant, Streptokinase, Tenecteplase, Teriparatide, Thyrotropin Alfa, Tositumomab, Trastuzumab, Urofollitropin, Urokinase, or Vasopressin. The molecular weights of the molecules and indications of these therapeutic agents are set for below in Table 1A, below.
  • The therapeutic agent 110 may comprise one or more of compounds that act by binding members of the immunophilin family of cellular proteins. Such compounds are known as “immunophilin binding compounds.” Immunophilin binding compounds include but are not limited to the “limus” family of compounds. Examples of limus compounds that may be used include but are not limited to cyclophilins and FK506-binding proteins (FKBPs), including sirolimus (rapamycin) and its water soluble analog SDZ-RAD, tacrolimus, everolimus, pimecrolimus, CCl-779 (Wyeth), AP23841 (Ariad), and ABT-578 (Abbott Laboratories).
  • The limus family of compounds may be used in the compositions, devices and methods for the treatment, prevention, inhibition, delaying the onset of, or causing the regression of angiogenesis-mediated diseases and conditions of the eye, including choroidal neovascularization. The limus family of compounds may be used to prevent, treat, inhibit, delay the onset of, or cause regression of AMD, including wet AMD. Rapamycin may be used to prevent, treat, inhibit, delay the onset of or cause regression of angiogenesis-mediated diseases and conditions of the eye, including choroidal neovascularization. Rapamycin may be used to prevent, treat, inhibit, delay the onset of, or cause regression of AMD, including wet AMD.
  • The therapeutic agent 110 may comprise one or more of: pyrrolidine, dithiocarbamate (NF.kappa.B inhibitor); squalamine; TPN 470 analogue and fumagillin; PKC (protein kinase C) inhibitors; Tie-1 and Tie-2 kinase inhibitors; inhibitors of VEGF receptor kinase; proteosome inhibitors such as Velcade™ (bortezomib, for injection; ranibuzumab (Lucentis™) and other antibodies directed to the same target; pegaptanib (Macugen™); vitronectin receptor antagonists, such as cyclic peptide antagonists of vitronectin receptor-type integrins; .alpha.-v/.beta.-3 integrin antagonists; .alpha.-v/.beta.-1 integrin antagonists; thiazolidinediones such as rosiglitazone or troglitazone; interferon, including .gamma.-interferon or interferon targeted to CNV by use of dextran and metal coordination; pigment epithelium derived factor (PEDF); endostatin; angiostatin; tumistatin; canstatin; anecortave acetate; acetonide; triamcinolone; tetrathiomolybdate; RNA silencing or RNA interference (RNAi) of angiogenic factors, including ribozymes that target VEGF expression; Accutane™ (13-cis retinoic acid); ACE inhibitors, including but not limited to quinopril, captopril, and perindozril; inhibitors of mTOR (mammalian target of rapamycin); 3-aminothalidomide; pentoxifylline; 2-methoxyestradiol; colchicines; AMG-1470; cyclooxygenase inhibitors such as nepafenac, rofecoxib, diclofenac, rofecoxib, NS398, celecoxib, vioxx, and (E)-2-alkyl-2(4-methanesulfonylphenyl)-1-phenylethene; t-RNA synthase modulator; metalloprotease 13 inhibitor; acetylcholinesterase inhibitor; potassium channel blockers; endorepellin; purine analog of 6-thioguanine; cyclic peroxide ANO-2; (recombinant) arginine deiminase; epigallocatechin-3-gallate; cerivastatin; analogues of suramin; VEGF trap molecules; apoptosis inhibiting agents; Visudyne™, snET2 and other photo sensitizers, which may be used with photodynamic therapy (PDT); inhibitors of hepatocyte growth factor (antibodies to the growth factor or its receptors, small molecular inhibitors of the c-met tyrosine kinase, truncated versions of HGF e.g. NK4).
  • The therapeutic agent 110 may comprise a combination with other therapeutic agents and therapies, including but not limited to agents and therapies useful for the treatment of angiogenesis or neovascularization, particularly CNV. Non-limiting examples of such additional agents and therapies include pyrrolidine, dithiocarbamate (NF.kappa.B inhibitor); squalamine; TPN 470 analogue and fumagillin; PKC (protein kinase C) inhibitors; Tie-1 and Tie-2 kinase inhibitors; inhibitors of VEGF receptor kinase; proteosome inhibitors such as Velcade™; bortezomib, for injection; ranibuzumab (Lucentis™) and other antibodies directed to the same target; pegaptanib (Macugen™); vitronectin receptor antagonists, such as cyclic peptide antagonists of vitronectin receptor-type integrins; alpha-v/beta-3 integrin antagonists; alpha-v/beta-1 integrin antagonists; thiazolidinediones such as rosiglitazone or troglitazone; interferon, including .gamma.-interferon or interferon targeted to CNV by use of dextran and metal coordination; pigment epithelium derived factor (PEDF); endostatin; angiostatin; tumistatin; canstatin; anecortave acetate; acetonide; triamcinolone; tetrathiomolybdate; RNA silencing or RNA interference (RNAi) of angiogenic factors, including ribozymes that target VEGF expression; Accutane™ (13-cis retinoic acid); ACE inhibitors, including but not limited to quinopril, captopril, and perindozril; inhibitors of mTOR (mammalian target of rapamycin); 3-aminothalidomide; pentoxifylline; 2-methoxyestradiol; colchicines; AMG-1470; cyclooxygenase inhibitors such as nepafenac, rofecoxib, diclofenac, rofecoxib, NS398, celecoxib, vioxx, and (E)-2-alkyl-2(4-methanesulfonylphenyl)-1-phenylethene; t-RNA synthase modulator; metalloprotease 13 inhibitor; acetylcholinesterase inhibitor; potassium channel blockers; endorepellin; purine analog of 6-thioguanine; cyclic peroxide ANO-2; (recombinant) arginine deiminase; epigallocatechin-3-gallate; cerivastatin; analogues of suramin; VEGF trap molecules; inhibitors of hepatocyte growth factor (antibodies to the growth factor or its receptors, small molecular inhibitors of the c-met tyrosine kinase, truncated versions of HGF e.g. NK4); apoptosis inhibiting agents; Visudyne™, snET2 and other photo sensitizers with photodynamic therapy (PDT); and laser photocoagulation.
  • The therapeutic agents may be used in conjunction with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier such as, for example, solids such as starch, gelatin, sugars, natural gums such as acacia, sodium alginate and carboxymethyl cellulose; polymers such as silicone rubber; liquids such as sterile water, saline, dextrose, dextrose in water or saline; condensation products of castor oil and ethylene oxide, liquid glyceryl triester of a lower molecular weight fatty acid; lower alkanols; oils such as corn oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, castor oil, and the like, with emulsifiers such as mono- or di-glyceride of a fatty acid, or a phosphatide such as lecithin, polysorbate 80, and the like; glycols and polyalkylene glycols; aqueous media in the presence of a suspending agent, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sodium hyaluronate, sodium alginate, poly(vinyl pyrrolidone) and similar compounds, either alone, or with suitable dispensing agents such as lecithin, polyoxyethylene stearate and the like. The carrier may also contain adjuvants such as preserving, stabilizing, wetting, emulsifying agents or other related materials.
  • The therapeutic device may comprise a container configured to hold at least one therapeutic agent, the container comprising a chamber to hold the at least one therapeutic agent with at least one opening to release the at least one therapeutic agent to the vitreous humor and porous structure 150 placed within the at least one opening. The porous structure 150 may comprise a fixed tortuous, porous material such as a sintered metal, a sintered glass or a sintered polymer with a defined porosity and tortuosity that controls the rate of delivery of the at least one therapeutic agent to the vitreous humor. The rigid porous structures provide certain advantages over capillary tubes, erodible polymers and membranes as a mechanism for controlling the release of a therapeutic agent or agents from the therapeutic device. These advantages include the ability of the rigid porous structure to comprise a needle stop, simpler and more cost effective manufacture, flushability for cleaning or declogging either prior to or after implantation, high efficiency depth filtration of microorganisms provided by the labyrinths of irregular paths within the structure and greater robustness due to greater hardness and thickness of the structure compared to a membrane or erodible polymer matrix. Additionally, when the rigid porous structure is manufactured from a sintered metal, ceramic, glass or certain plastics, it can be subjected to sterilization and cleaning procedures, such as heat or radiation based sterilization and depyrogenation that might damage polymer and other membranes. In certain variations, as illustrated in example 9, the rigid porous structure may be configured to provide a therapeutically effective, concentration of the therapeutic agent in the vitreous for at least 6 months. This release profile provided by certain configurations of the rigid porous structures enables a smaller device, which is preferred in a small organ such as the eye where larger devices may alter or impair vision.
  • FIG. 6A-1 shows a therapeutic device 100 comprising a container 130 having a penetrable barrier 184 disposed on a first end, a porous structure 150 disposed on a second end to release therapeutic agent for an extended period, and a retention structure 120 comprising an extension protruding outward from the container to couple to the sclera and the conjunctiva. The extending protrusion of the retention structure may comprise a diameter 120D. The retention structure may comprise an indentation 1201 sized to receive the sclera. The container may comprise a tubular barrier 160 that defines at least a portion of the reservoir, and the container may comprise a width, for example a diameter 134. The diameter 134 can be sized within a range, for example within a range from about 0.5 to about 4 mm, for example within a range from about 1 to 3 mm and can be about 2 mm, for example. The container may comprise a length 136, sized so as to extend from the conjunctiva to the vitreous to release the therapeutic agent into the vitreous. The length 136 can be sized within a range, for example within a range from about 2 to about 14 mm, for example within a range from about 4 to 10 mm and can be about 7 mm, for example. The volume of the reservoir may be substantially determined by an inner cross-sectional area of the tubular structure and distance from the porous structure to the penetrable barrier. The retention structure may comprise an annular extension having a retention structure diameter greater than a diameter of the container. The retention structure may comprise an indentation configured to receive the sclera when the extension extends between the sclera and the conjunctive. The penetrable barrier may comprise a septum disposed on a proximal end of the container, in which the septum comprises a barrier that can be penetrated with a sharp object such as a needle for injection of the therapeutic agent. The porous structure may comprise a cross sectional area 150A sized to release the therapeutic agent for the extended period.
  • The porous structure 150 may comprise a first side coupled to the reservoir 15051 and a second side to couple to the vitreous 150S2. The first side may comprise a first area 150A1 and the second side may comprise a second area 150A2. The porous structure may comprise a thickness 105T. The porous structure many comprise a diameter 150D.
  • The volume of the reservoir 140 may comprise from about 5 uL to about 2000 uL of therapeutic agent, or for example from about 10 uL to about 200 uL of therapeutic agent.
  • The therapeutic agent stored in the reservoir of the container comprises at least one of a solid comprising the therapeutic agent, a solution comprising the therapeutic agent, a suspension comprising the therapeutic agent, particles comprising the therapeutic agent adsorbed thereon, or particles reversibly bound to the therapeutic agent. For example, reservoir may comprise a suspension of a cortico-steroid such as triamcinolone acetonide to treat inflammation of the retina. The reservoir may comprise a buffer and a suspension of a therapeutic agent comprising solubility within a range from about 1 ug/mL to about 100 ug/mL, such as from about 1 ug/mL to about 40 ug/mL. For example, the therapeutic agent may comprise a suspension of triamcinolone acetonide having a solubility of approximately 19 ug/mL in the buffer at 37C when implanted.
  • The release rate index may comprise many values, and the release rate index with the suspension may be somewhat higher than for a solution in many variations, for example. The release rate index may be no more than about 5, and can be no more than about 2.0, for example no more than about 1.5, and in many variations may be no more than about 1.2, so as to release the therapeutic agent with therapeutic amounts for the extended time.
  • The therapeutic device, including for example, the retention structure and the porous structure, may be sized to pass through a lumen of a catheter.
  • The porous structure may comprise a needle stop that limits penetration of the needle. The porous structure may comprise a plurality of channels configured for the extended release of the therapeutic agent. The porous structure may comprise a rigid sintered material having characteristics suitable for the sustained release of the material.
  • FIG. 6A-2 shows a therapeutic device as in FIG. 6A-1 comprising a rounded distal end.
  • FIG. 6B shows a rigid porous structure as in FIG. 6A-1. The rigid porous structure 158 comprises a plurality of interconnecting channels 156. The porous structure comprises a sintered material composed of interconnected grains 155 of material. The interconnected grains of material define channels that extend through the porous material to release the therapeutic agent. The channels may extend around the sintered grains of material, such that the channels comprise interconnecting channels extending through the porous material.
  • The rigid porous structure can be configured for injection of the therapeutic agent into the container in many ways. The channels of the rigid porous structure may comprise substantially fixed channels when the therapeutic agent is injected into the reservoir with pressure. The rigid porous structure comprises a hardness parameter within a range from about 160 Vickers to about 500 Vickers. In some variations the rigid porous structure is formed from sintered stainless steel and comprises a hardness parameter within a range from about 200 Vickers to about 240 Vickers. In some variations it is preferred to inhibit ejection of the therapeutic agent through the porous structure during filling or refilling the reservoir of the therapeutic device with a fluid. In these variations the channels of the rigid porous structure comprise a resistance to flow of an injected solution or suspension through a thirty gauge needle such that ejection of said solution or suspension through the rigid porous structure is substantially inhibited when said solution or suspension is injected into the reservoir of the therapeutic device. Additionally, these variations may optionally comprise an evacuation vent or an evacuation reservoir under vacuum or both to facilitate filling or refilling of the reservoir.
  • The reservoir and the porous structure can be configured to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent in many ways. The reservoir and the porous structure can be configured to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent corresponding to a concentration of at least about 0.1 ug per ml of vitreous humor for an extended period of at least about three months. The reservoir and the porous structure can be configured to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent corresponding to a concentration of at least about 0.1 ug per ml of vitreous humor and no more than about 10 ug per ml for an extended period of at least about three months. The therapeutic agent may comprise at least a fragment of an antibody and a molecular weight of at least about 10 k Daltons. For example, the therapeutic agent may comprise one or more of ranibizumab or bevacizumab. Alternatively or in combination, the therapeutic agent may comprise a small molecule drug suitable for sustained release. The reservoir and the porous structure may be configured to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent corresponding to a concentration of at least about 0.1 ug per ml of vitreous humor and no more than about 10 ug per ml for an extended period of at least about three months or at least about six months. The reservoir and the porous structure can be configured to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent corresponding to a concentration of at least about 0.1 ug per ml of vitreous humor and no more than about 10 ug per ml for an extended period of at least about twelve months or at least about two years or at least about three years. The reservoir and the porous structure may also be configured to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent corresponding to a concentration of at least about 0.01 ug per ml of vitreous humor and no more than about 300 ug per ml for an extended period of at least about 3 months or 6 months or 12 months or 24 months.
  • The channels of the rigid porous structure comprise a hydrogel configured to limit a size of molecules passed through the channels of the rigid porous structure. For example, the hydrogel can be formed within the channels and may comprise an acrylamide gel. The hydrogel comprises a water content of at least about 70%. For example, the hydrogel may comprise a water content of no more than about 90% to limit molecular weight of the therapeutic agent to about 30 k Daltons. The hydrogel comprises a water content of no more than about 95% to limit molecular weight of the therapeutic agent to about 100 k Daltons. The hydrogel may comprise a water content within a range from about 90% to about 95% such that the channels of the porous material are configured to pass Lucentis™ and substantially not pass Avastin™.
  • The rigid porous structure may comprise a composite porous material that can readily be formed in or into a wide range of different shapes and configurations. For example, the porous material can be a composite of a metal, aerogel or ceramic foam (i.e., a reticulated inter-cellular structure in which the interior cells are interconnected to provide a multiplicity of pores passing through the volume of the structure, the walls of the cells themselves being substantially continuous and non-porous, and the volume of the cells relative to that of the material forming the cell walls being such that the overall density of the intercellular structure is less than about 30 percent theoretical density) through pores of which are impregnated with a sintered powder or aerogel. The thickness, density, porosity and porous characteristics of the final composite porous material can be varied to conform with the desired release of the therapeutic agent.
  • Variations comprise a method of making an integral (i.e., single-component) porous structure. The method may comprise introducing particles into a mold having a desired shape for the porous structure. The shape includes a proximal end defining a plurality of proximal porous channel openings to couple to the reservoir, a distal end defining a plurality of outlet channel openings to couple to the vitreous humor of the eye, a plurality of blind inlet cavities extending into the filter from the proximal openings, and a plurality of blind outlet cavities extending into the porous structure from the outlet channel openings. The method further includes applying pressure to the mold, thereby causing the particles to cohere and form a single component, and sintering the component to form the porous structure. The particles can be pressed and cohere to form the component without the use of a polymeric binder, and the porous structure can be formed substantially without machining.
  • The mold can be oriented vertically with the open other end disposed upwardly, and metal powder having a particle size of less than 20 micrometers can be introduced into the cavity through the open end of the mold while vibrating the mold to achieve substantially uniform packing of the metal powder in the cavity. A cap can be placed on the open other end of the mold, and pressure is applied to the mold and thereby to the metal powder in the cavity to cause the metal powder to cohere and form a cup-shaped powdered metal structure having a shape corresponding to the mold. The shaped powdered metal structure can be removed from the mold, and sintered to obtain a porous sintered metal porous structure.
  • The metal porous structure can be incorporated into the device by a press fit into an impermeable structure with an opening configured to provide a tight fit with the porous structure. Other means, such as welding, can be used to incorporate the porous structure into the device. Alternatively, or in combination, the powdered metal structure can be formed in a mold where a portion of the mold remains with the shaped powdered metal structure and becomes part of the device. This may be advantageous in achieving a good seal between the porous structure and the device.
  • The release rate of therapeutic agent through a porous body, such as a sintered porous metal structure or a porous glass structure, may be described by diffusion of the therapeutic agent within the porous structure with the channel parameter, and with an effective diffusion coefficient equal to the diffusion coefficient of the therapeutic agent in the liquid that fills the reservoir multiplied by the Porosity and a Channel Parameter of the porous body:

  • Release Rate=(DP/F)A(c R −c v)/L, where:
  • cR=Concentration in reservoir
    cv=Concentration outside of the reservoir or in the vitreous
    D=Diffusion coefficient of the therapeutic agent in the reservoir solution
    P=Porosity of porous structure
    F=Channel parameter that may correspond to a tortuosity parameter of channels of porous structure
    A=Area of porous structure
    L=Thickness (length) of porous structure

  • Cumulative Release=1−cR/cR0=1−exp((−DPA/FLV R)t), where
  • t=time, Vr=reservoir volume
  • The release rate index can (hereinafter “RRI”) be used to determine release of the therapeutic agent. The RRI may be defined as (PA/FL), and the RRI values herein will have units of mm unless otherwise indicated. Many of the porous structures used in the therapeutic delivery devices described herein have an RRI of no more than about 5.0, often no more than about 2.0, and can be no more than about 1.2 mm.
  • The channel parameter can correspond to an elongation of the path of the therapeutic agent released through the porous structure. The porous structure may comprise many interconnecting channels, and the channel parameter can correspond to an effective length that the therapeutic agent travels along the interconnecting channels of the porous structure from the reservoir side to the vitreous side when released. The channel parameter multiplied by the thickness (length) of the porous structure can determine the effective length that the therapeutic agent travels along the interconnecting channels from the reservoir side to the vitreous side. For example, the channel parameter (F) of about 1.5 corresponds to interconnecting channels that provide an effective increase in length traveled by the therapeutic agent of about 50%, and for a 1 mm thick porous structure the effective length that the therapeutic agent travels along the interconnecting channels from the reservoir side to the vitreous side corresponds to about 1.5 mm. The channel parameter (F) of at least about 2 corresponds to interconnecting channels that provide an effective increase in length traveled by the therapeutic agent of about 100%, and for a 1 mm thick porous structure the effective length that the therapeutic agent travels along the interconnecting channels from the reservoir side to the vitreous side corresponds to at least about 2.0 mm. As the porous structure comprises many interconnecting channels that provide many alternative paths for release of the therapeutic agent, blockage of some of the channels provides no substantial change in the effective path length through the porous structure as the alternative interconnecting channels are available, such that the rate of diffusion through the porous structure and the release of the therapeutic agent are substantially maintained when some of the channels are blocked.
  • If the reservoir solution is aqueous or has a viscosity similar to water, the value for the diffusion coefficient of the therapeutic agent (TA) in water at the temperature of interest may be used. The following equation can be used to estimate the diffusion coefficient at 37° C. from the measured value of DBSA,20C=6.1 e-7 cm2/s for bovine serum albumin in water at 20° C. (Molokhia et al, Exp Eye Res 2008):

  • D TA,37C =D BSA,20C20C37C)(MW BSA /MW TA)1/3 where
  • MW refers to the molecular weight of either BSA or the test compound and η is the viscosity of water. The following lists diffusion coefficients of proteins of interest.
  • Diff Coeff
    Compound MW Temp C. (cm{circumflex over ( )}2/s)
    BSA 69,000 20 6.1E−07
    BSA 69,000 37 9.1E−07
    Ranibizumab 48,000 20 6.9E−07
    Ranibizumab 48,000 37 1.0E−06
    Bevacizumab 149,000 20 4.7E−07
    Bevacizumab 149,000 37 7.1E−07

    Small molecules have a diffusion coefficient similar to fluorescein (MW=330, D=4.8 to 6 e-6 cm2/s from Stay, M S et al. Pharm Res 2003, 20(1), pp. 96-102). For example, the small molecule may comprise a glucocorticoid such as triamcinolone acetonide having a molecular weight of about 435.
  • The porous structure comprises a porosity, a thickness, a channel parameter and a surface area configured to release therapeutic amounts for the extended period. The porous material may comprise a porosity corresponding to the fraction of void space of the channels extending within the material. The porosity comprises a value within a range from about 3% to about 70%. In other variations, the porosity comprises a value with a range from about 5% to about 10% or from about 10% to about 25%, or for example from about 15% to about 20%. Porosity can be determined from the weight and macroscopic volume or can be measured via nitrogen gas adsorption
  • The porous structure may comprise a plurality of porous structures, and the area used in the above equation may comprise the combined area of the plurality of porous structures.
  • The channel parameter may comprise a fit parameter corresponding to the tortuosity of the channels. For a known porosity, surface area and thickness of the surface parameter, the curve fit parameter F, which may correspond to tortuosity of the channels can be determined based on experimental measurements. The parameter PA/FL can be used to determine the desired sustained release profile, and the values of P, A, F and L determined. The rate of release of the therapeutic agent corresponds to a ratio of the porosity to the channel parameter, and the ratio of the porosity to the channel parameter can be less than about 0.5 such that the porous structure releases the therapeutic agent for the extended period. For example, the ratio of the porosity to the channel parameter is less than about 0.1 or, for example, less than about 0.2 such that the porous structure releases the therapeutic agent for the extended period. The channel parameter may comprise a value of at least about 1, such as at least about 1.2. For example, the value of the channel parameter may comprise at least about 1.5, for example at least about 2, and may comprise at least about 5. The channel parameter can be within a range from about 1.1 to about 10, for example within a range from about 1.2 to about 5. The channel parameter to release the therapeutic agent for an intended release rate profile can be determined empirically.
  • The area in the model originates from the description of mass transported in units of flux; i.e., rate of mass transfer per unit area. For simple geometries, such as a porous disc mounted in an impermeable sleeve of equal thickness, the area corresponds to one face of the disc and the thickness, L, is the thickness of the disc. For more complex geometries, such as a porous body in the shape of a truncated cone, the effective area is a value in between the area where therapeutic agent enters the porous body and the area where therapeutic agent exits the porous body.
  • A model can be derived to describe the release rate as a function of time by relating the change of concentration in the reservoir to the release rate described above. This model assumes a solution of therapeutic agent where the concentration in the reservoir is uniform. In addition, the concentration in the receiving fluid or vitreous is considered negligible (cV=0). Solving the differential equation and rearrangement yields the following equations describing the concentration in the reservoir as a function of time, t, and volume of the reservoir, VR, for release of a therapeutic agent from a solution in a reservoir through a porous structure.

  • c R =C R0 exp((−DPA/FLV R)t)

  • and Cumulative Release=1−c R /c R0
  • When the reservoir contains a suspension, the concentration in reservoir, cR, is the dissolved concentration in equilibrium with the solid (i.e., the solubility of the therapeutic agent). In this case, the concentration in the reservoir is constant with time, the release rate is zero order, and the cumulative release increases linearly with time until the time when the solid is exhausted.
  • Therapeutic concentrations for many ophthalmic therapeutic agents may be determined experimentally by measuring concentrations in the vitreous humor that elicit a therapeutic effect. Therefore, there is value in extending predictions of release rates to predictions of concentrations in the vitreous. A one-compartment model may be used to describe elimination of therapeutic agent from eye tissue.
  • Current intravitreal administration of therapeutic agents such as Lucentis™ involves a bolus injection. A bolus injection into the vitreous may be modeled as a single exponential with rate constant, k=0.693/half-life and a cmax=dose/Vv where Vv is the vitreous volume. As an example, the half-life for ranibizumab is approximately 3 days in the rabbit and the monkey (Gaudreault et al.) and 9 days in humans (Lucentis™ package insert). The vitreous volume is approximately 1.5 mL for the rabbit and monkey and 4.5 mL for the human eye. The model predicts an initial concentration of 333 ug/mL for a bolus injection of 0.5 mg Lucentis™ into the eye of a monkey. This concentration decays to a vitreous concentration of 0.1 ug/mL after about a month.
  • For devices with extended release, the concentration in the vitreous changes slowly with time. In this situation, a model can be derived from a mass balance equating the release rate from the device (described by equations above) with the elimination rate from the eye, k cv Vv. Rearrangement yields the following equation for the concentration in the vitreous:

  • c v=Release rate from device/kV v.
  • Since the release rate from a device with a solution of therapeutic agent decreases exponentially with time, the concentration in the vitreous decreases exponentially with the same rate constant. In other words, vitreous concentration decreases with a rate constant equal to D PA/FL VR and, hence, is dependent on the properties of the porous structure and the volume of the reservoir.
  • Since the release rate is zero order from a device with a suspension of therapeutic agent, the vitreous concentration will also be time-independent. The release rate will depend on the properties of the porous structure via the ratio, PA/FL, but will be independent of the volume of the reservoir until the time at which the drug is exhausted.
  • The channels of the rigid porous structure can be sized in many ways to release the intended therapeutic agent. For example, the channels of the rigid porous structure can be sized to pass therapeutic agent comprising molecules having a molecular weight of at least about 100 Daltons or for example, at least about 50 k Daltons. The channels of the rigid porous structure can be sized to pass therapeutic agent comprising molecules comprising a cross-sectional size of no more than about 10 nm. The channels of the rigid porous structure comprise interconnecting channels configured to pass the therapeutic agent among the interconnecting channels. The rigid porous structure comprises grains of rigid material and wherein the interconnecting channels extend at least partially around the grains of rigid material to pass the therapeutic agent through the porous material. The grains of rigid material can be coupled together at loci of attachment and wherein the interconnecting channels extend at least partially around the loci of attachment.
  • The porous structure and reservoir may be configured to release the glucocorticoid for an extended time of at least about six months with a therapeutic amount of glucocorticoid of corresponding to an in situ concentration within a range from about 0.05 ug/mL to about 4 ug/mL, for example from 0.1 ug/mL to about 4 ug/mL, so as to suppress inflammation in the retina-choroid.
  • The porous structure comprises a sintered material. The sintered material may comprise grains of material in which the grains comprise an average size of no more than about 20 um. For example, the sintered material may comprise grains of material in which the grains comprise an average size of no more than about 10 um, an average size of no more than about 5 um, or an average size of no more than about 1 um. The channels are sized to pass therapeutic quantities of the therapeutic agent through the sintered material for the extended time based on the grain size of the sintered material and processing parameters such as compaction force and time and temperature in the furnace. The channels can be sized to inhibit penetration of microbes including bacteria and fungal spores through the sintered material.
  • The sintered material comprises a wettable material to inhibit bubbles within the channels of the material.
  • The sintered material comprises at least one of a metal, a ceramic, a glass or a plastic. The sintered material may comprise a sintered composite material, and the composite material comprises two or more of the metal, the ceramic, the glass or the plastic. The metal comprises at least one of Ni, Ti, nitinol, stainless steel including alloys such as 304, 304L, 316 or 316L, cobalt chrome, elgiloy, hastealloy, c-276 alloy or Nickel 200 alloy. The sintered material may comprise a ceramic. The sintered material may comprise a glass. The plastic may comprise a wettable coating to inhibit bubble formation in the channels, and the plastic may comprise at least one of polyether ether ketone (PEEK), polyethylene, polypropylene, polyimide, polystyrene, polycarbonate, polyacrylate, polymethacrylate, or polyamide.
  • The rigid porous structure may comprise a plurality of rigid porous structures coupled to the reservoir and configured to release the therapeutic agent for the extended period. For example, additional rigid porous structure can be disposed along the container, for example the end of the container may comprise the porous structure, and an additional porous structure can be disposed along a distal portion of the container, for example along a tubular sidewall of the container.
  • The therapeutic device can be tuned to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent above the minimum inhibitory concentration for an extended time based on bolus injections of the therapeutic agent. For example, the volume of the chamber of the reservoir can be sized with the release rate of the porous structure based on the volume of the bolus injection. A formulation of a therapeutic agent can be provided, for example a known intravitreal injection formulation. The therapeutic agent can be capable of treating the eye with bolus injections, such that the formulation has a corresponding period between each of the bolus injections to treat the eye. For example the bolus injections may comprise monthly injections. Each of the bolus injections comprises a volume of the formulation, for example 50 uL. Each of the bolus injections of the therapeutic agent may correspond to a range of therapeutic concentrations of the therapeutic agent within the vitreous humor over the time course between injections, and the device can be tuned so as to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent such that the vitreous concentrations of the released therapeutic agent from the device are within the range of therapeutic concentrations of the corresponding bolus injections. For example, the therapeutic agent may comprise a minimum inhibitory concentration to treat the eye, for example at least about 3 ug/mL, and the values of the range of therapeutic concentrations can be at least about 3 ug/mL. The therapeutic device can be configured to treat the eye with an injection of the monthly volume of the formulation into the device, for example through the penetrable barrier. The reservoir of the container has a chamber to contain a volume of the therapeutic agent, for example 35 uL, and a mechanism to release the therapeutic agent from the chamber to the vitreous humor.
  • The volume of the container and the release mechanism can be tuned to treat the eye with the therapeutic agent with vitreous concentrations within the therapeutic range for an extended time with each injection of the quantity corresponding to the bolus injection, such that the concentration of the therapeutic agent within the vitreous humor remains within the range of therapeutic concentrations and comprises at least the minimum inhibitory concentration. The extended time may comprise at least about twice the corresponding period of the bolus injections. The release mechanism comprises one or more of a porous frit, a sintered porous frit, a permeable membrane, a semi-permeable membrane, a capillary tube or a tortuous channel, nano-structures, nano-channels or sintered nano-particles. For example, the porous frit may comprise a porosity, cross-sectional area, and a thickness to release the therapeutic agent for the extended time. The volume of the container reservoir can be sized in many ways in relation to the volume of the injected formulation and can be larger than the volume of injected formulation, smaller than the volume of injected formulation, or substantially the same as the volume of injected formulation. For example, the volume of the container may comprise no more than the volume of the formulation, such that at least a portion of the formulation injected into the reservoir passes through the reservoir and comprises a bolus injection to treat the patient immediately. As the volume of the reservoir is increased, the amount of formulation released to the eye through the porous structure upon injection can decrease along with the concentration of active ingredient of the therapeutic agent within the reservoir, and the release rate index can be increased appropriately so as to provide therapeutic amounts of therapeutic agent for the extended time. For example, the volume of the reservoir of the container can be greater than the volume corresponding to the bolus injection, so as to provide therapeutic amounts for at least about five months, for example six months, with an injection volume corresponding to a monthly injection of Lucentis™. For example, the formulation may comprise Lucentis™ modified in accordance with variations, 50 uL, and the reservoir may comprise a volume of about 100 uL and provide therapeutic vitreous concentrations of at least about 3 ug/mL for six months with 50 uL of Lucentis™ injected into the reservoir.
  • The chamber may comprise a substantially fixed volume and the release rate mechanism comprises a substantially rigid structure to maintain release of the therapeutic agent above the minimum inhibitory concentration for the extended time with each injection of a plurality of injections.
  • A first portion of the injection may pass through the release mechanism and treat the patient when the formulation is injected, and a second portion of the formulation can be contained in the chamber when the formulation is injected.
  • FIG. 6B-1 shows interconnecting channels 156 extending from first side 15051 to second side 15052 of the porous structure as in FIG. 6B. The interconnecting channels 156 extend to a first opening 158A1, a second opening 158A2 and an Nth opening 158AN on the first side 15051. The interconnecting channels 156 extend to a first opening 158B1, a second opening 158B2 and an Nth opening 158BN on the second side 150S2. Each of the openings of the plurality of channels on the first side is connected to each of the openings of plurality of channels on the second side, such that effective length traveled along the channels is greater than thickness 150T. The channel parameter can be within a range from about 1.1 to about 10, such that the effective length is within a range from about 1.1 to 10 times the thickness 150T. For example, the channel parameter can be about 1 and the porosity about 0.2, such that the effective length corresponds to at least about 5 times the thickness 150T.
  • The rigid porous structure can be shaped and molded in many ways for example with tubular shapes, conical shapes, discs and hemispherical shapes. The rigid porous structure may comprise a molded rigid porous structure. The molded rigid porous structure may comprise at least one of a disk, a helix or a tube coupled to the reservoir and configured to release the therapeutic agent for the extended period.
  • The formulation can be injected into many therapeutic devices, for example as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,466,233; 5,972,369; 6,719,750; and U.S. Patent Publication No. 2003/0014036 A1.
  • The porous structure 150 may comprise a plurality of elongate nano-channels extending from a first side of the porous structure to a second side of the porous structure. The porous structure 150 may comprise a rigid material having the holes formed thereon, and the holes may comprise a maximum dimension across such as a diameter. The diameter of the nano-channels may comprise a dimension across, for example from about 10 nm across, to about 1000 nm across, or larger. The channels may be formed with etching of the material, for example lithographic etching of the material. The channels may comprise substantially straight channels such that the channel parameter F comprises about 1, and the parameters area A, and thickness or length L correspond to the combined cross-sectional area of the channels and the thickness or length of the porous structure.
  • The porous structure 150 may comprise interconnecting nano-channels, for example formed with a sintered nano-material.
  • The injection of therapeutic agent into the device 100 as described herein can be performed before implantation into the eye or alternatively when the therapeutic device is implanted into the eye.
  • FIG. 7 shows a therapeutic device 100 coupled to an injector 701 that removes material from the device and injects therapeutic agent 702 into the device. The injector picks up spent media 703 and refills the therapeutic device with fresh therapeutic agent. The therapeutic agent is injected into the therapeutic device. The spent media is pulled up into the injector. The injector may comprise a stopper mechanism 704.
  • The injector 701 may comprise a first container 702C to contain a formulation of therapeutic agent 702 and a second container 703C to receive the spent media 703. Work in relation to variations suggests that the removal of spent media 703 comprising material from the container reservoir of the therapeutic device can remove particulate from the therapeutic device, for example particles comprised of aggregated therapeutic agent such as protein. The needle 189 may comprise a double lumen needle with a first lumen coupled to the first container and a second lumen coupled to the second container, such that spent media 703 passes from the container reservoir of device 100 to the injector. A valve 703V, for example a vent, can be disposed between the second lumen and the second container. When the valve is open and therapeutic agent is injected, spent media 703 from the container reservoir of the therapeutic device 100 passes to the second container of the injector, such that at least a portion of the spent media within the therapeutic device is exchanged with the formulation. When the valve is closed and the therapeutic agent is injected, a portion of the therapeutic agent passes from the reservoir of the therapeutic device into the eye. For example, a first portion of formulation of therapeutic agent can be injected into therapeutic device 100 when the valve is open such that the first portion of the formulation is exchanged with material disposed within the reservoir; the valve is then closed and a second portion of the formulation is injected into therapeutic device 100 such that at least a portion of the first portion passes through the porous structure into the eye. Alternatively or in combination, a portion of the second portion of injected formulation may pass through the porous structure when the second portion is injected into the eye. The second portion of formulation injected when the valve is closed may correspond to a volume of formulation that passes through the porous structure into the vitreous humor to treat the patient immediately.
  • The needle 189 may comprise a dual lumen needle, for example as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/696,678, filed Jan. 29, 2010, entitled “POSTERIOR SEGMENT DRUG DELIVERY,” published Oct. 7, 2010 as U.S. Patent Publication No. 2010/0255061, the full disclosure of which has been previously incorporated herein by reference.
  • The penetrable barrier 184, for example the septum, can be inserted into the access port 180. The penetrable barrier may comprise an elastic material sized such that the penetrable barrier can be inserted into the access port 180. The penetrable barrier may comprise one or more elastic materials such as siloxane or rubber. The penetrable barrier may comprise tabs 184T to retain the penetrable barrier in the access port. The penetrable barrier 184 may comprise a beveled upper rim 184R sized to seal the access port 180. The access port 180 of the reservoir container 130 may comprise a beveled upper surface to engage the beveled rim and seal the penetrable barrier against the access port 180 when the tabs 184T engage an inner annular or elongate channel of the access port. The penetrable barrier 184 may comprise an opaque material, for example a grey material, for example silicone, such that the penetrable barrier can be visualized by the patient and treating physician.
  • The reservoir container 130 of the device may comprise a rigid biocompatible material that extends at least from the retention structure to the rigid porous structure, such that the reservoir comprises a substantially constant volume when the therapeutic agent is released with the rigid porous structure so as to maintain a stable release rate profile, for example when the patient moves. Alternatively or in combination, the reservoir container 130 may comprise an optically transmissive material such that the reservoir container 130 can be translucent, for example transparent, such that the chamber of reservoir 140 can be visualized when the device is loaded with therapeutic agent outside the patient prior to implantation, for example when injected with a formulation of therapeutic agent prior to implantation in the physician's office. This visualization of the reservoir 140 can be helpful to ensure that the reservoir 140 is properly filled with therapeutic agent by the treating physician or assistant prior to implantation. The reservoir container may comprise one or more of many biocompatible materials such as acrylates, polymethylmethacrylate, siloxanes, metals, titanium stainless steel, polycarbonate, polyetheretherketone (PEEK), polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyimide, polyamide-imide, polypropylene, polysulfone, polyurethane, polyvinylidene fluoride or PTFE. The biocompatible material of the reservoir container may comprise an optically transmissive material such as one or more of acrylate, polyacrylate, methlymethacraylate, polymethlymethacrylate (PMMA), polyacarbonate or siloxane. The reservoir container 130 can be machined from a piece of material, or injection molded, so as to form the retention structure 120 comprising flange 122 and the elongate narrow portion 120NE. The flange 122 may comprise a translucent material such that the physician can visualize tissue under the flange to assess the patient and to decrease appearance of the device 100 when implanted. The reservoir container 130 may comprise a channel extending along axis 100A from the access port 180 to porous structure 150, such that formulation injected into device 100 can be released in accordance with the volume of the reservoir and release rate of the porous structure 150, as described herein. The porous structure 150 can be affixed to the distal end of therapeutic device 100, for example with glue. Alternatively or in combination, the distal end of the reservoir container 130 may comprise an inner diameter sized to receive the porous structure 150, and the reservoir container 130 may comprise a stop to position the porous structure 150 at a predetermined location on the distal end so as to define a predetermined size of reservoir 140.
  • Tuning of Therapeutic Device for Sustained Release Based on an Injection of a Formulation of Therapeutic Agent Having One or More of a Large Molecular Weight Stabilizer, Erodible Particles, Or Binding Agent Particles, or Combinations Thereof
  • The tuned release can be used to determine the release of the therapeutic agent and stabilizer combined with one or more of the binding agent or erodible material as described herein. One or more of calculations, computer modeling, numerical simulations or finite element analysis can be used to determine the release rate profile of the therapeutic agent, as described herein. The affect of one or more of the stabilizer, reversible binding agent particles, or erodible particles on the modulation of the rate of release can be determined, for example.
  • In many variations, the stabilizer may comprise a molecular weight that corresponds to at least about 20% of the molecular weight of the therapeutic agent.
  • The amount of stabilizer and release rate profile of the stabilizer through the porous structure can be determined based on the concentration of the stabilizer, the volume of the reservoir, and the release rate index of the porous structure 150. The release rate profile may also include the fraction of stabilizer complexed with the therapeutic agent and the corresponding diffusion coefficient of the complexed therapeutic agent.
  • The reversible binding characteristics of the therapeutic agent and binding agent can be used to determine the release rate profile. The amount of therapeutic agent in solution, the amount of therapeutic agent complexed with the stabilizer, and the amount of therapeutic agent reversibly bound to the binding agent can be determined, for example as a function of pH. The amount of therapeutic agent in solution and the amount of therapeutic agent complexed with the stabilizer and corresponding diffusion coefficients can be used to determine the rate of release of the therapeutic agent through the porous structure. The rate of release of therapeutic agent through the porous structure may comprise the rate of release of the therapeutic agent in solution and the therapeutic agent complexed with the stabilizer.
  • In many variations, the binding agent is sized such that diffusion through the porous structure is substantially inhibited, and the particles of binding agent may have dimensions greater than the channels of the porous structure 150, or smaller than the channels of the porous structure. For example, particles greater than 5 um may not pass through the porous structure, even when there is convection of fluid through the porous structure such as when the device is refilled with formulation (i.e., the particles may be trapped in the porous structure as in a depth filter or may be trapped on the surface of the porous structure as in a surface filter). Although particles having a size as large as the size of the channels of porous structure 150 may pass through the channels of the porous structure under convection, these particles may have no substantial diffusive flux because the diffusion coefficient may be substantially larger than the diffusion coefficient of the therapeutic agent. For example, particles having a size of about 0.050 um (50 nm) may have a diffusion coefficient that is about one tenth of the diffusion coefficient of ranibizumab, for example. The particles may comprise a size within a range from about 50 um to about 0.5 um, for example, based substantially on the molecular weight of the therapeutic agent and the size of the channels of the porous structure 150.
  • The rate of erosion of the erodible particles can be used to determine the rate of generation of protons to maintain the pH in the reservoir chamber below about 7. The rate of generation of protons may correspond to one or more of the pH, ionic strength or osmolarity of the components of the formulation 190 in the reservoir chamber of the device.
  • The therapeutic device 100 can be tuned to deliver a target therapeutic concentration profile based on the volume of formulation injected into the device. The injected volume may comprise a substantially fixed volume, for example within about +/−30% of an intended pre-determined target volume. The volume of the reservoir can be sized with the release rate index so as to release the therapeutic agent for an extended time substantially greater than the treatment time of a corresponding bolus injection. The device can also be tuned to release the therapeutic agent based on the half-life of the therapeutic agent in the eye. The device volume and release rate index comprise parameters that can be tuned together based on the volume of formulation injected and the half-life of the therapeutic agent in the eye. The following equations can be used to determine therapeutic device parameters suitable for tuning the device.

  • Rate=Vr(dCr/dt)=−D(PA/TL)Cr
  • where Rate=Rate of release of therapeutic agent from device
    Cr=concentration of therapeutic agent in reservoir
    Vr=volume of reservoir
    D=Diffusion constant

  • PA/TL=RRI
  • P=porosity
    A=area
    T=tortuosity=F=channel parameter.
    For a substantially fixed volume injection,
  • Cr0=(Injection Volume)(Concentration of Formulation)/Vr
  • Where Cr0=initial concentration in reservoir following injection of formulation
  • For Injection Volume=50 uL

  • Cr0=(0.05 mL)(10 mg/mL)/Vr(1000 ug/1 mg)=500 ug/Vr

  • Rate=x(500 ug)exp(−xt)
  • where t=time

  • x=(D/Vr)(PA/TL)
  • With a mass balance on the vitreous

  • Vv(dCv/dt)=Rate from device=kVvCv
  • where Vv=volume of vitreous (about 4.5 ml)
    Cv=concentration of therapeutic agent in vitreous
    k=rate of drug from vitreous (proportional to 1/half-life of drug in vitreous)
    For the situation appropriate for the variations as described herein where Cv remains substantially constant and changes slowly with time (i.e. dCv/dt is approximately 0),

  • Cv=(Rate from device)/(kVv)
  • Since kVv is substantially constant, the max value of Cv will correspond to conditions that maximize the Rate from the device. At a given time since injection into the device (e.g., 180 days), the maximum Cv is found at the value of x that provides the maximum rate. The optimal value of x satisfies

  • d(Rate)/dx=0 at a given time.

  • Rate=500(x)exp(−xt)=f(x)g(x) where f(x)=500× and g(x)=exp(−xt)

  • d(Rate)/dx=f(x)g(x)+f(x)g′(x)=500(1−xt)exp(−xt)
  • For a given time, t, d(Rate)/dx=0 when 1−xt=0 and xt=1
    The rate is maximum when (D/Vr)(PA/TL)t=1.
    For a given volume, optimal PA/TL=optimal RRI=Vr/(Dt) Therefore the highest Cv at a given time, t, occurs for the optimal RRI=(PA/FL) for a given Vr.
    Also, the ratio (Vr)/(RRI)=(Vr)/(PA/TL)=Dt will determine the optimal rate at the time.
  • The above equations provide approximate optimized values that, when combined with numerical simulations, can provide optimal values of Vr and PA/TL. The final optimum value can depend on additional parameters, such as the filling efficiency.
  • The above parameters can be used to determine the optimal RRI, and the therapeutic device can be tuned to the volume of formulation injected into the device with a device reservoir volume and release rate index within about +/−50% of the optimal values, for example +/−30% of the optimal values. For example, for an optimal release rate index of the porous structure and an optimal reservoir volume sized to receive a predetermined quantity of therapeutic agent, e.g., 50 uL, so as to achieve therapeutic concentrations above a minimum inhibitory concentration for a predetermined extended time such as 90 days, the maximum volume of the reservoir can be limited to no more than about twice the optimal volume. This tuning of the reservoir volume and the porous structure to the injected volume of the formulation can increase the time of release of therapeutic amounts from the device as compared to a much larger reservoir volume that receives the same volume of injectable formulation. Although many examples as described herein show a porous fit structure and reservoir volume tuned together to receive a quantity of formulation and provide release for an extended time, the porous structure tuned with the reservoir may comprise one or more of a porous frit, a permeable membrane, a semi-permeable membrane, a capillary tube or a tortuous channel, nano-structures, nano-channels or sintered nano-particles, and the release rate characteristics can be determined, for example a release rate index, so as to tune the one or more porous structures and the volume to receive the quantity of the formulation and release therapeutic amounts for an extended time.
  • As an example, the optimal RRI at 180 days can be determined for a reservoir volume of about 125 uL. Based on the above equations (Vr/Dt)=optimal RRI, such that the optimal RRI at 180 days is about 0.085 for the 50 uL formulation volume injected into the device. The corresponding Cv is about 3.19 ug/mL at 180 days based on the Rate of drug released from the device at 180 days and the rate of the drug from the vitreous (k corresponding to a half life of about 9 days). A device with a container reservoir volume of 63 uL and RRI of 0.044 will also provide the optimal Cv at 180 days since the ratio of Vr to PA/TL is also optimal. Although an optimal value can be determined, the therapeutic device can be tuned to provide therapeutic amounts of drug at a targeted time, for example 180 days, with many values of the reservoir volume and many values of the release rate index near the optimal values, for example within about +/−50% of the optimal values. Although the volume of the reservoir can be substantially fixed, the volume of the reservoir can vary, for example within about +/−50% as with an expandable reservoir such as a balloon reservoir.
  • The half-life of the drug in the vitreous humor of the eye can be determined based on the therapeutic agent and the type of eye, for example human, rabbit or monkey, such that the half-life may be determined based on the species of the eye, for example. With at least some animal models the half life of the therapeutic agent in the vitreous humor can be shorter than for human eyes, for example by a factor of about two in at least some instances. For example, the half-life of the therapeutic agent Lucentis™ (ranibizumab) can be about nine days in the human eye and about two to four days in the rabbit and monkey animal models. For small molecules, the half life in the vitreous humor of the human eye can be about two to three hours and can be about one hour in the monkey and rabbit animal models. The therapeutic device can be tuned to receive the volume of formulation based on the half-life of the therapeutic agent in the human vitreous humor, or an animal vitreous humor, or combinations thereof. The half life of the therapeutic agent in the eye can be determined empirically based on the type of eye and the therapeutic agent, such that the reservoir and porous structure can be tuned together so as to receive the volume of formulation and provide therapeutic amounts for the extended time.
  • The formulation 190 may comprise components that result in slowing the diffusion of the therapeutic agent until those components are depleted via release to the vitreous (i.e., effective diffusion coefficient for the therapeutic agent that is lower than that in a dilute solution of the therapeutic agent in water). This may occur due to an increase in the viscosity of the formulation or due to interactions. The component that slows down diffusion may be a high concentration of the therapeutic agent itself. As time proceeds, depletion of the component may correspond to an increase in diffusion coefficient of the therapeutic agent, thereby generating a release profile that is more constant.
  • Soluble, high molecular weight species that interact with the therapeutic agent 110 of interest can be added to the formation. The interaction of the therapeutic agent 110 and the high molecular weight species will modulate the diffusion of the therapeutic agent 110 through the solution, and thus affect the release rate of the therapeutic agent 110 from the device 100.
  • Insoluble resins such as ion exchange resins or resins containing hydrophobic groups that reversibly bind the therapeutic agent 110 of interest can be added to the formulation. The interaction of the resins and the therapeutic agent 110 will affect the concentration of the therapeutic agent 110 in solution, and thus modulate the release rate of the therapeutic agent 110 from the device 100.
  • High molecular weight stabilizers can be added to the formulation of the therapeutic agent 110 of interest. If the molecular weight of the stabilizer is approximately the same as that of the therapeutic agent 110, the two will diffuse from the therapeutic device 100 at approximately the same rate, thus keeping the ratio of stabilizer to therapeutic agent 110 approximately constant over time. If the molecular weight of the stabilizer is higher than that of the therapeutic agent 110, the ratio of stabilizer to therapeutic agent 110 in the device will actually increase over time. Both of these scenarios may increase the stability of the therapeutic agent 110 in the device during the delivery period.
  • FIG. 8A shows an apparatus comprising a first container 110C having the formulation 190 of therapeutic agent and the second container comprising a syringe 188 having erodible material 196 to generate a proton of an acid. The particles of erodible material can be mixed with the formulation of therapeutic agent within about one day or less prior to injection such that erosion of the material is decreased and also to maintain the pH of the formulation above about 4.5, for example. The first container 110C may contain formulation 190 comprising the therapeutic agent 110, the stabilizer 192 and the reversible binding agent 194, and may contain a buffer such as a phosphate buffer, for example. The second container may comprise particles of erodible material in a substantially dry configuration so as to decrease erosion of the erodible material.
  • FIG. 8B shows the syringe 188 as in FIG. 8A used to prepare the formulation of therapeutic agent prior to injection. A needle 189 can be inserted into container 110C and the formulation 190 drawn into the second container comprising syringe 188 so as to mix the formulation prior to injection into therapeutic device 100. The mixed formulation can be exchanged and the syringe may comprise an exchange syringe, for example.
  • FIG. 8C shows an apparatus comprising a first container having a commercially available formulation 110F of therapeutic agent, and the second container comprising a syringe 188 having one or more of, a stabilizer 192, a binding agent 194 comprising porous particles, or an erodible material 196 to generate a proton of an acid, in accordance with variations;
  • FIG. 8D shows the first and second containers as in FIG. 8C used to prepare the formulation 190 of therapeutic agent prior to injection. A needle 189 can be inserted into container 110C and the formulation 110F drawn into the second container comprising syringe 188 so as to mix and provide the formulation 190 prior to injection into therapeutic device 100. The mixed formulation can be exchanged and the syringe may comprise an exchange syringe, for example. The mixed formulation 190 prior to injection may comprise the therapeutic agent 110, and one or more of a stabilizer 192, a binding agent 194 comprising porous particles, or an erodible material 196 to generate a proton of an acid. For example, prior to drawing formulation 110F, the syringe 188 may comprise a stabilizer 192 and an erodible material 196 as a substantially dry combination, and the formulation 110F of container 110C may comprise Lucentis™. Upon drawing an amount of the commercially available formulation of Lucentis™ into the syringe, the formulation 190 can be provided for injection into therapeutic device 100. Syringe 188 may comprise a substantially single use disposable syringe, for example.
  • The first and second containers can be configured in many ways. For example, the second container may comprise a cartridge having the erodible material stored therein, in which the cartridge is configured to couple to a syringe having the formulation of the therapeutic agent contained therein, so as to mix the erodible material with the formulation upon injection into or exchange with a therapeutic device. The cartridge may be configured to couple to the needle and the syringe. For example, the cartridge may comprise a first end to couple to the syringe and a second end to couple to a needle. The container may comprise an amount of the particles corresponding to a volume of the reservoir chamber of the device so as to combine with an amount of the formulation corresponding to the volume of the reservoir chamber, so as to provide a concentration of particles and formulation loaded into device 100 corresponding to an intended target concentration of particles and formulation.
  • Determination of Isoelectric Point of Ranibizumab
  • Determining the isoelectric point of a protein can be used to determine the stability of a protein formulation, or to develop a related assay. The isoelectric point of Lucentis™ can be estimated from the primary amino acid sequence obtained from the Novartis package insert of Lucentis™ marketed in Australia, CAS number 347396-82-1.
  • The total number of ionizable acidic and basic amino acids were tabulated. The pKa values of the ionizable side groups were estimated using the Sigma-Aldrich table available on the World Wide Web (sigmaaldrich.com/life-science/metabolomics/bioultra-reagents/amino-acids.html).
  • The local environments in a protein can shift pKa values of single amino acids, but average values should be useful to estimate the overall effect. Table Y1 is a list of the sequence number position and total number of the acidic and basic amino acids present in Lucentis™. The acidic groups of Asp and Glu total 32 amino acids (pKa ˜4), and the basic groups of Tyr, Lys, and Arg, (pKa ˜10) total 61 amino acids. Therefore with twice as many basic groups as acidic groups, Lucentis™ would be classified as a basic protein with an isoelectric point of about 8.0 to 9.0. After estimating the number of charges versus pH of a solution including the N-terminus and C-terminus, the plot in FIG. 4C shows the zero net charge state (isoelectric point) to be achieved at about pH 8.0 to 9.0.
  • TABLE Y1
    LucentisTM Amino Acid Positions and Total Number
    Asp Glu His Tyr Lys Arg
    A-chain
    28 1 31 27 43 19
    63 6 107 32 65 38
    73 46 174 54 76 66
    90 57 210 60 98 67
    111 89 230 80 127 87
    154 158 94 139
    218 222 95 153
    227 99 211
    101 216
    102 219
    103 220
    109 224
    155 228
    186
    204
    B-chain 1 81 55 32 39 18
    17 105 189 36 42 61
    28 123 198 49 45 108
    70 143 86 103 142
    82 161 87 107 211
    122 165 91 126
    151 187 140 145
    167 195 173 149
    170 213 186 169
    175 192 183
    188
    190
    207
    Total A & B 18 16 8 25 26 10
  • The charge as a function of pH can be determined for many therapeutic agents as described herein, for example protein based therapeutic agents comprising a Fab antibody fragment and derivatives thereof.
  • EXPERIMENTAL
  • Experiments to determine empirically the release rate of the therapeutic agent and the stabilizer from the formulation 190 are described herein.
  • Example 1
  • A drug release study was performed using bovine serum albumin (BSA) as a model therapeutic agent and fluorescein as a model stabilizer, so as to show formation of ionic complexes between a model stabilizer and model therapeutic agent, in which the model stabilizer comprises on or more of an ionic group, a hydroxyl group, or an aromatic ring and the therapeutic agent comprises Fab antibody fragment. Similar complexes can be formed with higher molecular weight stabilizers as described herein, so as to decrease the rate of release of the therapeutic agent.
  • The release rate of BSA and fluorescein were measured from devices initially loaded with formulations listed in Table E1. Buffer containing trehalose, polysorbate 20, and histidine was prepared first and pH was adjusted to 5.5 using HCl. Then BSA and fluorescein was added and pH was determined by pH paper to be in the 6.1-6.5 and 6.6-7.0 range for Formulations I and II respectively.
  • Devices were fabricated containing sintered porous titanium cylinders (Mott Corporation) with a diameter of 0.038 inches and a thickness of 0.030 inches. The porous cylinders were mounted into devices machined from poly (methyl methacrylate) with a reservoir volume of 0.025 mL and a silicone septum. The devices expose one planar face of the porous titanium to the solution in the reservoir and the other planar face to the receiver solution in the vials.
  • The devices (n=6 or 7 for each formulation) were filled with 0.05 mL formulation using a tuberculin syringe and a 33 gauge needle inserted through the septum. Excess formulation was expressed through the porous titanium and rinsed off the device prior to the start of the drug release study by submerging in phosphate buffered saline (PBS). The devices were mounted on hangers to suspend the devices in the center of PBS in 1.5 mL microcentrifuge tubes. At periodic intervals, the reservoirs were moved to new tubes containing degassed PBS as the receiver fluid. The amount of BSA transported from the reservoir through the porous cylinder into the receiver fluid was determined by measuring the amount of BSA in the vials using a Micro BCA™ Protein Assay kit (Pierce, 23235) on a Molecular Devices Plate Reader. Fluorescein concentrations in the receiver fluid were determined from absorbance at 492 nm on the plate reader.
  • TABLE E1
    Compositions of formulations injected into devices
    Formulation
    I II
    BSA (mg/mL) 20 200
    Fluorescein (mg/mL) 1 1
    Trehalose (wt %) 10 10
    Polysorbate 20 (wt %) 0.01 0.01
    Histidine HCl (M) 0.01 0.01
    Sodium azide (wt %) 0.02 0.02
  • FIG. 9 shows calibration curves for absorbance of fluorescein in PBS versus PBS containing 100 and 1000 ug/mL BSA as the calibration curve diluent. For a given concentration of fluorescein, the fluorescein absorbance was lower in the standards containing BSA. When the standards containing BSA were assayed using the standards without BSA, the fluorescein concentrations were 74 and 69% of nominal values BSA concentrations of 100 and 1000 ug/mL, respectively, over a fluorescein concentration range of 2 to 30 ug/mL. It is known that fluorescein absorbance is stronger for the dianion form than the other ionic forms of fluorescein (Smith et al., Water S A, 28(4), 2002, 395-402). The lower absorbance from addition of BSA is consistent with formation of an ionic complex between fluorescein and BSA that may lower the concentration of fluorescein dianion in solution. Hence, the release of fluorescein in the presence of BSA is an example of a model stabilizer that forms an ionic complex with the model therapeutic agent.
  • Table E2 shows the concentrations of BSA and fluorescein measured in the receiver fluid at the start of the release study. The initial release rate of BSA is proportional to the BSA concentration, suggesting the effective diffusion coefficient was not dependent on concentration of BSA. Concentrations of fluorescein are corrected for the impact of the presence of BSA concentration measured in each sample, as described above. The release rate of fluorescein from the formulation containing 200 mg/mL BSA is slower by a factor of two compared to the formulation containing 20 mg/mL. The slower release rate can be described by an effective diffusion coefficient that is lower by a factor of two. These results demonstrate the ability to slow down diffusion and drug release of a model stabilizer by formation of ionic complexes between a model stabilizer and model therapeutic agent.
  • TABLE E2
    Measured concentrations and initial release rates of BSA
    and fluorescein from Formulations I and II.
    Formulation I Formulation II
    (20 mg/mL (200 mg/mL
    BSA) BSA)
    Mean SD Mean SD
    Measured BSA in Receiver 105 4 1154 135
    (ug/mL)
    Measured fluorescein in Receiver 10.9 0.5 4.6 0.5
    (ug/mL)
    BSA rate (ug/mL) 13.3 0.5 147.8 18.4
    BSA rate, normalized by initial 0.665 0.026 0.739 0.092
    BSA conc
    Fluorescein rate (ug/mL), 1.4 0.1 0.6 0.1
    uncorrected
    Correction factor 0.74 0.74 0.69 0.69
    Fluorescein rate (ug/mL), corrected 1.9 0.1 0.8 0.1
  • Example 2 Erodible Particles
  • PLGA may be purchased from a number of supplies, for example, PURASORB® of Purac Biomaterials, RESOMER® of Boehringer Ingelheim, Lakeshore Biomaterials™ of Surmodics Pharmaceuticals and Lactel® of Durect. PLGA is available with a range of properties as stock or custom polymers. For example, Durect produces PLGA with time for resorption ranging from a few months to greater than 24 months. Any commercially available PLGA can be processed into monodisperse microspheres by using processes known in the art, such as single and double emulsion processing schemes. PLGA may be purchased as microparticles. For example, monodisperse PURASORB® PLGA 5004 microspheres are available from Nanomi with particle sizes ranging from 1 to 30 um, prepared by an emulsification technology, and supplied freeze-dried.
  • Microparticles 1 um in size from Naomi can be added to Lucentis™ at concentrations ranging from 0.01% to 1%. The microparticles can be added just prior to injection into devices. Control devices can also be injected with Lucentis™ only. Drug release testing could be performed as described in Example 1. The stability of ranibizumab could be tested by assays such as ELISA and Ion-Exchange Chromatography HPLC on samples of drug in the receiver fluid. In addition, the contents in the reservoir of the devices could be harvested to assay for drug stability and measurement of pH by, for example, pH paper.
  • Example 3 Stabilizers
  • Various forms (e.g., cellulose acetate, ethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose) and molecular weights of cellulose can be purchased from suppliers such as Spectrum Chemicals and Sigma-Aldrich. Excipients can be removed from Lucentis™ by dialysis to obtain ranibizumab. Then, excipients of choice can be added to prepare the desired formulations. An example would be 10 mg/mL ranibizumab, 10% carboxymethyl cellulose with a molecular weight of about 10 kDa, 0.01 % polysorbate 20, 10 mM histidine HCl pH 5.5.
  • Devices can be injected with the various formulations and Lucentis™ as a control and subjected to drug release testing and stability assays as described in Example 2.
  • Example 4 Stabilizers and Erodible Particles
  • Stabilizers can be encapsulated into erodible particles using single and double emulsion techniques. PLGA and stabilizers listed in Examples 2 and 4 and buffers such as histidine hydrochloride can be dissolved in solvents such as dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl acetate, chloroform, hexafluoroisopropanol, and acetone. Surfactant such as polysorbate 20 at concentrations on the order of 0.01% can be added to water and the PLGA and stabilizers dissolved in solvent, and sonication applied to form an emulsion. Solvent can be removed to yield the particles. The particles can be added to Lucentis™ at concentrations on the order of 1%. Devices can be injected with the various formulations and Lucentis™ as a control and subjected to drug release testing and stability assays as described in Example 2.
  • Example 5 Micelle Stabilizer
  • Excipients can be removed from Lucentis™ by dialysis to obtain ranibizumab. A series of samples can be generated with composition identical to Lucentis™ but with a range of polysorbate 20 concentrations, from 0.0005% to 0.1%. Surface tension measurements may be performed with a Wilhemy plate to determine the CMC; i.e., polysorbate 20 concentration threshold for constant surface tension. Devices can then be filled with formulations containing polysorbate 20 concentrations that are 0, 1, 5 and 20 times the CMC. These devices can be subjected to drug release testing and stability assays as described in Example 2.
  • TABLE 1A
    Therapeutic Agent List
    Brands Molecular
    Generic Name (Companies) Category Indication Weight
    2-Methoxyestradiol (Paloma Angiogenesis AMD
    analogs Pharmaceuticals) inhibitors
    3-aminothalidomide
    13-cis retinoic acid Accutane TM
    (Roche
    Pharmaceuticals)
    A0003 (Aqumen A0003 AMD
    BioPharmaceuticals)
    A5b1 integrin (Jerini Ophthalmic); Inhibitors of a5b1 AMD
    inhibitor (Ophthotech) integrin
    Abarelix Plenaxis ™ (Praecis Anti-Testosterone For palliative treatment 37731
    Pharmaceuticals) Agents; of advanced prostate
    Antineoplastic cancer.
    Agents
    Abatacept Orencia ™ (Bristol- Antirheumatic For the second line 37697
    Myers Squibb) Agents reduction of the signs
    and symptoms of
    moderate-to-severe
    active rheumatoid
    arthritis, inducing
    inducing major clinical
    response, slowing the
    progression of
    structural damage, and
    improving physical
    function in adult
    patients who have
    Abciximab ReoPro ™; Anticoagulants; For treatment of 42632
    ReoPro ™ Antiplatelet Agents myocardial infarction,
    (Centocor) adjunct to
    percutaneous
    89oronary intervention,
    unstable angina
    ABT-578 (Abbott Limus Immunophilin
    Laboratories) Binding
    Compounds
    Acetonide
    Adalimumab Humira ™ (Abbott Antirheumatic Uveitis, AMD 25645
    Laboratories) Agents;
    Immunomodulatory
    Agents
    Aldesleukin Proleukin ™; Antineoplastic For treatment of adults 61118
    Proleukin ™ (Chiron Agents with metastatic renal
    Corp) cell carcinoma
    Alefacept Amevive ™ Immunomodulatory For treatment of 42632
    Agents; moderate to severe
    Immunosuppressive chronic plaque
    Agents psoriasis
    Alemtuzumab Campath ™; Antineoplastic For treatment of B-cell 6614
    Campath ™ (ILEX Agents chronic lymphocytic
    Pharmaceuticals leukemia
    LP); MabCampath ™
    Alpha-1-proteinase Aralast ™ (Baxter); Enzyme For treatment of 28518
    inhibitor Prolastin ™ (Talecris Replacement panacinar emphysema
    Biotherapeutics C Agents
    formerly Bayer)
    Alteplase Activase ™ Thrombolytic For management of 54732
    (Genentech Inc) Agents acute myocardial
    infarction, acute
    ischemic strok and for
    lysis of acute
    pulmonary emboli
    AMG-1470
    Anakinra Kineret ™ (Amgen Anti-Inflammatory For the treatment of 65403
    Inc) Agents, Non- adult rheumatoid
    Steroidal; arthritis.
    Antirheumatic
    Agents;
    Immunomodulatory
    Agents
    Anecortave acetate
    Angiostatin
    Anistreplase Eminase ™ (Wulfing Thrombolytic For lysis of acute 54732
    Pharma GmbH) Agents pulmonary emboli,
    intracoronary emboli
    and management of
    myocardial infarction
    Anti-angiogenesis (Eyecopharm) Anti-angiogenesis AMD
    peptides peptides
    Anti-angiogenesis (TRACON Pharma) Anti-angiogenesis AMD
    antibodies, antibodies
    TRC093, TRC105
    Anti-angiogeric Icon-1 ™ (Iconic Anti-angiogeric AMD
    bifunctional protein Therapeutics) bifunctional protein,
    Icon-1
    Anti-endothelial
    growth factor
    Antihemophilic Advate ™; Coagulants; For the treatment of 70037
    Factor Alphanate ™; Thrombotic Agents hemophilia A, von
    Bioclate ™; Willebrand diseae and
    Helixate ™; Helixate Factor XIII deficiency
    FS ™; Hemofil M ™;
    Humate-P ™;
    Hyate:C ™; Koate-
    HP ™; Kogenate ™;
    Kogenate FS ™;
    Monarc-M ™;
    Monoclate-P ™;
    ReFacto ™;
    Xyntha ™
    Antithymocyte Genzyme); Immunomodulatory For prevention of renal 37173
    globulin Thymoglobulin ™ Agents transplant rejection
    (SangStat Medical
    Anti-hypertensive (MacuCLEAR) Anti-hypertensive AMD
    MC1101 MC1101
    Anti-platelet
    devired growth
    factor
    Anti-VEGF (Neurotech); Anti-VEGF AMD
    Avastin ™
    (NeoVista)
    AP23841 (Ariad) Limus Immunophilin
    Binding
    Compounds
    ARC1905 Ophthotech Complement
    Cascade Inhibitor
    (Factor C5)
    Aprotinin Trasylol ™ Antifibrinolytic For prophylactic use to 90569
    Agents reduce perioperative
    blood loss and the
    need for blood
    transfusion in patients
    undergoing
    cardiopulmonary
    bypass in the course of
    coronary artery bypass
    graft surgery who are
    at an increased risk for
    blood loss and blood
    transfusio
    Arcitumomab CEA-Scan ™ Diagnostic Agents; For imaging colorectal 57561
    Imaging Agents tumors
    Asparaginase Elspar ™ (Merck & Antineoplastic For treatment of acute 132.118
    Co. Inc) Agents lympocytic leukemia
    and non-Hodgkins
    lymphoma
    Axitinib Tyrosine Kinase 386
    Inhibitors
    Basiliximab Simulect ™ (Novartis Immunomodulatory For prophylactic 61118
    Pharmaceuticals) Agents; treatment of kidney
    Immunosuppressive transplant rejection
    Agents
    Becaplermin Regranex ™; Anti-Ulcer Agents; For topical treatment of 123969
    Regranex ™ (OMJ Topical skin ulcers (from
    Pharmaceuticals) diabetes)
    Bevacizumab Avastin ™; Avastin ™ Antiangiogenesis For treatment of 27043
    (Genentech Inc) Agents; metastatic colorectal
    Antineoplastic cancer
    Agents
    Bivalirudin Angiomax ™; Anticoagulants; For treatment of 70037
    Angiomax ™ Antithrombotic heparin-induced
    (Medicines Co or Agents thrombocytopenia
    MDCO); Angiox ™
    Bortezomib Proteosome
    Inhibitors
    Bosutinib Tyrosine Kinase 530
    Inhibitors
    Botulinum Toxin BOTOX ™ (Allegran Anti-Wrinkle For the treatment of 23315
    Type A Inc); BOTOX Agents; cervical dystonia in
    Cosmetic ™ Antidystonic adults to decrease the
    (Allegran Inc); Agents; severity of abnormal
    Botox ™; Dysport ™ Neuromuscular head position and neck
    Blocking Agents pain associated with
    cervical dystonia. Also
    for the treatment of
    severe primary axillary
    hyperhidrosis that is
    inadequately managed
    with topical
    Botulinum Toxin Myobloc ™ (Solstice Antidystonic Agents For the treatment of 12902
    Type B Neurosciences); patients with cervical
    Neurobloc ™ dystonia to reduce the
    (Solstice severity of abnormal
    Neurosciences) head position and neck
    pain associated with
    cervical dystonia.
    C5 inhibitor (Jerini Ophthalmic); Inhibitors of C5 AMD
    (Ophthotech)
    Cal101 Calistoga PI3Kdelta Inhibitor AMD, DME
    Canstatin
    Capromab ProstaScint ™ Imaging Agents For diagnosis of 84331
    (Cytogen Corp) prostate cancer and
    detection of intra-pelvic
    metastases
    Captopril ACE Inhibitors
    CCI-779 (Wyeth) Limus Immunophilin
    Binding
    Compounds
    Cediranib Tyrosine Kinase 450
    Inhibitors
    Celecoxib Cyclooxygenase
    Inhibitors
    Cetrorelix Cetrotide ™ Hormone For the inhibition of 78617
    Antagonists; premature LH surges
    Infertility Agents in women undergoing
    controlled ovarian
    stimulation
    Cetuximab Erbitux ™; Erbitux ™ Antineoplastic For treatment of 42632
    (ImClone Systems Agents metastatic colorectal
    Inc) cancer.
    Choriogonadotropin Novarel ™; Fertility Agents; For the treatment of 78617
    alfa Ovidrel ™. Gonadotropins female infertility
    Pregnyl ™; Profasi ™
    Cilary neurotrophic (Neurotech) Cilary neurotrophic AMD
    factor factor
    Coagulation Factor Benefix ™ (Genetics Coagulants; For treatment of 267012
    IX Institute) Thrombotic Agents hemophilia (Christmas
    disease).
    Coagulation factor NovoSeven ™ (Novo Coagulants; For treatment of 54732
    VIIa Nordisk) Thrombotic Agents hemorrhagic
    complications in
    hemophilia A and B
    Colchicines
    Collagenase Cordase ™; Santyl ™ Anti-Ulcer Agents; For treatment of 138885
    (Advance Topical chronic dermal ulcers
    Biofactures Corp); and severe skin burns
    Xiaflextm ™
    Complement factor (Optherion); Complement factor AMD, Geographic
    H recombinant (Taligen H recombinant Atrophy
    Therapeutics)
    Compstatin (Potentia Complement Factor AMD
    derivative peptide, Pharmaceuticals) C3 Inhibitors;
    POT-4 Compstatin
    Derivative Peptides
    Corticotropin ACTH ™; Diagnostic Agents For use as a diagnostic 33927
    Acethropan ™; agent in the screening
    Acortan ™; Acthar ™; of patients presumed
    Exacthin ™; H.P. to have adrenocortical
    Acthar Gel ™; insufficiency.
    Isactid ™; Purified
    cortrophin gel ™;
    Reacthin ™,
    Solacthyl ™; Tubex
    Cosyntropin Cortrosyn ™; Diagnostic Agents For use as a diagnostic 33927
    Synacthen depot ™ agent in the screening
    of patients presumed
    to have adrenocortical
    insufficiency.
    Cyclophilins Limus Immunophilin
    Binding
    Compounds
    Cyclosporine Gengraf ™ (Abbott Antifungal Agents; For treatment of 32953
    labs); Neoral ™ Antirheumatic transplant rejection,
    (Novartis); Agents; rheumatoid arthritis,
    Restasis ™; Dermatologic severe psoriasis
    Restasis ™ (Allergan Agents; Enzyme
    Inc); Sandimmune ™ Inhibitors;
    (Novartis); Immunomodulatory
    Sangcya ™ Agents;
    Immunosuppressive
    Agents
    Daclizumab Zenapax ™ Immunomodulatory For prevention of renal 61118
    (Hoffmann-La Agents; transplant rejection;
    Roche Inc) Immunosuppressive Uveitis
    Agents
    Darbepoetin alfa Aranesp ™ (Amgen Antianemic Agents For the treatment of 55066
    Inc.) anemia (from renal
    transplants or certain
    HIV treatment)
    Dasatinib Tyrosine Kinase 488
    Inhibitors
    Defibrotide Dasovas ™; Antithrombotic Defibrotide is used to 36512
    Noravid ™; Agents treat or prevent a
    Prociclide ™ failure of normal blood
    flow (occlusive venous
    disease, OVD) in the
    liver of patients who
    have had bone marrow
    transplants or received
    certain drugs such as
    oral estrogens,
    mercaptopurine, and
    many others.
    Denileukin diftitox Ontak ™ Antineoplastic For treatment of 61118
    Agents cutaneous T-cell
    lymphoma
    Desmopressin Adiuretin ™; Antidiuretic Agents; For the management 46800
    Concentraid ™; Hemostatics; Renal of primary nocturnal
    Stimate ™ Agents enuresis and indicated
    as antidiuretic
    replacement therapy in
    the management of
    central diabetes
    insipidus and for the
    management of the
    temporary polyuria and
    polydipsia following
    head trauma or
    surgery in the pitu
    Dexamethasone Ozurdex ™ Glucocorticoid DME, inflammation, 392
    (Allergan) macular edema
    following branch retinal
    vein occlusion (BRVO)
    or central retinal vein
    occlusion (CRVO)
    Diclofenac Cyclooxygenase
    Inhibitors
    Dithiocarbamate NFκB Inhibitor
    Dornase Alfa Dilor ™; Dilor-400 ™; Enzyme For the treatment of 7656
    Lufyllin ™; Lufyllin- Replacement cystic fibrosis. (double
    400 ™; Agents strand)
    Neothylline ™.
    Pulmozyme ™
    (Genentech Inc)
    Drotrecogin alfa Xigris ™; Xigris ™ (Eli Antisepsis Agents For treatment of 267012
    Lilly & Co) severe sepsis
    Eculizumab Soliris ™; Soliris ™ Complement AMD 188333
    (Alexion Cascade Inhibitor
    Pharmaceuticals) (Factor C5)
    Efalizumab Raptiva ™ Immunomodulatory For the treatment of 128771
    Raptiva ™ Agents; adult patients with
    (Genentech Inc) Immunosuppressive moderate to severe
    Agents chronic plaque
    psoriasis, who are
    candidates for
    phototherapy or
    systemic therapy.
    Endostatin
    Enfuvirtide Fuzeon ™; Fuzeon ™ Anti-HIV Agents; For treatment of HIV 16768
    (Roche HIV Fusion AIDS
    Pharmaceuticals) Inhibitors
    Epoetin alfa Epogen ™ (Amgen Antianemic Agents For treatment of 55066
    Inc.); Epogin ™ anemia (from renal
    (Chugai); Epomax ™ transplants or certain
    (Elanex); Eprex ™ HIV treatment)
    (Janssen-Cilag.
    Ortho Biologics
    LLC);
    NeoRecormon ™
    (Roche); Procrit ™
    (Ortho Biotech);
    Recormon ™
    (Roche)
    Eptifibatide Integrilin ™; Anticoagulants; For treatment of 7128
    Integrilin ™ Antiplatelet Agents; myocardial infarction
    (Millennium Pharm) Platelet and acute coronary
    Aggregation syndrome.
    Inhibitors
    Erlotinib Tyrosine Kinase 393
    Inhibitors
    Etanercept Enbrel ™; Enbrel ™ Antirheumatic Uveitis, AMD 25645
    (Immunex Corp) Agents;
    Immunomodulatory
    Agents
    Everolimus Novartis Limus Immunophilin AMD
    Binding
    Compounds, mTOR
    Exenatide Byetta ™; Byetta ™ Indicated as adjunctive 53060
    (Amylin/Eli Lilly) therapy to improve
    glycemic control in
    patients with Type 2
    diabetes mellitus who
    are taking metformin, a
    sulfonylurea, or a
    combination of both,
    but have not achieved
    adequate glycemic
    control.
    FCFD4514S Genentech/Roche Complement AMD, Geographic
    Cascade Inhibitor Atrophy
    (Factor D)
    Felypressin Felipresina ™ [INN- Renal Agents; For use as an 46800
    Spanish]; Vasoconstrictor alternative to
    Felipressina ™ Agents adrenaline as a
    [DCIT]; 97ocalizing agent,
    Felypressin ™ provided that local
    [USAN:BAN:INN]; ischaemia is not
    Felypressine ™ essential.
    [INN-French];
    Felypressinum ™
    [INN-Latin];
    Octapressin ™
    Fenretinide Sirion/reVision Binding Protein AMD, Geographic
    Therapeutics Antagonist for Oral Atrophy
    Vitamin A
    Filgrastim Neupogen ™ Anti-Infective Increases leukocyte 28518
    (Amgen Inc.) Agents; production, for
    Antineutropenic treatment in non-
    Agents; myeloid
    Immunomodulatory cancer, neutropenia
    Agents and bone marrow
    transplant
    FK605-binding Limus Immunophilin
    proteins, FKBPs Binding
    Compounds
    Fluocinolone Retisert ™ (Bausch Glucocorticoid Retinal inflammation, 453
    Acetonide & Lomb); Iluvien ™ diabetic macular
    (Alimera Sciences, edema
    Inc.)
    Follitropin beta Follistim ™ Fertility Agents For treatment of 78296
    (Organon); Gonal female infertility
    F ™; Gonal-F ™
    Fumagillin
    Galsulfase Naglazyme ™; Enzyme For the treatment of 47047
    Naglazyme ™ Replacement adults and children
    (BioMarin Agents with
    Pharmaceuticals) Mucopolysaccharidosis
    VI.
    Gefitinib Tyrosine Kinase 447
    Inhibitors
    Gemtuzumab Mylotarg ™; Antineoplastic For treatment of acute 39826
    ozogamicin Mylotarg ™ (Wyeth) Agents myeloid leukemia
    Glatiramer Acetate Copaxone ™ Adjuvants, For reduction of the 29914
    Immunologic; frequency of relapses
    Immunosuppressive in patients with
    Agents Relapsing-Remitting
    Multiple Sclerosis.
    Glucagon GlucaGen ™ (Novo Antihypoglycemic For treatment of 54009
    recombinant Nordisk); Agents severe hypoglycemia,
    Glucagon ™ (Eli also used in
    Lilly) gastrointestinal
    imaging
    Goserelin Zoladex ™ Antineoplastic Breast cancer; 78617
    Agents; Prostate carcinoma;
    Antineoplastic Endometriosis
    Agents, Hormonal
    Human Serum Albutein ™ (Alpha Serum substitutes For treatment of 39000
    Albumin Therapeutic Corp) severe blood loss,
    hypervolemia,
    hypoproteinemia
    Hyaluronidase Vitragan ™; Anesthetic For increase of 69367
    Vitrase ™; Vitrase ™ Adjuvants; absorption and
    (Ista Pharma) Permeabilizing distribution of other
    Agents injected drugs and for
    rehydration
    Ibritumomab Zevalin ™ (IDEC Antineoplastic For treatment of non- 33078
    Pharmaceuticals) Agents Hodgkin's lymphoma
    Idursulfase Elaprase ™ (Shire Enzyme For the treatment of 47047
    Pharmaceuticals) Replacement Hunter syndrome in
    Agents adults and children
    ages 5 and older.
    Imatinib Tyrosine Kinase AMD, DME 494
    Inhibitors
    Immune globulin Civacir ™; Anti-Infectives; For treatment of 42632
    Flebogamma ™ Immunomodulatory immunodeficiencies,
    (Instituto Grifols Agents thrombocytopenic
    SA); Gamunex ™ purpura, Kawasaki
    (Talecris disease,
    Biotherapeutics) gammablobulinemia,
    leukemia, bone
    transplant
    Infliximab Remicade ™ Immunomodulatory Uveitis, AMD 25645
    (Centocor Inc) Agents;
    Immunosuppressive
    Agents
    Insulin Glargine Lantus ™ Hypoglycemic For treatment of 156308
    recombinant Agents diabetes (type I and II)
    Insulin Lyspro Humalog ™ (Eli Lily); Hypoglycemic For treatment of 154795
    recombinant Insulin Lispro (Eli Agents diabetes (type I and II)
    Lily)
    Insulin recombinant Novolin R ™ (Novo Hypoglycemic For treatment of 156308
    Nordisk) Agents diabetes (type I and II)
    Insulin, porcine Iletin II ™ Hypoglycemic For the treatment of 156308
    Agents diabetes (type I and II)
    Interferon
    Interferon Alfa-2a, Roferon A ™ Antineoplastic For treatment of 57759
    Recombinant (Hoffmann-La Agents; Antiviral chronic hepatitis C,
    Roche Inc); Agents hairy cell leukemia,
    Veldona ™ (Amarillo AIDS-related Kaposi's
    Biosciences) sarcoma, and chronic
    myelogenous
    leukemia. Also for the
    treatment of oral warts
    arising from HIV
    infection.
    Interferon Alfa-2b, Intron A ™ (Schering Antineoplastic For the treatment of 57759
    Recombinant Corp) Agents; Antiviral hairy cell leukemia,
    Agents; malignant melanoma,
    Immunomodulatory and AIDS-related
    Agents Kaposi's sarcoma.
    Interferon alfacon-1 Advaferon ™; Antineoplastic For treatment of hairy 57759
    Infergen ™ Agents; Antiviral cell leukemia,
    (InterMune Inc) Agents; malignant melanoma,
    Immunomodulatory and AIDS-related
    Agents Kaposi's sarcoma
    Interferon alfa-n1 Wellferon ™ Antiviral Agents; For treatment of 57759
    (GlaxoSmithKline) Immunomodulatory venereal or genital
    Agents warts caused by the
    Human Papiloma Virus
    Interferon alfa-n3 Alferon ™ (Interferon Antineoplastic For the intralesional 57759
    Sciences Inc.); Agents; Antiviral treatment of refractory
    Alferon LDO ™; Agents; or recurring external
    Alferon N Injection ™ Immunomodulatory condylomata
    Agents 100cuminate.
    Interferon beta-1b Betaseron ™ (Chiron Antiviral Agents; For treatment of 57759
    Corp) Immunomodulatory relapsing/remitting
    Agents multiple sclerosis
    Interferon gamma- Actimmune ™; Antiviral Agents; For treatment of 37835
    1b Actimmune ™ Immunomodulatory Chronic granulomatous
    (InterMune Inc) Agents disease, Osteopetrosis
    Lapatinib Tyrosine Kinase 581
    Inhibitors
    Lepirudin Refludan ™ Anticoagulants; For the treatment of 70037
    Antithrombotic heparin-induced
    Agents; Fibrinolytic thrombocytopenia
    Agents
    Lestaurtinib Tyrosine Kinase 439
    Inhibitors
    Leuprolide Eligard ™ (Atrix Anti-Estrogen For treatment of 37731
    Labs/QLT Inc) Agents; prostate cancer,
    Antineoplastic endometriosis, uterine
    Agents fibroids and premature
    puberty
    Lutropin alfa Luveris ™ (Serono) Fertility Agents For treatment of 78617
    female infertility
    Mecasermin Increlex ™; For the long-term 154795
    Increlex ™ (Tercica); treatment of growth
    Iplex failure in pediatric
    patients with Primary
    IGFD or with GH gene
    deletion who have
    developed neutralizing
    antibodies to GH. It is
    not indicated to treat
    Secondary IGFD
    resulting from GH
    deficiency,
    malnutrition, hypoth
    Menotropins Repronex ™ Fertility Agents For treatment of 78617
    female infertility
    Methotrexate Immunomodulatory Uveitis, DME
    mTOR inhibitors
    Muromonab Orthoclone OKT3 ™ Immunomodulatory For treatment of organ 23148
    (Ortho Biotech) Agents; transplant recipients,
    Immunosuppressive prevention of organ
    Agents rejection
    Natalizumab Tysabri ™ Immunomodulatory For treatment of 115334
    Agents multiple sclerosis.
    Nepafenac Cyclooxygenase
    Inhibitors
    Nesiritide Natrecor ™ Cardiac drugs For the intravenous 118921
    treatment of patients
    with acutely
    decompensated
    congestive heart failure
    who have dyspnea at
    rest or with minimal
    activity.
    Nilotinib Tyrosine Kinase 530
    Inhibitors
    NS398 Cyclooxygenase
    Inhibitors
    Octreotide Atrigel ™; Anabolic Agents; For treatment of 42687
    Longastatin ™; Antineoplastic acromegaly and
    Sandostatin ™; Agents, Hormonal; reduction of side
    Sandostatin LAR ™; Gastrointestinal effects from cancer
    Sandostatin LAR ™ Agents; Hormone chemotherapy
    (Novartis) Replacement
    Agents
    Omalizumab Xolair ™ (Genentech Anti-Asthmatic For treatment of 29596
    Inc) Agents; asthma caused by
    Immunomodulatory allergies
    Agents
    Oprelvekin Neumega ™; Coagulants; Increases reduced 45223
    Neumega ™ Thrombotics platelet levels due to
    (Genetics Institute chemotherapy
    Inc)
    OspA lipoprotein LYMErix ™ Vaccines For prophylactic 95348
    (SmithKline treatment of Lyme
    Beecham) Disease
    OT-551 (Othera) Anti-oxidant AMD
    eyedrop
    Oxytocin Oxytocin ™ (BAM Anti-tocolytic To assist in labor, 12722
    Biotech); Pitocin ™ Agents; Labor elective labor
    (Parke-Davis); Induction Agents; induction, uterine
    Syntocinon ™ Oxytocics contraction induction
    (Sandoz)
    Palifermin Kepivance ™ Antimucositis For treatment of 138885
    (Amgen Inc) Agents mucositis (mouth
    sores)
    Palivizumab Synagis ™ Antiviral Agents For treatment of 63689
    respiratory diseases
    casued by respiratory
    syncytial virus
    Panitumumab Vectibix ™; Antineoplastic For the treatment of 134279
    Vectibix ™ (Amgen) Agents EGFR-expressing,
    metastatic colorectal
    carcinoma with
    disease progression on
    or following
    fluoropyrimidine-,
    oxaliplatin-, and
    irinotecan-containing
    chemotherapy
    regimens.
    PDGF inhibitor (Jerini Ophthalmic); Inhibitors of PDGF AMD
    (Ophthotech)
    PEDF (pigment
    epithelium derived
    factor)
    Pegademase Adagen ™ (Enzon Enzyme For treatment of 36512
    bovine Inc.) Replacement adenosine deaminase
    Agents deficiency
    Pegaptanib Macugen ™ Oligonucleotide For the treatment of 103121
    neovascular (wet) age-
    related macular
    degeneration.
    Pegaspargase Oncaspar ™ (Enzon Antineoplastic For treatment of acute 132.118
    Inc) Agents lymphoblastic leukemia
    Pegfilgrastim Neulasta ™ (Amgen Anti-Infective Increases leukocyte 28518
    Inc.) Agents; production, for
    Antineutropenic treatment in non-
    Agents; myeloid cancer,
    Immunomodulatory neutropenia and bone
    Agents marrow transplant
    Peginterferon alfa- Pegasys ™ Antineoplastic For treatment of hairy 57759
    2a (Hoffman-La Roche Agents; Antiviral cell leukemia,
    Inc) Agents; malignant melanoma,
    Immunomodulatory and AIDS-related
    Agents Kaposi's sarcoma.
    Peginterferon alfa- PEG-Intron Antineoplastic For the treatment of 57759
    2b (Schering Corp); Agents; Antiviral chronic hepatitis C in
    Unitron PEG ™ Agents; patients not previously
    Immunomodulatory treated with interferon
    Agents alpha who have
    compensated liver
    disease and are at
    least 18 years of age.
    Pegvisomant Somavert ™ (Pfizer Anabolic Agents; For treatment of 71500
    Inc) Hormone acromegaly
    Replacement
    Agents
    Pentoxifylline
    Perindozril ACE Inhibitors
    Pimecrolimus Limus Immunophilin
    Binding
    Compounds
    PKC (protein
    kinase C) inhibitors
    POT-4 Potentia/Alcon Complement AMD
    Cascade Inhibitor
    (Factor C3)
    Pramlintide Symlin ™; Symlin ™ For the mealtime 16988
    (Amylin treatment of Type I and
    Pharmaceuticals) Type II diabetes in
    combination with
    standard insulin
    therapy, in patients
    who have failed to
    achieve adequate
    glucose control on
    insulin monotherapy.
    Proteosome Velcade ™ Proteosome inhibitors
    inhibitors
    Pyrrolidine
    Quinopril ACE Inhibitors
    Ranibizumab Lucentis ™ For the treatment of 27043
    patients with
    neovascular (wet) age-
    related macular
    degeneration.
    Rapamycin (MacuSight) Limus Immunophilin AMD
    (siroliums) Binding
    Compounds
    Rasburicase Elitek ™; Elitek ™ Antihyperuricemic For treatment of 168.11
    (Sanofi-Synthelabo Agents hyperuricemia,
    Inc); Fasturtec ™ reduces elevated
    plasma uric acid levels
    (from chemotherapy)
    Reteplase Retavase ™ Thrombolytic For lysis of acute 54732
    (Centocor); Agents pulmonary emboli,
    Retavase ™ (Roche) intracoronary emboli
    and management of
    myocardial infarction
    Retinal stimulant Neurosolve ™ Retinal stimulants AMD
    (Vitreoretinal
    Technologies)
    Retinoid(s)
    Rituximab MabThera ™; Antineoplastic For treatment of B-cell 33078
    Rituxan ™ Agents non-Hodgkins
    lymphoma (CD20
    positive)
    RNAI (RNA
    interference of
    angiogenic factors)
    Rofecoxib Vioxx ™; Ceoxx ™; Cyclooxygenase
    Ceeoxx ™ (Merck & Inhibitors
    Co.)
    Rosiglitazone Thiazolidinediones
    Ruboxistaurin Eli Lilly Protein Kinase C DME, diabetic 469
    (PKC)-b Inhibitor peripheral retinopathy
    Salmon Calcitonin Calcimar ™; Antihypocalcemic For the treatment of 57304
    Miacalcin ™ Agents; post-menopausal
    (Novartis) Antiosteporotic osteoporosis
    Agents; Bone
    Density
    Conservation
    Agents
    Sargramostim Immunex ™; Anti-Infective For the treatment of 46207
    Leucomax ™ Agents; cancer and bone
    (Novartis); Antineoplastic marrow transplant
    Leukine ™; Agents;
    Leukine ™ (Berlex Immunomodulatory
    Laboratories Inc) Agents
    SAR 1118 SARCode Immunomodulatory Dry eye, DME,
    Agent conjunctivitis
    SDZ-RAD Limus Immunophilin
    Binding
    Compounds
    Secretin SecreFlo ™; Diagnostic Agents For diagnosis of 50207
    Secremax ™, pancreatic exocrine
    SecreFlo ™ dysfunction and
    (Repligen Corp) gastrinoma
    Selective inhibitor
    of the factor 3
    complement
    cascade
    Selective inhibitor
    of the factor 5
    complement
    cascade
    Semaxanib Tyrosine Kinase 238
    Inhibitors
    Sermorelin Geref ™ (Serono Anabolic Agents; For the treatment of 47402
    Pharma) Hormone dwarfism, prevention of
    Replacement HIV-induced weight
    Agents loss
    Serum albumin Megatope ™ (IsoTex Imaging Agents For determination of 39000
    iodinated Diagnostics) total blood and plasma
    volumes
    SF1126 Semafore Pl3k/mTOR AMD, DME
    Inhibition
    Sirolimus (MacuSight) Limus Immunophilin AMD
    reformulation Binding
    (rapamycin) Compounds
    siRNA molecule (Quark siRNA molecule AMD
    synthetic, FTP- Pharmaceuticals) synthetic
    801i-14
    Somatropin BioTropin ™ (Biotech Anabolic Agents; For treatment of 71500
    recombinant General); Hormone dwarfism, acromegaly
    Genotropin ™ Replacement and prevention of HIV-
    (Pfizer); Agents induced weight loss
    Humatrope ™ (Eli
    Lilly); Norditropin ™
    (Novo Nordisk);
    Nutropin ™
    (Genentech Inc.);
    NutropinAQ ™
    (Genentech Inc.);
    Protropin ™
    (Genentech Inc.);
    Saizen ™ (Serono
    SA); Serostim ™;
    Serostim ™ (Serono
    SA); Tev-Tropin ™
    (GATE)
    Squalamine
    Streptokinase Streptase ™ (Aventis Thrombolytic For the treatment of 90569
    Behringer GmbH) Agents acute evolving
    transmural myocardial
    infarction, pulmonary
    embolism, deep vein
    thrombosis, arterial
    thrombosis or
    embolism and
    occlusion of
    arteriovenous
    cannulae
    Sunitinib Tyrosine Kinase 398
    Inhibitors
    TA106 Taligen Complement AMD
    Cascade Inhibitor
    (Factor B)
    Tacrolimus Limus Immunophilin
    Binding
    Compounds
    Tenecteplase TNKase ™ Thrombolytic For treatment of 54732
    (Genentech Inc) Agents myocardial infarction
    and lysis of
    intracoronary emboli
    Teriparatide Apthela ™; Bone Density For the treatment of 66361
    Forsteo ™; Forteo ™; Conservation osteoporosis in men
    Fortessa ™; Agents and postmenopausal
    Opthia ™; Optia ™; women who are at high
    Optiah ™; risk for having a
    Zalectra ™; fracture. Also used to
    Zelletra ™ increase bone mass in
    men with primary or
    hypogonadal
    osteoporosis who are
    at high risk for fracture.
    Tetrathiomolybdate
    Thalidomide Celgene Anti-inflammatory, Uveitis
    Anti-proliferative
    Thyrotropin Alfa Thyrogen ™ Diagnostic Agents For detection of 86831
    (Genzyme Inc) residueal or recurrent
    thyroid cancer
    Tie-1 and Tie-2
    kinase inhibitors
    Toceranib Tyrosine Kinase 396
    Inhibitors
    Tositumomab Bexxar ™ (Corixa Antineoplastic For treatment of non- 33078
    Corp) Agents Hodgkin's lymphoma
    (CD20 positive,
    follicular)
    TPN 470 analogue
    Trastuzumab Herceptin ™ Antineoplastic For treatment of 137912
    (Genentech) Agents HER2-positive
    pulmonary breast
    cancer
    Triamcinolone Triesence ™ Glucocorticoid DME, For treatment of 435
    acetonide inflammation of the
    retina
    Troglitazone Thiazolidinediones
    Tumistatin
    Urofollitropin Fertinex ™ (Serono S.A.) Fertility Agents For treatment of 78296
    female infertility
    Urokinase Abbokinase ™; Thrombolytic For the treatment of 90569
    Abbokinase ™ Agents 107ulmonary
    (Abbott embolism, coronary
    Laboratories) artery thrombosis and
    IV catheter clearance
    Vandetanib Tyrosine Kinase 475
    Inhibitors
    Vasopressin Pitressin ™; Antidiuretics; For the treatment of 46800
    Pressyn ™ Oxytocics; enuresis, polyuria,
    Vasoconstrictor diabetes insipidus,
    Agents polydipsia and
    oesophageal varices
    with bleeding
    Vatalanib Tyrosine Kinase 347
    Inhibitors
    VEGF receptor
    kinase inhibitor
    VEGF Trap Aflibercept ™ Genetically DME, cancer, retinal 96600
    (Regneron Engineered vein occlusion,
    Pharmaceuticals, Antibodies choroidal
    Bayer HealthCare neovascularization,
    AG) delay wound healing,
    cancer treatment
    Visual Cycle (Acucela) Visual Cycle AMD
    Modulator ACU- Modulator
    4229
    Vitamin(s)
    Vitronectin receptor
    antagonists
    Volociximab Ophthotech alpha5beta1 AMD
    Integrin Inhibitor
    XL765 Exelixis/Sanofi- Pl3k/mTOR AMD, DME
    Aventis Inhibition
  • TABLE 1B
    Surfactants
    Surfactants include:
    Iconic
    Anionic: based on permanent anions (sulfate, sulfonate, phosphate) or pH-dependent anions
    (carboxylate):
    Sulfates: Alkyl sulfates: ammonium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate (SDS);
    Alkyl ether sulfates: sodium laureth sulfate, also known as sodium lauryl
    ether sulfate (SLES), sodium myreth sulfate;
    Sulfonates: Docusates: dioctyl sodium sulfosucciate;
    Sulfonate fluorosurfactants: perfluorooctanesulfonate (PFOS),
    perfluorobutanesulfonate;
    Alkyl benzne sulfonates;
    Phosphates: Alkyl aryl ether phosphate
    Alkyl ether phosphate
    Carboxylates: Alkyl carboxylates: Fatty acid salts (soaps): sodium stearate;
    Sodium lauroyl sarcosinate;
    Carboxylate fluorsurfactants: perfluoronoanoate, perfluoroocanoate
    (PFOA OR PFO)
    Cationic: based on:
    pH-dependent primary, secondary or tertiary amines become positively charged at pH <10,
    secondary amines become charged at pH <4:
    Octenidine dihydrochloride;
    Permanently charged quaternary ammonium cation:
    Alkyltrimethylammonium sals: cetyl trimthylammonium bromide (CTAB) a.k.a.
    hexadecyl trimethyl ammonium bromide, cetyl trimethylammonium chloride (CTAC);
    Cetylpyridinium chloride (CPC);
    Polyethoxylated tallow amine (POEA);
    Benzalkonium chloride (BAC);
    Benzethonium chloride (BZT);
    5-Bromo-5-nitro-1,2-dioxane;
    Dimethyldioctadecylammonium chloride
    Dioctadecyldimethylammonium bromide (DODAB) . . .
    Zitterionic (amphoteric): based on primary, secondary or tertiary amines or uaternary ammonium
    cation with:
    Sulfonates:
    CHAPS (3-[(3-Cholamidopropyl)dimethylammonio]-1-propanesulfonate);
    Sultaines: cocamidopropyl hyroxysultaine;
    Carboxylates:
    Amino acids
    Imino acids
    Betaines: cocamidopropyl betaine;
    Phosphates: lecithin . . .
    Nonionic
    Fatty alcohol,
    Stearyl alcohol,
    Cetostearyl alcohol (consistently predominantly of cetyl and stearyl alcohols),
    Oleyl alcohol;
    Polyoxyethylene glycol alkyl ethers (Brij): CH3—(CH2)10-16—(O—C2H4)1-25—OH:
    Octaethylene glycol monododecyl ether,
    Pentaethylene glycol monododecyl ether;
    Polyoxypropylene glycol alkyl ethers: CH3—(CH2)10-16—(O—C2H6)1-25—OH:
    Glcoside alkyl ethers: CH3—(CH2)10-16—(O-Glucoside)1-3—OH:
    Decyl glucoside,
    Lauryl glucoside,
    Octyl glucoside;
    Polyoxyethylene glycol octylphenol ethers: C8H17—(C6H4)—(O—C2H4)1-25—OH:
    Triton X-100;
    Polyoxyethylene glycol alkyphenol ethers: C9H19—(C6H4)—(O—C2H4)1-25—OH:
    Nonxynol-9;
    Glycerol alkyl esters:
    Glyceryl laurate
    Polyoxyethylene glycol sorbitn alkyl esters: Polysorbates;
    Sorbitan alkyl esters: Spans;
    Cocamide MEA, cocamide DEA;
    Dodecyl dimethylamine oxide;
    Block copolymers of polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol: Poloxamers . . .
  • TABLE 1C
    Types of Carbohydrates
    General: Aldose • Ketose • Pyranose • Furanose
    Geometry Cyclohexane conformation • Anomer • Mutarotation
    Trioses Ketotriose (Dihydroyacetone) Aldotriose (Glyceraldehyde)
    Tetroses Ketotetrose (Erythrulose)
    Ketopentose (Ribulose, Xylulose)
    Pentoses Aldopentose (Ribose, Arabinose, Xylose, Lyxose)
    Monosaccharides Deoxy sugar (Deoxyribose)
    Ketohexose (Psicose, Fructose, Sorbose, Tagatose)
    Hexoses Aldohexose (Alose, Altrose, Glucose, Mannose, Gulose, Idose, Galactose,
    Talose)
    Deoxy sugar (Fucoe, Fuculose, Rhamnose)
    >6 Heptose (Sedoheptulose) • Octose • Nonose (Neuraminic acid)
    Disaccharides Sucrose • Lactose • Maltose • Trehalose •
    Turanose • Cellobiose
    Trisaccharides Raffinose • Melezitose • Maltotriose
    Tetrasaccharides Acarbose • Stachyose
    Other oligosaccharides Fructooligosaccharide (FOS) •
    Galactooligosaccharides (GOS) • Mannan-
    oligosaccharides (MOS)
    Multiple Glucose/Glucan: Glycogen • Starch (Amylose,
    Amylopectin) • Cellulose • Dextrin/Dextran •
    Beta-glucan (Zymosan, Lentinan, Sizofiran) •
    Maltodextrin
    Polysaccharides Fructose/Fructan: Inulin • Levan beta 2-6
    Mannose/Mannan
    Galactose/alactan
    N-Acetylglucosemine: Chitin
  • The variations set forth in the foregoing description do not represent all variations consistent with the subject matter described herein. Instead, they are merely some examples consistent with aspects related to the described subject matter. Wherever possible, the same reference numbers will be used throughout the drawings to refer to the same or like parts.
  • Although a few variations have been described in detail above, other modifications or additions are possible. In particular, further features and/or variations can be provided in addition to those set forth herein. For example, the variations described above can be directed to various combinations and sub-combinations of the disclosed features and/or combinations and sub-combinations of several further features disclosed above. In addition, the logic flows and steps for use described herein do not require the particular order shown, or sequential order, to achieve desirable results. Other variations can be within the scope of the claims.

Claims (11)

1-76. (canceled)
77. A device to treat an eye, the device comprising:
a reservoir chamber having a volume sized to receive an injection of an amount of a formulation of a therapeutic agent;
a porous structure to release therapeutic amounts of the therapeutic agent for an extended time; and
a stabilizer to maintain stability of the therapeutic agent in the reservoir chamber, the stabilizer comprising a molecular weight of at least about 5 k Daltons such that a portion of the stabilizer remains in the reservoir chamber for the extended time.
78. The device of claim 77, wherein the stabilizer comprises a molecular weight of at least about 10 k.
79. The device of claim 77, wherein the stabilizer comprises a molecular weight of at least about 25% of a molecular weight of the therapeutic agent.
80. The device of claim 79, wherein the therapeutic agent comprises a molecular weight of at least about 40 k.
81. The device of claim 80, wherein the therapeutic agent comprises a Fab antibody fragment or a derivative thereof.
82. The device of claim 81, wherein the therapeutic agent comprises ranibizumab.
83. The device of claim 77, further comprising an amount of an erodible material to maintain the pH of the chamber at no more than about 6.5 for an extended time of at least about one month.
84. The device of claim 77, further comprising an amount of an erodible material to maintain the pH of the chamber at no more than about 6.0 for an extended time of at least about one month.
85. The device of claim 77, further comprising a plurality of particles to bind reversibly to the therapeutic agent, a majority of the plurality of particles having a size greater than channels of the porous structure such that the particles remain in the reservoir chamber for the extended time.
86.-107. (canceled)
US13/988,298 2010-11-19 2011-11-18 Therapeutic agent formulations for implanted devices Abandoned US20140031769A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/988,298 US20140031769A1 (en) 2010-11-19 2011-11-18 Therapeutic agent formulations for implanted devices

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US41567410P 2010-11-19 2010-11-19
US13/988,298 US20140031769A1 (en) 2010-11-19 2011-11-18 Therapeutic agent formulations for implanted devices
PCT/US2011/061535 WO2012068549A2 (en) 2010-11-19 2011-11-18 Therapeutic agent formulations for implanted devices

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2011/061535 A-371-Of-International WO2012068549A2 (en) 2010-11-19 2011-11-18 Therapeutic agent formulations for implanted devices

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/606,647 Continuation US10874548B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2017-05-26 Therapeutic agent formulations for implanted devices

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20140031769A1 true US20140031769A1 (en) 2014-01-30

Family

ID=45217703

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/988,298 Abandoned US20140031769A1 (en) 2010-11-19 2011-11-18 Therapeutic agent formulations for implanted devices
US15/606,647 Active 2033-11-09 US10874548B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2017-05-26 Therapeutic agent formulations for implanted devices
US17/127,741 Active US11065151B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2020-12-18 Therapeutic agent formulations for implanted devices

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/606,647 Active 2033-11-09 US10874548B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2017-05-26 Therapeutic agent formulations for implanted devices
US17/127,741 Active US11065151B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2020-12-18 Therapeutic agent formulations for implanted devices

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (3) US20140031769A1 (en)
EP (1) EP2640360A2 (en)
AU (2) AU2011329656B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2818612C (en)
WO (1) WO2012068549A2 (en)

Cited By (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140128833A1 (en) * 2012-11-07 2014-05-08 Heraeus Medical Gmbh Method for release of active substances and active substance release systems
KR20170114245A (en) * 2016-03-24 2017-10-13 한양대학교 산학협력단 Parenteral bioactive substance delivery composition based on low molecular methylcellulose
US10357456B2 (en) * 2016-03-24 2019-07-23 Industry-University Cooperation Foundation Hanyang University Parenteral bioactive substance delivery composition based on low molecular weight methyl cellulose
US10363255B2 (en) 2014-08-08 2019-07-30 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Stable and soluble formulations of receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors, and methods of preparation thereof
US10398592B2 (en) 2011-06-28 2019-09-03 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Diagnostic methods and apparatus
US10398593B2 (en) 2013-03-28 2019-09-03 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Ophthalmic implant for delivering therapeutic substances
US10603209B2 (en) 2012-02-03 2020-03-31 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Insertion and removal methods and apparatus for therapeutic devices
US10653554B2 (en) 2011-09-16 2020-05-19 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Fluid exchange apparatus and methods
US10813788B2 (en) 2009-01-29 2020-10-27 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Implantable therapeutic device
US11110001B2 (en) 2014-11-10 2021-09-07 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Expandable drug delivery devices and methods of use
US11337853B2 (en) 2014-07-15 2022-05-24 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Ocular implant delivery device and method
US11419759B2 (en) 2017-11-21 2022-08-23 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Fluid exchange apparatus for expandable port delivery system and methods of use
US11432959B2 (en) 2015-11-20 2022-09-06 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Porous structures for extended release drug delivery devices
WO2022187346A1 (en) * 2021-03-02 2022-09-09 Georgia Tech Research Corporation Hydrogel materials and methods of making and transport using the same
US11617680B2 (en) 2016-04-05 2023-04-04 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Implantable ocular drug delivery devices
US11634485B2 (en) 2019-02-18 2023-04-25 Eli Lilly And Company Therapeutic antibody formulation
US11679027B2 (en) 2010-08-05 2023-06-20 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Combined drug delivery methods and apparatus
US11786396B2 (en) 2010-08-05 2023-10-17 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Injector apparatus and method for drug delivery

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2818612C (en) 2010-11-19 2020-12-29 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Therapeutic agent formulations for implanted devices
AR106018A1 (en) 2015-08-26 2017-12-06 Achillion Pharmaceuticals Inc ARYL, HETEROARYL AND HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF MEDICAL DISORDERS
ES2908479T3 (en) 2015-08-26 2022-04-29 Achillion Pharmaceuticals Inc Compounds for the treatment of immune and inflammatory disorders
ES2902006T3 (en) 2016-06-27 2022-03-24 Achillion Pharmaceuticals Inc Quinazoline and indole compounds to treat medical disorders
RS64603B1 (en) * 2018-02-27 2023-10-31 Univ Minnesota Polylactide foams
KR20210018199A (en) 2018-03-26 2021-02-17 씨4 테라퓨틱스, 인코포레이티드 Cerevlon binder for decomposition of Ikaros
US20230022157A1 (en) 2018-08-20 2023-01-26 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical compounds for the treatment of complement factor d medical disorders
WO2020081723A1 (en) 2018-10-16 2020-04-23 Georgia State University Research Foundation, Inc. Carbon monoxide prodrugs for the treatment of medical disorders
US11779553B1 (en) 2022-11-28 2023-10-10 Atif B. D. Collins Methods and devices for treatment of eyelid ptosis

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3914402A (en) * 1973-06-14 1975-10-21 Alza Corp Ophthalmic dosage form, for releasing medication over time
US4135514A (en) * 1974-12-23 1979-01-23 Alza Corporation Osmotic releasing system for administering ophthalmic drug to eye of animal
US20080167600A1 (en) * 2005-09-26 2008-07-10 Peyman Gholam A Device for delivery of an agent to the eye and other sites
US20100255061A1 (en) * 2009-01-29 2010-10-07 Forsight Labs, Llc Posterior Segment Drug Delivery

Family Cites Families (424)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2585815A (en) 1947-01-16 1952-02-12 Mclintock Duncan Menzies Injection syringe
US2564977A (en) 1949-01-19 1951-08-21 Hu Quang Hsi Medical injecting apparatus
US2886497A (en) 1957-04-12 1959-05-12 United States Steel Corp Method for determining the permeability of steel to hydrogen
US3232117A (en) 1962-09-14 1966-02-01 Roger Gilmont Instr Inc Micrometer buret
US3416530A (en) 1966-03-02 1968-12-17 Richard A. Ness Eyeball medication dispensing tablet
US3618604A (en) 1969-06-09 1971-11-09 Alza Corp Ocular insert
US3641237A (en) 1970-09-30 1972-02-08 Nat Patent Dev Corp Zero order release constant elution rate drug dosage
US4034756A (en) 1971-01-13 1977-07-12 Alza Corporation Osmotically driven fluid dispenser
US3831583A (en) 1971-03-05 1974-08-27 Univ California Implantable bulb for inflation of surgical implements
US3995635A (en) 1971-09-09 1976-12-07 Alza Corporation Ocular insert
US3828777A (en) 1971-11-08 1974-08-13 Alza Corp Microporous ocular device
US3845201A (en) 1972-04-24 1974-10-29 S Loucas Solid state ophthalmic medication delivery method
US3916899A (en) 1973-04-25 1975-11-04 Alza Corp Osmotic dispensing device with maximum and minimum sizes for the passageway
US4179497A (en) 1973-12-17 1979-12-18 Merck & Co., Inc. Solid state ophthalmic medication
US3902495A (en) 1974-01-28 1975-09-02 Cavitron Corp Flow control system
US3961628A (en) 1974-04-10 1976-06-08 Alza Corporation Ocular drug dispensing system
US3949748A (en) 1974-09-26 1976-04-13 Oscar Malmin Injection syringe having aspirating and metering capabilities
US3949750A (en) 1974-10-07 1976-04-13 Freeman Jerre M Punctum plug and method for treating keratoconjunctivitis sicca (dry eye) and other ophthalmic aliments using same
US3926188A (en) 1974-11-14 1975-12-16 Alza Corp Laminated drug dispenser
US4014335A (en) 1975-04-21 1977-03-29 Alza Corporation Ocular drug delivery device
NL188266C (en) 1975-07-29 1992-05-18 Merck & Co Inc PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF AN ORGANIC IMPLANT.
US4034758A (en) 1975-09-08 1977-07-12 Alza Corporation Osmotic therapeutic system for administering medicament
US3977404A (en) 1975-09-08 1976-08-31 Alza Corporation Osmotic device having microporous reservoir
US4014333A (en) 1975-09-22 1977-03-29 Mcintyre David J Instrument for aspirating and irrigating during ophthalmic surgery
US4077407A (en) 1975-11-24 1978-03-07 Alza Corporation Osmotic devices having composite walls
US4008719A (en) 1976-02-02 1977-02-22 Alza Corporation Osmotic system having laminar arrangement for programming delivery of active agent
US4014334A (en) 1976-02-02 1977-03-29 Alza Corporation Laminated osmotic system for dispensing beneficial agent
US4111201A (en) 1976-11-22 1978-09-05 Alza Corporation Osmotic system for delivering selected beneficial agents having varying degrees of solubility
US4111203A (en) 1976-11-22 1978-09-05 Alza Corporation Osmotic system with means for improving delivery kinetics of system
US4256108A (en) 1977-04-07 1981-03-17 Alza Corporation Microporous-semipermeable laminated osmotic system
US4160452A (en) 1977-04-07 1979-07-10 Alza Corporation Osmotic system having laminated wall comprising semipermeable lamina and microporous lamina
US4164559A (en) 1977-09-21 1979-08-14 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Collagen drug delivery device
US4186184A (en) 1977-12-27 1980-01-29 Alza Corporation Selective administration of drug with ocular therapeutic system
US4220153A (en) 1978-05-08 1980-09-02 Pfizer Inc. Controlled release delivery system
US4220152A (en) 1978-05-08 1980-09-02 Pfizer Inc. Delivery system
US4200098A (en) 1978-10-23 1980-04-29 Alza Corporation Osmotic system with distribution zone for dispensing beneficial agent
US4298000A (en) 1978-11-08 1981-11-03 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Fluid dispensing device
US4300557A (en) 1980-01-07 1981-11-17 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Method for treating intraocular malignancies
ATE9059T1 (en) 1980-01-28 1984-09-15 Merck & Co. Inc. SUPPLEMENTS CONTAINING OPHTHALMIC ANHYDRASE INHIBITORS TO REDUCE INTRAOCULAR HYPERTENSION.
US4309776A (en) 1980-05-13 1982-01-12 Ramon Berguer Intravascular implantation device and method of using the same
US4326525A (en) 1980-10-14 1982-04-27 Alza Corporation Osmotic device that improves delivery properties of agent in situ
US4327725A (en) 1980-11-25 1982-05-04 Alza Corporation Osmotic device with hydrogel driving member
US4484922A (en) 1981-06-25 1984-11-27 Rosenwald Peter L Occular device
US4439198A (en) 1981-07-09 1984-03-27 University Of Illinois Foundation Biodegradable ocular insert for controlled delivery of ophthalmic medication
US4730013A (en) 1981-10-08 1988-03-08 Merck & Co., Inc. Biosoluble ocular insert
US4475916A (en) 1982-03-18 1984-10-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Osmotic drug delivery system
US4439196A (en) 1982-03-18 1984-03-27 Merck & Co., Inc. Osmotic drug delivery system
US4519801A (en) 1982-07-12 1985-05-28 Alza Corporation Osmotic device with wall comprising cellulose ether and permeability enhancer
US4673405A (en) 1983-03-04 1987-06-16 Alza Corporation Osmotic system with instant drug availability
US4883459A (en) 1983-07-29 1989-11-28 Reynaldo Calderon Retrograde perfusion
US4774091A (en) 1983-10-14 1988-09-27 Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Company, Ltd. Long-term sustained-release preparation
US4627850A (en) 1983-11-02 1986-12-09 Alza Corporation Osmotic capsule
US4777049A (en) 1983-12-01 1988-10-11 Alza Corporation Constant release system with pulsed release
US4634418A (en) 1984-04-06 1987-01-06 Binder Perry S Hydrogel seton
US4851228A (en) 1984-06-20 1989-07-25 Merck & Co., Inc. Multiparticulate controlled porosity osmotic
US4634427A (en) 1984-09-04 1987-01-06 American Hospital Supply Company Implantable demand medication delivery assembly
US5049142A (en) 1984-11-07 1991-09-17 Herrick Robert S Intracanalicular implant for horizontal canalicular blockade treatment of the eye
US5053030A (en) 1984-11-07 1991-10-01 Herrick Robert S Intracanalicular implant for horizontal canalicular blockade treatment of the eye
US4712550A (en) 1985-04-08 1987-12-15 Sinnett Kevin B Retinal tack
US4693886A (en) 1985-04-22 1987-09-15 Alza Corporation Osmotic device with inert core
US4609374A (en) 1985-04-22 1986-09-02 Alza Corporation Osmotic device comprising means for governing initial time of agent release therefrom
EP0201611A1 (en) 1985-05-10 1986-11-20 B. Braun-SSC AG Two cannulae syringe
EP0228185B1 (en) 1985-11-27 1990-07-25 Thomas C. White Tissue-implantable fluid-dissipating device
US4781675A (en) 1985-11-27 1988-11-01 White Thomas C Infusion cannula
US4959217A (en) 1986-05-22 1990-09-25 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Delayed/sustained release of macromolecules
US5322691A (en) 1986-10-02 1994-06-21 Sohrab Darougar Ocular insert with anchoring protrusions
US5147647A (en) 1986-10-02 1992-09-15 Sohrab Darougar Ocular insert for the fornix
US4863457A (en) 1986-11-24 1989-09-05 Lee David A Drug delivery device
DE3751871D1 (en) 1986-12-23 1996-09-19 Liposome Co Inc Liposomes containing guanidine aminoglycoside
US4853229A (en) 1987-10-26 1989-08-01 Alza Corporation Method for adminstering tiny pills
JP2702953B2 (en) 1988-01-30 1998-01-26 オリンパス光学工業株式会社 Chemical impregnated ceramics
US4865846A (en) 1988-06-03 1989-09-12 Kaufman Herbert E Drug delivery system
US5174999A (en) 1988-12-13 1992-12-29 Alza Corporation Delivery system comprising fluid ingress and drug egress
WO1990007575A1 (en) 1988-12-30 1990-07-12 Anderson David M Stabilized microporous materials and hydrogel materials
US5141748A (en) 1989-02-17 1992-08-25 Hoffmann-La Roche, Inc. Implant drug delivery device
US5098443A (en) 1989-03-23 1992-03-24 University Of Miami Method of implanting intraocular and intraorbital implantable devices for the controlled release of pharmacological agents
US4979938A (en) 1989-05-11 1990-12-25 Iomed, Inc. Method of iontophoretically treating acne, furuncles and like skin disorders
US5164188A (en) 1989-11-22 1992-11-17 Visionex, Inc. Biodegradable ocular implants
US5171270A (en) 1990-03-29 1992-12-15 Herrick Robert S Canalicular implant having a collapsible flared section and method
US5324280A (en) 1990-04-02 1994-06-28 Alza Corporation Osmotic dosage system for delivering a formulation comprising liquid carrier and drug
US5128145A (en) 1990-06-13 1992-07-07 Alza Corporation Dosage form for Parkinson's disease, spasticity and muscle spasms
US5238687A (en) 1990-07-11 1993-08-24 Alza Corporation Delivery device with a protective sleeve
US5084021A (en) 1990-11-02 1992-01-28 Baldwin Brian E Patient controlled infusion apparatus and method
US5378475A (en) 1991-02-21 1995-01-03 University Of Kentucky Research Foundation Sustained release drug delivery devices
AU650113B2 (en) 1991-04-05 1994-06-09 Eli Lilly And Company Sustained release capsule and formulations
US5334189A (en) 1991-06-03 1994-08-02 Wade Stephen E Device for controlled diffusion of a chemical substance
US5282829A (en) 1991-08-15 1994-02-01 United States Surgical Corporation Hollow body implants
FR2682090B1 (en) 1991-10-03 1993-12-31 Holzstoff Holding Sa RESERVOIR SYSTEM FOR EXTENDED BROADCASTING OF AN ACTIVE INGREDIENT.
US5681572A (en) 1991-10-18 1997-10-28 Seare, Jr.; William J. Porous material product and process
US5178635A (en) 1992-05-04 1993-01-12 Allergan, Inc. Method for determining amount of medication in an implantable device
US6096756A (en) 1992-09-21 2000-08-01 Albert Einstein College Of Medicine Of Yeshiva University Method of simultaneously enhancing analgesic potency and attenuating dependence liability caused by morphine and other bimodally-acting opioid agonists
US5336175A (en) 1992-10-29 1994-08-09 Mames Robert N Method for the treatment of retinal detachments
US5519030A (en) 1993-10-07 1996-05-21 Senju Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Method for prophylaxis and treatment of myopia
US5443505A (en) 1993-11-15 1995-08-22 Oculex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Biocompatible ocular implants
CA2140053C (en) 1994-02-09 2000-04-04 Joel S. Rosenblatt Collagen-based injectable drug delivery system and its use
US5985328A (en) 1994-03-07 1999-11-16 Regents Of The University Of California Micromachined porous membranes with bulk support
US5770076A (en) 1994-03-07 1998-06-23 The Regents Of The University Of California Micromachined capsules having porous membranes and bulk supports
US5578042A (en) 1994-03-14 1996-11-26 Cumming; J. Stuart Ophthalmic kit and method for lens insertion
US5466233A (en) 1994-04-25 1995-11-14 Escalon Ophthalmics, Inc. Tack for intraocular drug delivery and method for inserting and removing same
AUPM897594A0 (en) 1994-10-25 1994-11-17 Daratech Pty Ltd Controlled release container
WO1996014834A1 (en) 1994-11-10 1996-05-23 University Of Kentucky Research Foundation Implantable refillable controlled release device to deliver drugs directly to an internal portion of the body
US5725493A (en) 1994-12-12 1998-03-10 Avery; Robert Logan Intravitreal medicine delivery
US5554132A (en) 1995-03-30 1996-09-10 Abbott Laboratories Hand grip for use with syringe
IL113723A (en) 1995-05-14 2002-11-10 Optonol Ltd Intraocular implant
US6685940B2 (en) 1995-07-27 2004-02-03 Genentech, Inc. Protein formulation
US5773019A (en) 1995-09-27 1998-06-30 The University Of Kentucky Research Foundation Implantable controlled release device to deliver drugs directly to an internal portion of the body
US6641708B1 (en) 1996-01-31 2003-11-04 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Method and apparatus for fractionation using conventional dielectrophoresis and field flow fractionation
GB2310149A (en) 1996-02-15 1997-08-20 Nomix Chipman Ltd Spray gun
US20090005864A1 (en) 1996-03-18 2009-01-01 Eggleston Harry C Modular intraocular implant
US5951512A (en) 1996-05-28 1999-09-14 Horizon Medical Products, Inc. Infusion port with modified drug reservoir
US5797898A (en) 1996-07-02 1998-08-25 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Microchip drug delivery devices
US5928662A (en) 1996-07-31 1999-07-27 Phillips; Andrew F. Ocular drug delivery device
AU7533696A (en) 1996-12-13 1998-06-18 Ciba-Geigy Ag New materials
PT973499E (en) 1997-03-31 2003-12-31 Alza Corp IMPLANTABLE DIFFUSER ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM
US7160687B1 (en) 1997-05-29 2007-01-09 Cellomics, Inc. Miniaturized cell array methods and apparatus for cell-based screening
US5968008A (en) 1997-08-04 1999-10-19 Grams; Guenter A. Cannula with parallel channels and sliding sheath
US5902598A (en) 1997-08-28 1999-05-11 Control Delivery Systems, Inc. Sustained release drug delivery devices
US6331523B1 (en) 1998-03-12 2001-12-18 Genentech, Inc. Method of enhancing the survival of retinal neurons and treating ocular diseases using FGF-5
US6196993B1 (en) 1998-04-20 2001-03-06 Eyelab Group, Llc Ophthalmic insert and method for sustained release of medication to the eye
FR2784296B1 (en) 1998-09-18 2001-01-05 Imedex Biomateriaux DEVICE FOR FORMULATING AND DELIVERING A MIXTURE, PARTICULARLY FOR THE SURGICAL APPLICATION OF THIS MIXTURE
US7973068B2 (en) 1998-10-20 2011-07-05 Omeros Corporation Arthroscopic irrigation solution and method for peripheral vasoconstriction and inhibition of pain and inflammation
EP1140278B1 (en) 1998-12-14 2004-05-19 Tre Esse Progettazione Biomedica S.r.l Catheter system for performing intramyocardiac therapeutic treatment
AU2725000A (en) 1999-01-13 2000-08-01 Bayer Corporation Omega-carboxy aryl substituted diphenyl ureas as p38 kinase inhibitors
ME00275B (en) 1999-01-13 2011-02-10 Bayer Corp ?-carboxyaryl substituted diphenyl ureas as raf kinase inhibitors
WO2000042012A1 (en) 1999-01-13 2000-07-20 Bayer Corporation φ-CARBOXYARYL SUBSTITUTED DIPHENYL UREAS AS RAF KINASE INHIBITORS
DE19948783C2 (en) 1999-02-18 2001-06-13 Alcove Surfaces Gmbh Implant
US7914442B1 (en) 1999-03-01 2011-03-29 Gazdzinski Robert F Endoscopic smart probe and method
US6395300B1 (en) 1999-05-27 2002-05-28 Acusphere, Inc. Porous drug matrices and methods of manufacture thereof
US6472162B1 (en) 1999-06-04 2002-10-29 Thermogenesis Corp. Method for preparing thrombin for use in a biological glue
PT1187617E (en) 1999-06-18 2004-06-30 Alcon Mfg Ltd METHOD FOR SELECTING THE CONCENTRATION OF AN ANTI-HISTAMINIC ANTIPTICAL PHARMACY FOR THE DETERMINATION OF THE SUPERFICIAL ACTIVITY RATE OF THE PHARMACO
US7141581B2 (en) 1999-07-02 2006-11-28 Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Indazole compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for inhibiting protein kinases, and methods for their use
TWI262914B (en) 1999-07-02 2006-10-01 Agouron Pharma Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for inhibiting protein kinases
US6551291B1 (en) 1999-08-04 2003-04-22 Johns Hopkins University Non-traumatic infusion cannula and treatment methods using same
US6638263B1 (en) 1999-10-12 2003-10-28 Durect Corporation Regulation of drug delivery through flow diversion
ES2315598T3 (en) 1999-10-21 2009-04-01 Alcon, Inc. DEVICE FOR THE ADMINISTRATION OF PHARMACOS.
US6416777B1 (en) 1999-10-21 2002-07-09 Alcon Universal Ltd. Ophthalmic drug delivery device
US6331313B1 (en) 1999-10-22 2001-12-18 Oculex Pharmaceticals, Inc. Controlled-release biocompatible ocular drug delivery implant devices and methods
DE60029138T2 (en) 1999-12-22 2007-06-06 Sugen, Inc., San Francisco Use of indolinone compounds for the production of pharmaceuticals for the modulation of the function c-kit protein tyrosine kinase
US20030212383A1 (en) 2001-01-05 2003-11-13 Dana Cote System and methods for reducing intraocular pressure
PL362931A1 (en) 2000-01-12 2004-11-02 Becton, Dickinson And Company Systems and methods for reducing intraocular pressure
US20050119737A1 (en) 2000-01-12 2005-06-02 Bene Eric A. Ocular implant and methods for making and using same
KR100713960B1 (en) 2000-02-15 2007-05-02 수젠, 인크. Pyrrole Substituted 2-Indolinone Protein Kinase Inhibitors
DE10008826C2 (en) 2000-02-25 2002-03-14 Disetronic Licensing Ag Micro perfusion device with collection container
US7077848B1 (en) 2000-03-11 2006-07-18 John Hopkins University Sutureless occular surgical methods and instruments for use in such methods
WO2001068377A1 (en) 2000-03-13 2001-09-20 Seiko Epson Corporation Method for surface treatment, surface-treated article and device for surface treatment
US7141152B2 (en) 2000-03-16 2006-11-28 Le Febre David A Analyte species separation system
US6375972B1 (en) 2000-04-26 2002-04-23 Control Delivery Systems, Inc. Sustained release drug delivery devices, methods of use, and methods of manufacturing thereof
US20040208910A1 (en) 2000-04-26 2004-10-21 Control Delivery Systems, Inc. Sustained release device and method for ocular delivery of adrenergic agents
ATE547080T1 (en) 2000-08-30 2012-03-15 Univ Johns Hopkins DEVICES FOR INTRAOCULAR DRUG DELIVERY
CA2419681A1 (en) 2000-09-06 2002-03-14 Alcon, Inc. Switchable tackiness coating compositions for ophthalmic implants
US6303290B1 (en) 2000-09-13 2001-10-16 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Encapsulation of biomaterials in porous glass-like matrices prepared via an aqueous colloidal sol-gel process
KR100847169B1 (en) 2000-12-21 2008-07-17 글락소 그룹 리미티드 Pyrimidineamines as angiogenesis modulators
EP1345588A2 (en) 2000-12-29 2003-09-24 Bausch & Lomb Incorporated Sustained release drug delivery devices
US6964781B2 (en) 2001-01-03 2005-11-15 Bausch & Lomb Incorporated Sustained release drug delivery devices with prefabricated permeable plugs
EP1347741B1 (en) 2001-01-03 2009-01-21 Bausch & Lomb Incorporated Sustained release drug delivery devices with multiple agents
DE60130928T2 (en) 2001-01-03 2008-07-17 Bausch & Lomb Inc. DEVICE FOR DELAYED ACTIVE INGREDIENT RELIEF WITH COATED MEDICATION CORE
CA2432438C (en) 2001-01-09 2011-04-26 Microchips, Inc. Flexible microchip devices for ophthalmic and other applications
US6995162B2 (en) 2001-01-12 2006-02-07 Amgen Inc. Substituted alkylamine derivatives and methods of use
US7235576B1 (en) 2001-01-12 2007-06-26 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Omega-carboxyaryl substituted diphenyl ureas as raf kinase inhibitors
US6878714B2 (en) 2001-01-12 2005-04-12 Amgen Inc. Substituted alkylamine derivatives and methods of use
US6872198B1 (en) 2001-01-24 2005-03-29 Arrow International, Inc. Double-y-shaped multi-lumen catheter with selectively attachable hubs
WO2002058667A2 (en) 2001-01-26 2002-08-01 Bausch & Lomb Incorporated Improved process for the production of sustained release drug delivery devices
US7181287B2 (en) 2001-02-13 2007-02-20 Second Sight Medical Products, Inc. Implantable drug delivery device
FR2821672B1 (en) 2001-03-02 2003-05-02 Scp Dosagene R & D MEANS FOR THE EXTRACTION OF PRODUCTS TO BE ANALYZED AND THEIR APPLICATIONS IN DIAGNOSIS AND ANALYSIS
US6713081B2 (en) 2001-03-15 2004-03-30 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Ocular therapeutic agent delivery devices and methods for making and using such devices
NZ529796A (en) 2001-05-30 2006-03-31 Ca Minister Agriculture & Food Fungal isolates and biological control compositions for the control of weeds
WO2002100318A2 (en) 2001-06-12 2002-12-19 Johns Hopkins University School Of Medicine Reservoir device for intraocular drug delivery
EA005537B1 (en) 2001-07-10 2005-04-28 Тева Фармасьютикал Индастриес Лтд. Drug delivery system for zero order, zero order-biphasic, ascending or descending drug delivery
IL144446A0 (en) 2001-07-19 2002-05-23 Prochon Biotech Ltd Plasma protein matrices and methods for their preparation
DE60214697T2 (en) 2001-07-23 2007-09-13 Alcon Inc. DEVICE FOR RELEASING AN OPHTHALMIC MEDICINAL PRODUCT
PT1409065E (en) 2001-07-23 2007-03-30 Alcon Inc Ophthalmic drug delivery device
US7749528B2 (en) 2001-08-29 2010-07-06 Ricardo Azevedo Pontes De Carvalho Implantable and sealable medical device for unidirectional delivery of therapeutic agents to tissues
US7195774B2 (en) 2001-08-29 2007-03-27 Carvalho Ricardo Azevedo Ponte Implantable and sealable system for unidirectional delivery of therapeutic agents to tissues
KR20110025239A (en) 2001-09-28 2011-03-09 산텐 세이야꾸 가부시키가이샤 Injections for eye tissue containing drug bound to polyethylene glycol
WO2003028660A2 (en) 2001-10-04 2003-04-10 Case Western Reserve University Drug delivery devices and methods
US8663687B2 (en) 2001-10-12 2014-03-04 Monosol Rx, Llc Film compositions for delivery of actives
JP2005509883A (en) 2001-11-15 2005-04-14 アリックス,インコーポレーテッド Sample tip
US20080108672A1 (en) 2002-01-11 2008-05-08 Bernd Riedl Omega-Carboxyaryl Substituted Diphenyl Ureas As Raf Kinase Inhibitors
CA2473355C (en) 2002-01-18 2012-01-03 Michael E. Snyder Sustained release ophthalmological device and method of making and using the same
US8364229B2 (en) 2003-07-25 2013-01-29 Dexcom, Inc. Analyte sensors having a signal-to-noise ratio substantially unaffected by non-constant noise
PL205443B1 (en) 2002-03-11 2010-04-30 Alcon Implantable drug delivery system
US7074426B2 (en) 2002-03-27 2006-07-11 Frank Kochinke Methods and drug delivery systems for the treatment of orofacial diseases
US7968569B2 (en) 2002-05-17 2011-06-28 Celgene Corporation Methods for treatment of multiple myeloma using 3-(4-amino-1-oxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-piperidine-2,6-dione
US7939094B2 (en) 2002-06-19 2011-05-10 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Multiphase polymeric drug release region
AU2003247671B2 (en) 2002-07-15 2008-02-14 Alcon, Inc. Bioerodible film for ophthalmic drug delivery
US8425549B2 (en) 2002-07-23 2013-04-23 Reverse Medical Corporation Systems and methods for removing obstructive matter from body lumens and treating vascular defects
US20040019325A1 (en) 2002-07-29 2004-01-29 Medrip Ltd. Syringe Pump
US20070219632A1 (en) 2002-08-02 2007-09-20 David Castillejos Method and intra-sclera implant for treatment of glaucoma and presbyopia
MXPA05002841A (en) 2002-09-18 2005-05-27 Oculex Pharm Inc Methods and apparatus for delivery of ocular implants.
US7468065B2 (en) 2002-09-18 2008-12-23 Allergan, Inc. Apparatus for delivery of ocular implants
CA2689424A1 (en) 2002-09-29 2004-04-08 Surmodics, Inc. Methods for treatment and/or prevention of retinal disease
US7794437B2 (en) 2003-01-24 2010-09-14 Doheny Retina Institute Reservoirs with subretinal cannula for subretinal drug delivery
WO2004073551A2 (en) 2003-02-18 2004-09-02 Massachusetts Eye And Ear Infirmary Transscleral drug delivery device and related methods
US7452913B2 (en) 2003-02-24 2008-11-18 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Polymorphs of pyrrole substituted 2-indolinone protein kinase inhibitors
WO2004076647A2 (en) 2003-02-26 2004-09-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Use of steady-state oxygen gradients to modulate animal cell functions
US20050074497A1 (en) 2003-04-09 2005-04-07 Schultz Clyde L. Hydrogels used to deliver medicaments to the eye for the treatment of posterior segment diseases
US20050255144A1 (en) 2003-04-09 2005-11-17 Directcontact Llc Methods and articles for the delivery of medicaments to the eye for the treatment of posterior segment diseases
US7094222B1 (en) 2003-04-28 2006-08-22 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of Navy Syringe device for simultaneous infusion and withdrawal
EP1671624B1 (en) 2003-05-02 2010-08-11 SurModics, Inc. Delivery device for a controlled drug release of an active agent into the posterior section of the eye
AU2004237774B2 (en) 2003-05-02 2009-09-10 Surmodics, Inc. Implantable controlled release bioactive agent delivery device
US7297709B2 (en) 2003-05-22 2007-11-20 Abbott Laboratories Indazole, benzisoxazole, and benzisothiazole kinase inhibitors
JP2007500251A (en) 2003-06-13 2007-01-11 ベクトン・ディキンソン・アンド・カンパニー Improved intradermal delivery of biologically active agents
WO2004112653A2 (en) 2003-06-18 2004-12-29 D-Crown Ltd. Devices and methods for delivering and forming single and multiple stenting structures in situ
US20040260381A1 (en) 2003-06-18 2004-12-23 D-Crown Ltd Devices and methods for forming stenting structures in situ
US20040260380A1 (en) 2003-06-18 2004-12-23 D-Crown Ltd Devices for delivering multiple stenting structures in situ
WO2005007233A2 (en) 2003-06-20 2005-01-27 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Application of electrical stimulation for functional tissue engineering in vitro and in vivo
KR20060082792A (en) 2003-07-10 2006-07-19 알콘, 인코퍼레이티드 Ophthalmic drug delivery device
FI120333B (en) 2003-08-20 2009-09-30 Bioretec Oy A porous medical device and a method of making it
AU2004274026A1 (en) 2003-09-18 2005-03-31 Macusight, Inc. Transscleral delivery
US20050181018A1 (en) 2003-09-19 2005-08-18 Peyman Gholam A. Ocular drug delivery
US7686016B2 (en) 2003-09-24 2010-03-30 Medi-Stream Pty Ltd Acn 111 815 715 Medication holder
AU2006225241B2 (en) 2003-09-24 2008-07-17 Tianda Pharmaceuticals (Australia) Pty Limited Medication Holder
WO2005033798A2 (en) 2003-10-03 2005-04-14 University Of Washington Electrochemical micromanufacturing system and method
US7211272B2 (en) 2003-12-22 2007-05-01 Bausch & Lomb Incorporated Drug delivery device
EP1720608B1 (en) 2004-02-12 2010-11-17 NeoVista, Inc. Apparatus for intraocular brachytherapy
US7276050B2 (en) 2004-03-02 2007-10-02 Alan Franklin Trans-scleral drug delivery method and apparatus
WO2005091922A2 (en) 2004-03-03 2005-10-06 Becton, Dickinson And Company Methods and devices for improving delivery of a substance to skin
US8591885B2 (en) 2004-04-30 2013-11-26 Allergan, Inc. Carbonic anhydrase inhibitor sustained release intraocular drug delivery systems
US20060182783A1 (en) 2004-04-30 2006-08-17 Allergan, Inc. Sustained release intraocular drug delivery systems
US20050244472A1 (en) 2004-04-30 2005-11-03 Allergan, Inc. Intraocular drug delivery systems containing excipients with reduced toxicity and related methods
US20050244469A1 (en) 2004-04-30 2005-11-03 Allergan, Inc. Extended therapeutic effect ocular implant treatments
US20070059336A1 (en) 2004-04-30 2007-03-15 Allergan, Inc. Anti-angiogenic sustained release intraocular implants and related methods
US8685435B2 (en) 2004-04-30 2014-04-01 Allergan, Inc. Extended release biodegradable ocular implants
US20060110428A1 (en) 2004-07-02 2006-05-25 Eugene Dejuan Methods and devices for the treatment of ocular conditions
US7117870B2 (en) 2004-07-26 2006-10-10 Clarity Corporation Lacrimal insert having reservoir with controlled release of medication and method of manufacturing the same
JP2008509157A (en) 2004-08-06 2008-03-27 ソフェリオン セラピューティクス,インコーポレイテッド Anti-angiogenic peptides and methods of use thereof
WO2006031358A2 (en) 2004-08-13 2006-03-23 Hyperbranch Medical Technology, Inc. Dendritic polymers, crosslinked gels, and their uses as ophthalmic sealants and lenses
WO2006023530A2 (en) 2004-08-16 2006-03-02 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Compositions and methods for enhancing structural and functional nervous system reorganization and recovery
WO2006031388A2 (en) 2004-08-20 2006-03-23 Hyperbranch Medical Technology, Inc. Dentritic polymers, crosslinked gels, and their uses in orthopedic applications
US20060052754A1 (en) 2004-09-04 2006-03-09 Fields Douglas W Thumb trigger syringe pole
WO2006031532A2 (en) 2004-09-10 2006-03-23 Surmodics, Inc. Methods, devices, and coatings for controlled active agent release
US20080038316A1 (en) 2004-10-01 2008-02-14 Wong Vernon G Conveniently implantable sustained release drug compositions
MX344532B (en) 2004-10-01 2016-12-19 Ramscor Inc Conveniently implantable sustained release drug compositions.
US20080207502A1 (en) 2004-10-14 2008-08-28 Sopherion Therapeutics, Inc. Anti-Angiogenic Peptides and Methods of Use Thereof
JO3000B1 (en) 2004-10-20 2016-09-05 Genentech Inc Antibody Formulations.
EP3381446A1 (en) 2004-10-29 2018-10-03 The Regents of The University of California Porous photonic crystals for drug delivery to the eye
US20060129215A1 (en) 2004-12-09 2006-06-15 Helmus Michael N Medical devices having nanostructured regions for controlled tissue biocompatibility and drug delivery
US20060154981A1 (en) 2005-01-12 2006-07-13 Alcon, Inc. Method of reducing intraocular pressure and treating glaucoma
EP1848541A4 (en) 2005-02-07 2013-01-16 Pharmalight Inc Method and device for ophthalmic administration of active pharmaceutical ingredients
US8663639B2 (en) * 2005-02-09 2014-03-04 Santen Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Formulations for treating ocular diseases and conditions
TW200640443A (en) 2005-02-23 2006-12-01 Alcon Inc Methods for treating ocular angiogenesis, retinal edema, retinal ischemia, and diabetic retinopathy using selective RTK inhibitors
US20060233858A1 (en) 2005-03-08 2006-10-19 Allergan, Inc. Systems and methods providing targeted intraocular drug delivery
JP2008533204A (en) 2005-03-21 2008-08-21 マクサイト, インコーポレイテッド Drug delivery system for treatment of disease or condition
US20070077270A1 (en) 2005-03-28 2007-04-05 Clemson University Delivery devices and methods for long-term, targeted delivery of therapeutic agents to the eye and ear
EP1875560A4 (en) 2005-04-05 2011-02-09 Univ Ohio State Diffusion delivery systems and methods of fabrication
US20100168535A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2010-07-01 Mark Ries Robinson Methods and apparatuses related to blood analyte measurement system
US20060258994A1 (en) 2005-05-12 2006-11-16 Avery Robert L Implantable delivery device for administering pharmacological agents to an internal portion of a body
WO2006127962A2 (en) 2005-05-25 2006-11-30 Becton, Dickinson And Comapny Particulate formulations for intradermal delivery of biologically active agents
CN101505746A (en) 2005-06-17 2009-08-12 迪纳米斯治疗公司 Treatment of inflammatory conditions
US7893040B2 (en) 2005-07-22 2011-02-22 Oculis Ehf Cyclodextrin nanotechnology for ophthalmic drug delivery
US8663673B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2014-03-04 Surmodics, Inc. Devices, articles, coatings, and methods for controlled active agent release or hemocompatibility
EP1912574A4 (en) 2005-08-10 2010-08-04 Insight Instr Inc Tool for extracting vitreous samples from an eye
US20070212397A1 (en) 2005-09-15 2007-09-13 Roth Daniel B Pharmaceutical delivery device and method for providing ocular treatment
WO2007035621A1 (en) 2005-09-16 2007-03-29 (Osi) Eyetech, Inc. Ophthalmic syringe
US20070071756A1 (en) 2005-09-26 2007-03-29 Peyman Gholam A Delivery of an agent to ameliorate inflammation
US20080003219A1 (en) 2005-09-26 2008-01-03 Minu, L.L.C. Delivery of an ocular agent
US20070072933A1 (en) 2005-09-26 2007-03-29 Peyman Gholam A Delivery of an ocular agent
WO2007038453A2 (en) 2005-09-26 2007-04-05 Advanced Ocular Systems Limited Use of an anti-vascular endothelial growth factor (vegf) agent to ameliorate inflammation
TW200732347A (en) 2005-10-06 2007-09-01 Trophogen Inc VEGF analogs and methods of use
US8168584B2 (en) 2005-10-08 2012-05-01 Potentia Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating age-related macular degeneration by compstatin and analogs thereof
CA2625359A1 (en) 2005-10-11 2007-04-19 Blake Podaima Smart medical compliance method and system
AU2006304553A1 (en) 2005-10-14 2007-04-26 Alcon, Inc. Method for treating primary and secondary forms of glaucoma
US20080125406A1 (en) 2005-10-14 2008-05-29 Robin Alan L Method for Treating Primary and Secondary Forms of Glaucoma
US8753625B2 (en) 2005-11-04 2014-06-17 Genentech, Inc. Use of complement inhibitors to treat ocular diseases
MX2008006379A (en) 2005-11-29 2009-03-03 Smithkline Beecham Corp Treatment method.
JP4721425B2 (en) 2005-12-01 2011-07-13 キヤノン株式会社 Fluid moving method and fluid moving device
EP1957695B1 (en) 2005-12-07 2011-02-09 Ramot at Tel-Aviv University Ltd. Drug-delivering composite structures
US20070131611A1 (en) 2005-12-13 2007-06-14 General Electric Company Membrane-based article and associated method
US20070131610A1 (en) 2005-12-13 2007-06-14 General Electric Company Membrane-based apparatus and associated method
US20080108664A1 (en) 2005-12-23 2008-05-08 Liu Belle B Solid-state form of AMG 706 and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
ES2551782T3 (en) 2006-01-17 2015-11-23 Transcend Medical, Inc. Device for the treatment of glaucoma
US9084662B2 (en) 2006-01-17 2015-07-21 Transcend Medical, Inc. Drug delivery treatment device
US20080216736A1 (en) 2006-01-19 2008-09-11 Takeda San Diego, Inc. Microfluidic device with diffusion between adjacent lumens
US7989631B2 (en) 2006-02-10 2011-08-02 Amgen Inc. Hydrate forms of AMG706
US8979770B2 (en) 2006-02-24 2015-03-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Extraction and diagnostic fluid devices, systems and methods of use
WO2007101204A1 (en) 2006-02-27 2007-09-07 Alcon Research, Ltd. Method of treating glaucoma
US20070212386A1 (en) 2006-03-08 2007-09-13 Sahajanand Medical Technologies Pvt. Ltd. Coatings for implantable medical devices
WO2007106557A2 (en) 2006-03-14 2007-09-20 University Of Southern California Mems device for delivery of therapeutic agents
KR20090006153A (en) 2006-03-31 2009-01-14 큐엘티 플러그 딜리버리, 인코포레이티드 Drug delivery methods, structures, and compositions for nasolacrimal system
WO2007117394A2 (en) 2006-03-31 2007-10-18 Dynamis Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods related to fructosamine-3-kinase inhibitors
US7547300B2 (en) 2006-04-12 2009-06-16 Icu Medical, Inc. Vial adaptor for regulating pressure
US8007461B2 (en) 2006-04-18 2011-08-30 Pingan Huo Sterile drug-mixing syringe
US8197435B2 (en) 2006-05-02 2012-06-12 Emory University Methods and devices for drug delivery to ocular tissue using microneedle
WO2007131050A2 (en) 2006-05-02 2007-11-15 Georgia Tech Research Corporation Method for drug delivery to ocular tissue using microneedle
US7981096B2 (en) 2006-05-12 2011-07-19 David Castillejos Optic nerve head implant and medication delivery system
US20070270750A1 (en) 2006-05-17 2007-11-22 Alcon, Inc. Drug delivery device
US20080124372A1 (en) 2006-06-06 2008-05-29 Hossainy Syed F A Morphology profiles for control of agent release rates from polymer matrices
US8968782B2 (en) 2006-06-28 2015-03-03 Surmodics, Inc. Combination degradable and non-degradable matrices for active agent delivery
TW200815045A (en) 2006-06-29 2008-04-01 Jazz Pharmaceuticals Inc Pharmaceutical compositions of ropinirole and methods of use thereof
WO2008009120A2 (en) 2006-07-19 2008-01-24 Noab Biodiscoveries Inc. Method and device to extract components contained in a fluid
JP2009544355A (en) 2006-07-20 2009-12-17 ニューロシステック コーポレイション Devices, systems, and methods for ophthalmic drug delivery
WO2008016712A2 (en) 2006-08-02 2008-02-07 Inframat Corporation Medical devices and methods of making and using
US20080097335A1 (en) 2006-08-04 2008-04-24 Allergan, Inc. Ocular implant delivery assemblies
JP2008054521A (en) 2006-08-29 2008-03-13 Canon Inc Cell-culturing device and cell-culturing method
US8821943B2 (en) 2006-09-12 2014-09-02 Board Of Regents Of The University Of Nebraska Methods and compositions for targeted delivery of therapeutic agents
US20080066739A1 (en) 2006-09-20 2008-03-20 Lemahieu Edward Methods and systems of delivering medication via inhalation
WO2008060359A2 (en) 2006-09-29 2008-05-22 Surmodics, Inc. Biodegradable ocular implants and methods for treating ocular conditions
WO2008045272A2 (en) 2006-10-06 2008-04-17 Dynamis Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and methods for skin lightening
US9022970B2 (en) 2006-10-16 2015-05-05 Alcon Research, Ltd. Ophthalmic injection device including dosage control device
US8784898B2 (en) 2006-10-25 2014-07-22 Revalesio Corporation Methods of wound care and treatment
US8597689B2 (en) 2006-10-25 2013-12-03 Revalesio Corporation Methods of wound care and treatment
US8784897B2 (en) 2006-10-25 2014-07-22 Revalesio Corporation Methods of therapeutic treatment of eyes
CA2667614A1 (en) 2006-10-25 2008-09-25 Revalesio Corporation Method of wound care and treatment
US8609148B2 (en) 2006-10-25 2013-12-17 Revalesio Corporation Methods of therapeutic treatment of eyes
US20080111282A1 (en) 2006-11-10 2008-05-15 Baojun Xie Process for Making Three Dimensional Objects From Dispersions of Polymer Colloidal Particles
US8506515B2 (en) 2006-11-10 2013-08-13 Glaukos Corporation Uveoscleral shunt and methods for implanting same
US20100286791A1 (en) 2006-11-21 2010-11-11 Goldsmith David S Integrated system for the ballistic and nonballistic infixion and retrieval of implants
EP2500015A1 (en) 2006-12-05 2012-09-19 Landec Corporation Delivery of drugs
US20090263346A1 (en) 2006-12-05 2009-10-22 David Taft Systems and methods for delivery of drugs
WO2008073295A2 (en) 2006-12-07 2008-06-19 Surmodics, Inc. Latent stabilization of bioactive agents releasable from implantable medical articles
US20080147021A1 (en) 2006-12-15 2008-06-19 Jani Dharmendra M Drug delivery devices
ZA200903649B (en) 2006-12-18 2010-08-25 Alcon Res Ltd Devices and methods for ophthalmic drug delivery
KR20090102810A (en) 2006-12-26 2009-09-30 큐엘티 플러그 딜리버리, 인코포레이티드 Drug delivery implants for inhibition of optical defects
DK2124857T3 (en) 2007-01-09 2017-07-03 Fovea Pharmaceuticals DEVICE FOR INTRAOCULAR INJECTION
US20080213611A1 (en) 2007-01-19 2008-09-04 Cinvention Ag Porous, non-degradable implant made by powder molding
UY30883A1 (en) 2007-01-31 2008-05-31 Alcon Res PUNCTURAL PLUGS AND METHODS OF RELEASE OF THERAPEUTIC AGENTS
GB0702864D0 (en) 2007-02-14 2007-03-28 Benoist Girard Sas Prosthetic implant for use without bone cement
CN101668773B (en) 2007-03-14 2016-08-31 亚力史制药公司 humaneered anti-factor B antibody
WO2008116165A2 (en) 2007-03-21 2008-09-25 Next Safety, Inc. Methods and systems of delivering medication via inhalation
AU2008232361B2 (en) 2007-03-23 2013-05-16 Allegiance Corporation Fluid collection and disposal system and related methods
US20080249501A1 (en) 2007-04-09 2008-10-09 Medtronic Vascular, Inc. Methods for Simultaneous Injection and Aspiration of Fluids During a Medical Procedure
WO2008137236A2 (en) 2007-04-30 2008-11-13 Alcon Research, Ltd. Treatment of age-related macular degeneration using inhibitors of complement factor d
US20080286338A1 (en) 2007-05-15 2008-11-20 Boston Foundation For Sight Drug delivery system with scleral lens
US8231892B2 (en) 2007-05-24 2012-07-31 Allergan, Inc. Biodegradable drug delivery system
US9365634B2 (en) 2007-05-29 2016-06-14 Angiochem Inc. Aprotinin-like polypeptides for delivering agents conjugated thereto to tissues
EP2164866B1 (en) 2007-05-29 2014-05-14 Angiochem Inc. Aprotinin-like polypeptides for delivering agents conjugated thereto to tissues
CN101327356A (en) 2007-06-21 2008-12-24 庄臣及庄臣视力保护公司 Dacryon plug for conveying promoting agent
US20090036827A1 (en) 2007-07-31 2009-02-05 Karl Cazzini Juxtascleral Drug Delivery and Ocular Implant System
US9808557B2 (en) 2007-08-10 2017-11-07 Trustees Of Tufts College Tubular silk compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2009035567A2 (en) 2007-09-07 2009-03-19 Qlt Plug Delivery, Inc Insertion and extraction tools for lacrimal implants
MX2010002616A (en) 2007-09-07 2010-08-04 Qlt Plug Delivery Inc Drug cores for sustained release of therapeutic agents.
NZ583858A (en) 2007-09-07 2012-08-31 Quadra Logic Tech Inc Lacrimal implant detection with detection device
US20090081272A1 (en) 2007-09-24 2009-03-26 John Clarke Medical devices having a metal particulate composition for controlled diffusion
US8308755B2 (en) 2007-09-24 2012-11-13 Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. Elliptical retractor
US8974809B2 (en) 2007-09-24 2015-03-10 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical devices having a filter insert for controlled diffusion
US20090214601A1 (en) 2007-09-28 2009-08-27 Chappa Ralph A Porous Drug Delivery Devices and Related Methods
RU2475282C2 (en) 2007-10-05 2013-02-20 Тико Хелскеа Груп Лп Hermetising fixer for application in surgical operations
US7772404B2 (en) 2007-10-19 2010-08-10 Abbott Laboratories Crystalline form 2 of the chemotherapeutic N-[4-(3-amino-1H-indazol-4-yl)phenyl]-N′-(2-fluoro-5-methylphenyl)urea
US7943782B2 (en) 2007-10-19 2011-05-17 Abbott Laboratories Crystalline chemotherapeutic
US7960564B2 (en) 2007-10-19 2011-06-14 Abbott Laboratories Crystalline chemotherapeutic
US10125359B2 (en) 2007-10-25 2018-11-13 Revalesio Corporation Compositions and methods for treating inflammation
US20100009008A1 (en) 2007-10-25 2010-01-14 Revalesio Corporation Bacteriostatic or bacteriocidal compositions and methods
WO2010062628A1 (en) 2008-10-27 2010-06-03 Revalesio Corporation Compositions and methods for treating asthma and other lung disorders
US20100303917A1 (en) 2007-10-25 2010-12-02 Revalesio Corporation Compositions and methods for treating cystic fibrosis
US20100310665A1 (en) 2007-10-25 2010-12-09 Revalesio Corporation Bacteriostatic or bacteriocidal compositions and methods
JP5586470B2 (en) 2007-10-25 2014-09-10 リバルシオ コーポレイション Bacteriostatic or bactericidal compositions and methods
US20090263495A1 (en) 2007-10-25 2009-10-22 Revalesio Corporation Bacteriostatic or bacteriocidal compositions and methods
US9523090B2 (en) 2007-10-25 2016-12-20 Revalesio Corporation Compositions and methods for treating inflammation
US20100008997A1 (en) 2007-10-25 2010-01-14 Revalesio Corporation Compositions and methods for treating asthma and other lung disorders
US20100303918A1 (en) 2007-10-25 2010-12-02 Revalesio Corporation Compositions and methods for treating asthma and other lung disorders
US20090227018A1 (en) 2007-10-25 2009-09-10 Revalesio Corporation Compositions and methods for modulating cellular membrane-mediated intracellular signal transduction
US20100004189A1 (en) 2007-10-25 2010-01-07 Revalesio Corporation Compositions and methods for treating cystic fibrosis
KR20100067684A (en) 2007-11-05 2010-06-21 보오슈 앤드 롬 인코포레이팃드 Water-immiscible materials as vehicles for drug delivery
US8114883B2 (en) 2007-12-04 2012-02-14 Landec Corporation Polymer formulations for delivery of bioactive materials
EP2242464B2 (en) 2007-12-20 2017-03-01 University Of Southern California Apparatus for delivering therapeutic agents
US8414646B2 (en) 2007-12-27 2013-04-09 Forsight Labs, Llc Intraocular, accommodating lens and methods of use
US20090192493A1 (en) 2008-01-03 2009-07-30 University Of Southern California Implantable drug-delivery devices, and apparatus and methods for refilling the devices
WO2009089409A2 (en) 2008-01-10 2009-07-16 Bausch & Lomb Incorporated Intravitreal injection system having coaxial cannulae and use thereof
WO2009094466A2 (en) 2008-01-22 2009-07-30 University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. Contact lenses for extended release of bioactive agents containing diffusion attenuators
WO2009097468A2 (en) 2008-01-29 2009-08-06 Kliman Gilbert H Drug delivery devices, kits and methods therefor
US8201752B2 (en) 2008-03-10 2012-06-19 Vapore, Inc. Low energy vaporization of liquids: apparatus and methods
TNSN08110A1 (en) 2008-03-11 2009-07-14 Rekik Raouf Dr Drug delivery to the anterior and posterior segment of the eye from drops
US20090240208A1 (en) 2008-03-19 2009-09-24 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Microparticle delivery syringe and needle for placing particle suspensions and removing vehicle fluid
EP2257326A2 (en) 2008-03-21 2010-12-08 Novartis AG Powder dispersion apparatus
EP2268244B1 (en) 2008-03-31 2018-07-04 Nitto Denko Corporation Permeant delivery system and methods for use thereof
DK2285439T3 (en) 2008-04-04 2014-03-24 Nektar Therapeutics Aerosoliseringsanorning
US8801665B2 (en) 2008-04-10 2014-08-12 Henry Ford Health System Apparatus and method for controlled depth of injection into myocardial tissue
US20090258069A1 (en) 2008-04-15 2009-10-15 John Burnier Delivery of LFA-1 antagonists to the gastrointestinal system
WO2009134371A2 (en) 2008-04-30 2009-11-05 Qlt Plug Delivery, Inc. Composite lacrimal insert and related methods
MX2010011856A (en) 2008-05-01 2011-02-15 Revalesio Corp Compositions and methods for treating digestive disorders.
CA2723723C (en) 2008-05-08 2019-06-25 Replenish Pumps, Llc Implantable drug-delivery devices, and apparatus and methods for filling the devices
WO2009143288A1 (en) 2008-05-20 2009-11-26 Yale University Biodegradable sustained-release polymeric microparticulates comprising a hydrophobic drug and determined for ophthalmic use
JP2011521948A (en) 2008-05-30 2011-07-28 フェアフィールド・クリニカル・トライアルズ・リミテッド・ライアビリティ・カンパニー Methods and compositions for skin inflammation and discoloration
US10517839B2 (en) 2008-06-09 2019-12-31 Cornell University Mast cell inhibition in diseases of the retina and vitreous
EP2313770B1 (en) 2008-07-11 2019-09-04 Essen Instruments, Inc. d/b/a Essen BioScience, Inc. Multi-sample particle analyzer system and method for high throughput screening
US8821870B2 (en) * 2008-07-18 2014-09-02 Allergan, Inc. Method for treating atrophic age related macular degeneration
CN102159126A (en) 2008-07-21 2011-08-17 阿尔斯塔西斯公司 Devices, methods, and kits for forming tracts in tissue
US20100022943A1 (en) 2008-07-25 2010-01-28 Medtronic Vascular, Inc. Hydrodynamic Thrombectomy Catheter
US20100023033A1 (en) 2008-07-25 2010-01-28 Medtronic Vescular, Inc. Hydrodynamic Thrombectomy Catheter
WO2010021993A1 (en) 2008-08-19 2010-02-25 Cytori Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of using adipose tissue-derived cells in the treatment of the lymphatic system and malignant disease
US8221353B2 (en) 2008-10-21 2012-07-17 KMG Pharma, Inc Intravitreal injection device and system
US7678078B1 (en) 2008-10-21 2010-03-16 KMG Pharma LLC Intravitreal injection device, system and method
WO2010062394A2 (en) 2008-11-26 2010-06-03 Surmodics, Inc. Implantable ocular drug delivery device and methods
DE102008054431B3 (en) 2008-12-09 2010-06-17 Pari Pharma Gmbh Aerosol therapy device
US20100158980A1 (en) 2008-12-18 2010-06-24 Casey Kopczynski Drug delivery devices for delivery of therapeutic agents
CN102271632A (en) * 2009-01-02 2011-12-07 爱尔康研究有限公司 In-situ refillable ophthalmic implant
US8545554B2 (en) 2009-01-16 2013-10-01 Allergan, Inc. Intraocular injector
US8623395B2 (en) 2010-01-29 2014-01-07 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Implantable therapeutic device
WO2010093945A2 (en) 2009-02-13 2010-08-19 Glaukos Corporation Uveoscleral drug delivery implant and methods for implanting the same
NZ616673A (en) 2009-02-20 2014-08-29 To Bbb Holding B V Glutathione-based drug delivery system
US8912236B2 (en) * 2009-03-03 2014-12-16 Alcon Research, Ltd. Pharmaceutical composition for delivery of receptor tyrosine kinase inhibiting (RTKi) compounds to the eye
US8424367B2 (en) 2009-03-04 2013-04-23 University Of South Carolina Systems and methods for measurement of gas permeation through polymer films
CA2758738A1 (en) 2009-04-27 2010-11-04 Revalesio Corporation Compositions and methods for treating insulin resistance and diabetes mellitus
WO2010125416A1 (en) 2009-04-27 2010-11-04 Raouf Rekik Drug delivery to the anterior and posterior segments of the eye
US8815292B2 (en) 2009-04-27 2014-08-26 Revalesio Corporation Compositions and methods for treating insulin resistance and diabetes mellitus
AU2010248821A1 (en) 2009-05-15 2011-12-01 Arstasis, Inc. Devices, methods and kits for forming tracts in tissue
JP5937004B2 (en) 2009-05-18 2016-06-22 ドーズ メディカル コーポレーションDose Medical Corporation Drug-eluting intraocular implant
CN102596097B (en) 2009-06-03 2015-05-20 弗赛特实验室有限责任公司 Anterior segment drug delivery
WO2011008897A2 (en) 2009-07-14 2011-01-20 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Methods for making controlled delivery devices having zero order kinetics
US20110033933A1 (en) 2009-07-15 2011-02-10 Morteza Gharib Method applying hemodynamic forcing and klf2 to initiate the growth and development of cardiac valves
CN102575298A (en) 2009-08-14 2012-07-11 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 Biological markers for monitoring patient response to VEGF antagonists
US20120283316A1 (en) 2009-09-01 2012-11-08 Northwestern University Delivery of Therapeutic Agents Using Oligonucleotide-Modified Nanoparticles As Carriers
US20130041265A1 (en) 2009-09-21 2013-02-14 Ron Sostek Methods and apparatus for introducing cells at a tissue site
WO2011069053A1 (en) 2009-12-04 2011-06-09 Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. Process for the preparation of pazopanip hcl and crystalline forms of pazopanib hcl
EP2512389B1 (en) 2009-12-16 2015-09-02 Allergan, Inc. Intracameral devices for sustained delivery
CN102740830A (en) 2009-12-23 2012-10-17 普西维达公司 Sustained release delivery devices
UY33164A (en) 2010-01-06 2011-08-31 Glaxo Wellcome Mfg Pte Ltd TREATMENT METHOD
AR081364A1 (en) 2010-05-05 2012-08-29 Glaxo Wellcome Mfg Pte Ltd PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS OF PAZOPANIB AND METHODS FOR THEIR DEVELOPMENT
EP2600920A4 (en) 2010-08-05 2017-10-04 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Subconjunctival implant for posterior segment drug delivery
HUE054113T2 (en) 2010-08-05 2021-08-30 Forsight Vision4 Inc Injector apparatus for drug delivery
EP2600812B1 (en) 2010-08-05 2021-09-22 ForSight Vision4, Inc. Apparatus to treat an eye
CA2807537C (en) 2010-08-05 2018-09-18 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Combined drug delivery methods and apparatus
WO2012042421A1 (en) 2010-09-29 2012-04-05 Pfizer Inc. Method of treating abnormal cell growth
WO2012065006A2 (en) 2010-11-11 2012-05-18 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Methods and apparatus to determine porous structures for drug delivery
CA2818612C (en) 2010-11-19 2020-12-29 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Therapeutic agent formulations for implanted devices
EP4249059A3 (en) 2011-06-28 2023-11-29 ForSight Vision4, Inc. An apparatus for collecting a sample of fluid from a reservoir chamber of a therapeutic device for the eye
EP2739252A4 (en) 2011-08-05 2015-08-12 Forsight Vision4 Inc Small molecule delivery with implantable therapeutic device
BR112014004779B1 (en) 2011-08-30 2022-01-18 Astex Pharmaceuticals, Inc DECITABINE DERIVATIVES FORMULATIONS, KIT AND RELATED PROCESSES
PL2755600T3 (en) 2011-09-16 2021-09-20 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Fluid exchange apparatus
US10010448B2 (en) 2012-02-03 2018-07-03 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Insertion and removal methods and apparatus for therapeutic devices
BR112013028365B1 (en) 2012-04-04 2022-04-05 Polaris Group Liquid composition comprising adi covalently linked with polyethylene glycol for cancer treatment and use
CA2888442A1 (en) 2012-10-26 2014-05-01 Lupin Limited Stable pharmaceutical composition of peginterferon alpha-2b
US9968603B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2018-05-15 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Systems for sustained intraocular delivery of low solubility compounds from a port delivery system implant
JP6385423B2 (en) 2013-03-28 2018-09-05 フォーサイト・ビジョン フォー・インコーポレーテッド Ocular graft for therapeutic substance delivery

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3914402A (en) * 1973-06-14 1975-10-21 Alza Corp Ophthalmic dosage form, for releasing medication over time
US4135514A (en) * 1974-12-23 1979-01-23 Alza Corporation Osmotic releasing system for administering ophthalmic drug to eye of animal
US20080167600A1 (en) * 2005-09-26 2008-07-10 Peyman Gholam A Device for delivery of an agent to the eye and other sites
US20100255061A1 (en) * 2009-01-29 2010-10-07 Forsight Labs, Llc Posterior Segment Drug Delivery

Cited By (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10813788B2 (en) 2009-01-29 2020-10-27 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Implantable therapeutic device
US11786396B2 (en) 2010-08-05 2023-10-17 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Injector apparatus and method for drug delivery
US11679027B2 (en) 2010-08-05 2023-06-20 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Combined drug delivery methods and apparatus
US11813196B2 (en) 2011-06-28 2023-11-14 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Diagnostic methods and apparatus
US10398592B2 (en) 2011-06-28 2019-09-03 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Diagnostic methods and apparatus
US10653554B2 (en) 2011-09-16 2020-05-19 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Fluid exchange apparatus and methods
US10603209B2 (en) 2012-02-03 2020-03-31 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Insertion and removal methods and apparatus for therapeutic devices
US9072834B2 (en) * 2012-11-07 2015-07-07 Heraeus Medical Gmbh Method for release of active substances and active substance release systems
US20140128833A1 (en) * 2012-11-07 2014-05-08 Heraeus Medical Gmbh Method for release of active substances and active substance release systems
US10398593B2 (en) 2013-03-28 2019-09-03 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Ophthalmic implant for delivering therapeutic substances
US11510810B2 (en) 2013-03-28 2022-11-29 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Ophthalmic implant for delivering therapeutic substances
US11337853B2 (en) 2014-07-15 2022-05-24 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Ocular implant delivery device and method
US10765677B2 (en) 2014-08-08 2020-09-08 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Stable and soluble formulations of receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors, and methods of preparation thereof
US10363255B2 (en) 2014-08-08 2019-07-30 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Stable and soluble formulations of receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors, and methods of preparation thereof
US11110001B2 (en) 2014-11-10 2021-09-07 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Expandable drug delivery devices and methods of use
US11432959B2 (en) 2015-11-20 2022-09-06 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Porous structures for extended release drug delivery devices
KR102037405B1 (en) * 2016-03-24 2019-11-27 한양대학교 산학협력단 Parenteral bioactive substance delivery composition based on low molecular methylcellulose
US10357456B2 (en) * 2016-03-24 2019-07-23 Industry-University Cooperation Foundation Hanyang University Parenteral bioactive substance delivery composition based on low molecular weight methyl cellulose
KR20170114245A (en) * 2016-03-24 2017-10-13 한양대학교 산학협력단 Parenteral bioactive substance delivery composition based on low molecular methylcellulose
US11617680B2 (en) 2016-04-05 2023-04-04 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Implantable ocular drug delivery devices
US11419759B2 (en) 2017-11-21 2022-08-23 Forsight Vision4, Inc. Fluid exchange apparatus for expandable port delivery system and methods of use
US11634485B2 (en) 2019-02-18 2023-04-25 Eli Lilly And Company Therapeutic antibody formulation
WO2022187346A1 (en) * 2021-03-02 2022-09-09 Georgia Tech Research Corporation Hydrogel materials and methods of making and transport using the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20170258634A1 (en) 2017-09-14
US11065151B2 (en) 2021-07-20
EP2640360A2 (en) 2013-09-25
US10874548B2 (en) 2020-12-29
AU2017202212A1 (en) 2017-04-27
AU2011329656A1 (en) 2013-06-20
WO2012068549A2 (en) 2012-05-24
CA2818612A1 (en) 2012-05-24
WO2012068549A3 (en) 2012-07-19
US20210113374A1 (en) 2021-04-22
CA2818612C (en) 2020-12-29
AU2011329656B2 (en) 2017-01-05
AU2017202212B2 (en) 2018-04-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11065151B2 (en) Therapeutic agent formulations for implanted devices
US11642310B2 (en) Posterior segment drug delivery
US11786396B2 (en) Injector apparatus and method for drug delivery
US9066779B2 (en) Implantable therapeutic device
US10166142B2 (en) Small molecule delivery with implantable therapeutic device
US9492315B2 (en) Implantable therapeutic device
US20130274692A1 (en) Subconjuctival implant for posterior segment drug delivery

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: FORSIGHT VISION4, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:DE JUAN, EUGENE, JR.;ALSTER, YAIR;CHAMOW, STEVEN M.;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20130807 TO 20130821;REEL/FRAME:031492/0152

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION